Awareness Heals Me

To know is to decide

Bonnie Baumgartner
 Introduction vii
Acknowledgements xiii

1. AWARENESS 1
SYNCHRONICITY 6
ATTACHMENT 9

2. REPEATING 15
COORDINATES 21
INFLUENCES 23

3. DARKNESS 29
DARK ESSENCE 33
TRADITION 37

4. IGNORANCE 45
LIGHT HELPERS 49
RELIGION 54
Copyright © 2013 Bonnie Baumgartner

All rights reserved.

ISBN: 1493652052
ISBN 13: 9781493652051
iii
iv | Bonnie Baumgar tner Awareness Heals Me | v

5. JUNK DNA 61 12. EARTH SHIP 169

FEEL the JOURNEY 65 ALL ALIENS 173
YOU the NARK 69 DARKNESS IS 177

6. SUFFERING 77 13. SASQUATCH 185

NO CONDITIONS 81 COVERT WAR 188
DRACOS 87 MORAL CHOICES 192

7. LOG OUT 93 14. PROGRAMS 201

PSYCHIC WAR 97 BREAK PROGRAMS 206
NO MORE LIES 100 FIRST HANDLERS 208

8. ELEMENTALS 107 15. TODDLER 217

WW SERVER 111 NURSERY RHYMES 223
LEAVE FOURTH 115 PTSD and DID 226

9. EVOLVING 123 16. TRAINERS 233

BRAINWAVES 127 SECRET SOCIETIES 237
ELF WAVES 133 COLOR PROGRAMS 242

10. PESTICIDES 139 17. PSYCHIC 249

MORE SECRETS 141 ALPHA and BETA 251
BIO WARFARE 146 FRUSTRATION 256

11. WOUNDS 153 18. JUMPED IN 263

NEGATIVITY 157 ACCOUNTABILITY 268
OUR ESSENCE 161 JUMPED OUT 272
vi | Bonnie Baumgar tner
19. LAND of OZ 277
SUPED-UP Vehicle 281
REMOTE VIEWING 284
20. SHAPE SHIFT 291
SOUL ASPECT 295
EMANATE FIRST 298
21. RECEIVE 307
ACTION 311
BALANCE 314
22. COMPASSION 323
QUESTIONING 332
GOING LIGHTER 335
The READER and I 339
My website is www.mysticknowing.com
Free on line dictionary and articles are available
5 to honor your commitments, responsibilities and align
Introduction
AWARENESS HEALS ME
To know is to decide
The system on earth currently in operation is based on
everyone controlling each other to conform to the mas-
ter plan and current programs our handlers are execut-
ing. Humanity is micromanaged by handlers all the time.
The lie our handlers sold us and we adopted as truth
was: believing that all gifts and punishment come from
outside our biology and that we are ONLY our biology.
Those beliefs create slaves to external manipulation.
Accepting and believing that you are powerless to control
what happens to you leads you to despair and feelings of
being trapped in your biology. You decide consciously or
unconsciously that your only option is to escape mentally
or dissociate to feel empowered and free.
Your ability to dissociate PROVES you are not your
biology. The biology may only be a stuck vehicle BUT
with universal law, you need to get back in your vehicle
and harmonize with it. Make it sing again, master work-
ing in concert with your essence or soul aspect and your
vehicle. Dying to separate your essence from your vehi-
cle or biology, leaves you with the same moral issues you
have not resolved when you had biology.
When you have dissociated from the biology, your
essence or soul is distracting itself. It has given up
vii
viii | Bonnie Baumgar tner
thinking, deciding and gathering wisdom. When you, the
little human or ego and or your soul aspect stop thinking
and deciding it looses light, greater and greater amounts
of light. More of the same continues to be attracted to
you and stay entrained with you. Spinning your wheels
keeps you in the same spot and going deeper into the
mud. You do as you are told or lead to believe has value.
Generally, that means being focused on the superficial,
ignoring larger moral issues.
2013 signals a change in direction from time is money
and keep the biology alive to equality, creativity and com-
passion. Awareness of what we have experienced with-
out the denial, avoidance or distractions is happening
as the vibration and light increase on earth. People are
seeking higher truths. Gathering information, question-
ing irrational and illogical statements the commercial
industry and our government put out. Questioning dys-
functional families members and relatives. Questioning
the mainstream scientists and the medical community.
Their priorities increase the amount of money they
make OVER improving our health.
Scientists and the medical community are taking the
money or energy we give profiting off the medical prob-
lems and human sickness they have created for us. For
example: polio, AIDS, Genetically Modified foods caus-
ing digestive problems and creating inflammation and
Chemtrails creating Morgellons disease. There are a
handful of doctors and scientists trying to help human-
ity that are constantly discredit or jailed or kidnapped
or killed by our handlers.
Higher truths are found within you and your align-
ment with universal law. Making spiritual CHOICES,
INDIVIDUALLY to go lighter means staying present
in your life and biology, thinking and deciding the real-
ity you want to experience. Active participation is a
Awareness Heals Me | ix
necessity. Having compassionate thought patterns is a
must to carry light and higher vibrations. Carrying light
is not a spectator sport or distraction it is a lifestyle.
Choosing compassion to all stimuli in your life raises
your vibration. Opposition decreases light. Being aware
of the cause and affect of your thoughts and what they
create matters. Your thoughts and creations work inter-
actively. When you are aware of, OWN and understand
your own confusion, fear, pain or anxiety you are valu-
ing you with your time and attention. You are creating
a sense of worth, approval and equality for you. Valuing
and knowing the self increases your light, diminishing
your fear, self-doubt and need for attention, drama or
strong emotion.
Gather information to make informed choices about
what you want to get actively involved with. Analyze the
nutty things we are told and refute the discrepancies.
KNOWING what is going on in your reality is the only
way to make an informed decision. Standing in what
you believe is the best way to go. Voicing your opinion
is the power you have. When you fail to decide to make
light choices, YOUR dark handlers will happily choose
for you. If you want to go light you need to know what
you think and what you choose to have in your reality.
The criminals running our countries and large corpora-
tions need to be exposed for whom they are and what
their agenda really is. Information about our soul and
higher self has been twisted into disinformation. This is
a planet of free will. You chose to be here and born into a
dysfunctional or dark or Illuminist family if that is what
has happened.
Experiencing dark truths is overwhelming. When
your awareness or essence or core personality goes
away or leaves so does your INVESTMENT with
you leave. When your awareness is gone so is your
x | Bonnie Baumgar tner
RESPONSIBILITY to yourself gone. To reside in the
fifth dimension you need to be awake and aware of
your thinking. It is NEVER magic there is always logic.
Nothing light is done for you. You do it for you or dark
will be happy to take control.
If your parent was raised with fear, pain and suffer-
ing that they never owned and had compassion for. Your
children and grand children will most likely suffer the
same insensitivity and cruelty at the hands of their par-
ents and extended family. When you are unable to see
and have compassion for YOUR fear and suffering you
won’t see or have compassion for your child’s trauma,
rage or terror.
Those born into abusive dysfunctional families or
the Illuminati have core personalities that are difficult
to access because they DO NOT TRUST the situation
or the little human or ego. If you want to heal and inte-
grate your alternate personalities, splits, fragments and
pieces you must convince the core personality you mean
it, FIRST. Then you need to provide a safe environment,
a compassionate space to start reintegration.
Included is this book is some information about the
dark entities that have always been in control of major
events on earth. A lot of information about how they raise
their children is mentioned because it is important to
understand how our dark leaders have been methodically
created with trauma-based programs. Various alternate
personalities in the illuminist system PRETEND to be
the core personality but are not.
The state of fear and trauma many infants and chil-
dren are raised in makes them totally absorbed with
survival. They are NOT available to think for the self or
develop a sense of self worth. That is why illuminists
want infants to dissociate and be fearful. They learn
about self-hate, violence and hypocrisy. They obey their
Awareness Heals Me | xi
handlers unswervingly and unconsciously. They have
mastered compulsive self-deception from “the family.”
with a great deal of training, programming and rituals
that have been devised to make children ignore their
true feelings and accept the cruelties of their parents,
caretakers and handlers to stay alive one more day.
To move to greater light you need to heal YOUR
wounds and change your point of perception to align
with universal law. Receive and give only compassion.
Considering that almost a third of those alive now were
raised with Illuminist trauma based programming and
most are unaware of it consciously, I purposely included
some descriptions of the programming in hope that it
will jog your memories and start the integration of the
many splits pieces and alternate personalities that may
be present in you. Your job is to notice your issues or
programs, DECIDE what you want to do and take action.
You need to be your own super hero. You are the only
one that can rescue you.
Our perceptions of life as we know it, are coming
forth into our awareness to own, resolve and release.
The reality we all created together is over now and a
new reality is well underway.
5
 Acknowledgments

Tragedy and Hope:

A History of the World in Our Time published in 1966
by Carroll Quigley

There really is a “world system of financial control in pri-

vate hands” that is “able to dominate the political system
of each country and the economy of the world.” I call this
system the World Trade Federation. It is an ultra-secret
group of the most powerful men on the earth. They now
control every major international institution, every major
multinational and transnational corporation both pub-
lic and private, every major domestic and international
banking institution, every central bank, every nation-
state on earth, the natural resources on every continent
and the people around the world through complicated
inter-locking networks that resemble giant spider webs.
This group is comprised of the leading family dynasties
of the Canada, United States, Britain, Germany, France,
Italy, Japan, Russia and China.

Suzanne Lie http://www.suzanneliephd.com

“Since I was a very young child I have had a “Vision”

of other realities in which everything looks, smells, sounds,
and feels different.”

xiii
xiv | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Dan Laudicina shares his experiences, frustrations and
information from the invisible realm.
Torben Hansen http://www.look4insight.com
http://awarenesshealsme.com
Torben shares his knowledge, skills, balance and
energy.
Kelly Arbogast http://www.kelly@stonecarvertech.com
Kelly created and serves as the Webmaster on the
Mystic Knowing website.
The Invisible Realm and their tireless work and sup-
port of humans awake and not so awake, the Elementals
that tirelessly create our thoughts, the light Galactic
Community and all the soul aspects mentoring their
humans.
5 or Illuminists handling the earth and its people believe
one
Awareness
Awareness is having knowledge. The more knowl-
edge you gather the easier it is to discern your truths.
Wounds, pain and suffering are healed as you gather
more awareness, knowledge, consciousness and wis-
dom. Awareness, knowledge, healing and the result-
ing wisdom are always gained INDIVIDUALLY and
expanded on INTERNALLY by the individual. You can
gather awareness and knowledge anyplace. Then sift
through the information to decide what is truth for you,
personally. Own those truths and put them into practice.
Always be conscious and aware of any changes, fine-
tuning or adjustments you need to continuously make.
A secret political faction is called a cabal. The cabal
that having total power and control over everything is
how they like it and want to keep it. For the last 20 mil-
lion years war has been waged between; the dark AND
the light OR the group that wants power over others
AND those that choose power from within the self OR
the different truths found on the third dimension AND
the higher universal truths of the fifth dimension.
Generation after generation for millions of years,
those that believed in POWER OVER OTHERS were
conquering and controlling planet after planet in the
Milky Way Galaxy. The power over others species were
mainly reptilian and believed in “survival of the fittest.”
1
2 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Other civilizations on various planets believed in the
POWER WITHIN the SELF and all their soul aspects
working together, aligned with universal law. The
Reptilian groups had the most advanced technology and
no compassion for the self or others. The “power within
the self” groups tried many things to defend themselves,
including the technology the “power over others” group
used. Eventually after trying many different things that
did not work “power within the self” groups, gathered
the wisdom they needed to stop the wars.
POWER WITHIN AWARENESS and WISDOM
The power within the self, troops, gathered the wis-
dom that fighting and killing turned them into what
they were fighting against. They had to have power over
others to win.
What you fight or engage with you become, as stated in
The Universal Law of ENTRAINMENT or RESONANCE
or FREQUENCY or VIBRATION explains. Entrainment
requires that two or more frequencies existing in the same
space MUST adjust to each other and combine creating
a single resonance and that applies to everything, from
subatomic particles to the entire universe. All energy, all
thoughts and all feelings vibrate or resonate at a specific
frequency and they must be harmonious when they share
space.
Both groups, power within the self and power over
others understand that all THOUGHTS and EMOTIONS
fall into two main groups and vibrations: fear OR com-
passion. Fear vibrates slow and low following human
laws. Compassion vibrates high and is aligned with uni-
versal law. Resonating to a higher frequency takes you
out of the power-over others REALITY. They don’t see
you any longer. You no longer exist in their reality. It
is like the game peek-a-boo. Lower vibrating negative
Awareness Heals Me | 3
thoughts and emotions are unable to see higher vibra-
tions aligned with compassion and universal law.
The universal principle of VIBRATION is that every-
thing in the universe, physical or not moves in waves or
circular patterns with each having a unique color, vibra-
tion, sound and smell. Each vibration or frequency has
a FIXED level of awareness or consciousness with fixed
rules, themes or purposes. Vibrations can move and shift
like our thoughts and emotions do.
Dimensions, vibrations or frequencies are distinct
event sites. There are an infinite number of sites that
are not stacked like pancakes and they DO NOT occupy
time or space because they are states of consciousness
or awareness. An individual can move to, or be a part
of ANY vibration that they can MATCH their vibration
with.
All fear or negative thoughts or emotions prevent
you from moving into higher vibrations of compassion
because you have not matched your vibration to com-
passion. Residing in compassion and getting all twisted
about something delivers you right back into the third
dimension, vibration and fixed rules.
When you engage in combat, disputes, upset or pay-
backs with dark enemies using anger or fear. Your nega-
tivity FEEDS them your energy. Your strong fear and
anger energy makes them stronger. They feed on YOUR
fear energy, sorrow, anger, guilt, revenge and doubt.
That low vibration attracts to you more of the same vic-
tim predator confused innocent dark cycle.
The Universal Law of ATTRACTION or “like attracts
like.” The vibration you emanate attracts more of the same
experiences on that vibration back to you. You get what
you give. What comes to you reflects with CLARITY the
thoughts you are currently holding.
4 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Forcing, yelling, hitting, gossiping, righteous indig-
nation and or blaming are all negative and lacking com-
passion. Blaming your child, spouse, soul or god attracts
more lessons in suffering to you. Wallowing in the most
pain and suffering or being the biggest bully or the most
famous or infamous maintains the third dimension
vibration and the fixed rules of duality.
The Universal Law of ALLOWING grants individ-
uals the right to have their own reality to BE and DO
whatever they choose as long as they avoid violating
others rights or destroying any part of the collective
environment. This means you stop trying to get others to
adopt YOUR reality or vibration. When you stop forcing,
demanding, pleasing or seducing, you can allow. Release
your judgment, blame or attachment to what you have
decided YOU need to be, say or do. Free you first. THEN
you will have no attachment to what others want you to
do, say, be or think. Hating, waiting to be rescued, seek-
ing justice or vengeance, going to war is attachment to
and forcing your reality onto others.
Those having the POWER WITHIN carry so much
compassion or light for the self that they EXPANDED
beyond third dimension reality and truths. Higher
vibration means higher perceptions and the skill to see
beyond any illusion. They see through the lies, decep-
tions and control. Once you CHOOSE to respond com-
passionately to ALL stimuli. Let me repeat respond
compassionately to all stimuli. The Universal Law of
ATTRACTION brings you compassion. By not react-
ing negatively or with drama you free yourself from the
fixed third dimension truths and realities, its separate-
ness, darkness and duality.
All emotion has an intense essence, or odor or scent.
This is the way animal and plants determine if a human
is safe or not. Plants move towards or move away.
Awareness Heals Me | 5
Humans are animals that have lost or suppressed their
animal instincts. We pushed aside the survival skill of
smelling the emotions of others. With our increased
clairsentience we will get that sense back. Smelling fear
in others, mean you can also smell it in yourself so you
know when you have gone negative. That definitely cuts
into self-deception and any denial you may have about
what you think.
The reptilians have always retained their sense of
smell and smelled our fear so we were unable to suc-
cessfully hide from them. Draconians are extremely
intelligent and developed the most sophisticated strate-
gies of battle there are, which they are using on us cur-
rently. They are masters of psychological warfare. Most
people on earth are totally unaware or in denial of how
controlled and experimented on we are.
Just as some on earth have moved into compassion,
ascension and their individual fifth dimension expres-
sion so have some reptilians. Some reptilians joined
those emanating compassion because of their long inter-
action with those emanating compassion. The same way
that the odor of fear infiltrates many to go darker, to
have power over others, the odor of compassionate also
infiltrates many to go lighter.
Learning to resonate only to compassion in the face
of death or loosing your biology is difficult when you fail
to understand that your biology is only a vehicle. You are
able to create a new vehicle if you like.
From the fifth dimension you are free of time and
space so you always know what your enemies plan in
higher vibrations. BUT when you go into negative emo-
tion about it or plan revenge you lose your edge and
awareness by dropping back down into the fixed dual-
ity of the third dimension, negative emotion and dark
truths.
6 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
ALL life in the third dimension has a fifth dimen-
sional form to move into whenever they are ready to
maintain compassion for the self.
5 need to DO! Clarifying and changing all your individual
SYNCHRONICITY
We have worked our way down to the low vibration of
negative thinking by our self, BUT we are not abandoned
or alone. It is our job to notice and trust that we are not
alone; all our other LIGHT soul aspects are cheering us
on. Dropping hints and clues and arranging synchron-
icities in our reality for us. Your light soul aspects are
doing this for you from the dimension of compassion,
the fifth. This is a leap of faith you need to take if you are
currently operating mostly in the third dimension.
Be cautious and alert for your dark soul aspects, a
few of them followed you the little human or ego into
the lower vibrations to maintain connection with you
and they are not so nice generally. They tend to be rude,
negative, judgmental and accusatory. They will heal
after you do.
You most likely rejected pieces or parts of your per-
sonality, which you didn’t like so much or approve of,
so you split those parts off. These parts and pieces will
also give you negative input. When you are on your path
to greater light and these parts and pieces are willing
to trust you to be nice, you need to ask your rejected
pieces to rejoin you. Having all your pieces and parts
back together makes you stronger and whole. You need
your parts and pieces to move to greater light and higher
vibrations.
Awareness Heals Me | 7
The Universal Law of PERPETUAL TRANSMUTA-
TION of energy is that all sentient beings have the power
to CHANGE anytime they want to, especially on this planet
of free will. Raising your vibration is hard work that YOU
and personal thoughts to compassionate ones, takes some
serious thought and work. You must stay present in your
biology, treat it well and honor it all of the time.
Any imbalances you have attracted to you as a result
of your attachment to ANY agenda, idea, thing, person,
power or control (yes, in concurrent lives and different
realities) have to be uncreated by YOU removing your
energy feeding cords, attachments and contracts from
them. You need to be your very own super hero in pres-
ent time.
Our light soul aspects are always ready with hints,
clues and synchronicities for us to gather knowledge
and wisdom from. SYNCHRONICITY is when two or
more events that are unrelated, come together to have
a meaningful impact. The spiritual synchronicities our
light soul aspect structure and orchestrate for us are
planned from the higher vibration of the fifth dimen-
sion that is free of time and space so they are aware
of many things the little human or ego is not aware of.
They always know the probabilities of what has or could
happen.
Synchronicities are structured like a net or field or
spider web with all of the possible potentials for you,
plus the potentials for those around you. Your soul
aspects SEE all the connections and percentages of what
is most probable to happen in present time. NOW! What
the little human or ego does or fails to do and think at
that meeting, happening or synchronicity is a whole dif-
ferent matter. You can lead a thirsty human to water or
8 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
into an experience to gather knowledge or awareness,
but you can’t make her or him gather it.
We exist in a hologram or virtual ocean of possible
realities to choose from. Our thoughts and emotions
have a vibration or frequency that dictate the reality we
reside in, moment by moment. Waiting for synchron-
icities to happen is not wise because that means the ego
or little human has an agenda and that goes against the
law of allowing. Your job is to have an experience and
gather the pieces of information. Any experience is not
about what you want; it is about you coming up with a
compassionate response or awareness. Synchronicities
work piecemeal like jigsaw puzzles do. You are required
to connect all the pieces together.
Trust your FIRST instinct or intuition as it is gener-
ally from your soul aspect. When humans hear an intu-
ition, hint or clue spoken to them in their voice they think
they thought of it. They most likely did not. Be open to
the synchronicities your light soul aspect creates for
you. Try to recognize and seize the opportunities that
are being presented to you. These promptings come in
subtle ways that seem ordinary but are not. It will be up
to you to discern the connection, person, wisdom and or
opportunity being offered to you when it happens.
You waiting to be TOLD to act means you have not
gathered the wisdom yet or healed yet.
Whatever situation you created in the past for your
spiritual lessons and growth you can CHANGE NOW, by
changing your point of perception and having compas-
sion for you first. Concern your self with what is nurtur-
ing, enjoyable and creative for you and your soul. Focus
on what you THINK and what you want to change BY
yourself, FOR yourself.
The Universal Law of FLUIDITY states that life is
best when experienced as a fluid substance and not as
Awareness Heals Me | 9
a solid. Life has no fixed shape and needs to yield easily
to external pressure as water runs no faster or slower
than is called for and seeks its own level. Its flow is even,
unforced and fluid staying in the now moment without
hurry or standing still. Take time to feel, listen to and
notice the flow you created for you. The flow you are
in currently in. The synchronicities you are experienc-
ing. Adjusting accordingly, is being mindfully present
and peacefully alive. CHANGE is redirection of energy
when it happens too fast or slow suffering results.
5
ATTACHMENT
Attachment is clinging, grasping, holding or hinder-
ing. Attachment to a person, entity, outcome or energy
is you redirecting energy for your personal agenda and
reality. This is you trying to force the flow of divine energy
and intelligence. When you invoke what you consider to
be a god or super hero or power, like a Beloved Master
or Archangel or the Devil or Dragon or divine will of the
Creator, you are pushing a particular outcome or agenda
that you think is desirable for the reality you live in.
Attachment to ANY agenda or outcome for YOU
or another individual or group or planet, goes against
the law of allowing and being calm and peaceful. Even
when the other, is being what you consider to be self-
destructive, that is their choice, creation and path to
THEIR wisdom. Your path is very probably different.
Allow them to experience the consequences and gifts
of their choices without your interference, “your god
complex” or your agenda or the best way to do it or the
way the experts say to do it. Withdraw your energy, cut
10 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
the energy feeding cords and break dark contracts with
them, even if it is family, your church, country or your
child.
Attachment to any person, group, stuff or YOUR
NEED to be right, smarter, better or having more, keeps
you stuck in duality and the low vibrating material
world. Is that where you want to be frozen? Needing to
please or be acknowledged or hoard or punish or loved
by another holds you in a low vibration of control and
attachment to dark survival truths and the victim preda-
tor confused innocent cycle.
If we are all considered equal, why try to force your
reality, agenda or will by asking some other entity to join
you in controlling or reinforcing an outcome that you
consider desirable? That is putting your will or agenda
above others and against or in opposition to the divine
flow and order.
Prayer, mantras and rituals ALWAYS have an agenda.
They frequently have HYPNOTIC entrainment. People
dissociate and frequently stop thinking for them self by
playing “follow the leader, bully or EXPERT.” Dark ones
focus on their “feelings of lack” they pray and bargain
to control or force people or to get more stuff. Prayer,
mantras and rituals are asking another to do what you
need to do for the self.
Even though people have been emotionally needy
and jealous of others throughout history does not make
it a desirable or permanent characteristic of humanity.
NEEDINESS and JEALOUSY is characteristic of people
operating with dark truths. The planet and its people
have been operating with dark truths that are now being
released by many. These are dark survival truths to keep
the biology alive and the belief alive that our body is
all there is. The higher vibrating truth is the soul uses
the biology to experience living in matter and staying
Awareness Heals Me | 11
aligned with universal law. Our biology is the vehicle
used and not the essence we are.
The core belief of the needy ones that suck the life
energy out of you or the jealous individual including our
dependent pets, is that someone or thing or event will
MAKE them happy, keep them safe and alive or MAKE
them feel important or valued. The needy one’s, believe
that ONLY (fill in the blank) ___ can make me whole,
important and able to love myself. As long as you hold
the belief that (fill in the blank) is the only one that can
make you happy, honest, beautiful or productive you
will live in the victim predator confused innocent cycle
of “IT’S not my FAULT” and “I am powerless” “I need a
super hero,” someone to rescue or control me.
(Fill in the blank) is most frequently money, god, a
parent, Supreme Being, “luck,” born into the right fam-
ily and mostly I need / want someone to love me so I
have value or worth.
Consider the many ways we have crippled our pets
and children to made them totally dependent on us,
JUST so we can “feel loved or respected or feared.”
Many of our children and pets are totally dependent on
us for their survival materially and emotionally. Dark
ones settle for “being needed” or the illusion of love or
conditional love instead of experiencing a relationship
of equality, ALLOWING and honesty. The darker more
abusive people have twisted the definition of respect or
love to mean, “I have the money and or power, and you
need to do what I want you to do or I’ll cut you off or
hurt you. That is not respect or love that is force, control
and fear.
We take away our pet’s instincts to hunt and sur-
vive on their own. We take away the child’s right to be
themselves, think and act the way they want to because
we need a friend or slave to worship and value us. We
12 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
breed animals so we are not allergic to them or so they
can fight, to entertain us or we abuse them as a way to
vent our anger, all this to satisfy our emotional NEEDS
or wants.
Selective breeding of children and animals went on
during Atlantis, when we became obsessed with the
physical and beautiful ignoring compassion for the self
and others. Most want a smart, beautiful, compliant
child or pet to love him or her unconditionally, which
is slavery. Do you want to trade places with the smart,
beautiful, compliant one? Are you having more fun than
they are?
Pets and children that are disruptive and act out,
both do it for the same reasons. They are NOT being
honored for who and what they are. Some just get clini-
cally depressed or die. Some take on their owner’s dis-
ease or pathologies in an effort to please and heal the
owner. Some children and pets are encouraged to be dis-
ruptive and act out, because the owner or parent wants
to behave like that. But is too fearful or deceptive to do
that. The child and pet are endlessly SET UP to be what
they are not, and do not want to be. We “put down” force
or drug the ones that refuse to give us what we want.
When a pet or child fails to “make us happy” they are
considered the problem and we take them to the “expert”
to FORCE them to do what will make you happy. Making
you happy is their job. How many children or pets are
born into a family to make the parent or clan or genetic
line happy? Or use a body part of one child or animal to
keep another alive. Would you apply for a job when the
job description was to make someone happy and forget
about any needs or wants you may have. The one that
owns you dictates what happens to you. We are not our
biology; we are a soul having a human experience, wear-
ing a body suit. Being OWNED by the biggest bully or
Awareness Heals Me | 13
Saint or devil or the one with the most money or power
is an experience to learn from and evolve out of. There is
no need to continuously LIVE in that experience. Your
awareness and changes in your thinking will release you
from that experience and heal you.
Release and heal traditions and beliefs that have been
handed down and maintained by controlling dependent
children. They grow up to repeat the same dysfunc-
tional patterns with their children. Always seeking vali-
dation externally, never looking inside for their strength
and wisdom. They say clever things like. “If it was good
enough for my parent and grandparent it is good enough
for me and my child.” Please stop and do your own
thinking. Evaluate what is going on. Get in touch with
your own personal truths and honor them. Honoring a
family tradition of darkness is abusive to you and lacks
compassion for you.
There is only one (fill in the blank) answer to explain
who can MAKE you joyful. You are the only one that has
the power and knowledge about you, to make you happy
and your soul joyful. But to know what you want you
need to stay conscious and aware doing your own think-
ing. You are the only one that can keep your biology and
mind healthy, safe and alive to help you gather more
spiritual wisdom and collect the cosmic flow of compas-
sion when you match that vibration.
The Universal Law of ALLOWING means you stop
following your family’s dark traditions. Release your
judgment, blame or attachment to what you have decided
YOU need to be, say or do. Free your self from all the
“SHOULDS” and “OUGHTS” in your head. THEN you
will have no attachment to what others want you to do,
say, be or think.
Hating, waiting to be rescued, seeking justice or ven-
geance, going to war is attachment to and forcing your
14 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
reality onto others. Allowing, grants to all the same
rights you want for yourself, to have, be and do whatever
you choose as long as you avoid violating others rights
or destroying any part of our collective environment.
Do not confuse respect and compassion. RESPECT is
incomplete compassion or love and is generally FEAR.
The darker more abusive people on earth have twisted
the definition of respect to mean, “I have the money
and or power, and you need to do what I want you to
do. Why else would I cripple you so badly emotionally,
making you feel worthless and stupid, so that you can’t
care for yourself? That is not respect or unconditional
love that is force, control and fear. Respect is admiration
or acknowledgement of what someone is or has done.
Respect does NOT imply agreement.
5 attracting to ourselves. Our thoughts create us. Their job
two
Repeating
Human behavior is predictable and consistent. Especially
when the human dissociates, is not aware of what they
think or fails to gather any NEW information and never
concerns them self with the cause and effect of what they
do or so. Unconsciousness makes the human very pre-
dictable. Our light soul aspects do all they can, within the
rules, to get us to pay attention to what we do and are
is to facilitate your step-by-step process back to alignment
with universal law, receive and give only compassion.
When we go against universal law or create the same
mistakes over and over it is because we have broken a
fundamental law of the universe. To stop re-experienc-
ing the same misalignment over and over again YOUR
thinking needs to HAPPEN first. Your compassionate
thoughts and awareness need to work together. Your
conscious awareness will precipitate a shift in your
thoughts or conclusions. Being conscious breaks pro-
gramming and groupthink. Your point of perception
needs altering or a wake-up call.
When the same dark behavior, resulting from OLD
dark belief patterns, is being played out by you over and
over again. You are not thinking. You just replay old pat-
terns with DIFFERENT people and situations and even
in different realities or time periods. It is past time to
SEE what you do and think. How often do you need to
15
16 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
marry an angry vengeful person that blames others all
the time? Before you accept the reality that darkness
is what they chose and want to maintain? Or have you
chosen darkness also?
Blaming others never has and never will ALLOW
you, to OWN or take responsibility for what you do or
fail to do. Punishment and or guilt for YOU or other’s
never change anything for the better. Your self-hate
never makes you nicer or able to carry more light. Self-
hate keeps you trapped in past time, suffering or living
in your pain body. You being trapped in your negative
garbage or self-pity will make you, a predator to anyone
needing you to be awake and aware for him or her. A
dark truth is; that when you suffer you want to make
someone else suffer more than you are suffering. You
get distracted from your suffering for a few moments,
while you make another suffer. That is why parents tor-
ment children and the Illuminists allow and take part in
tormenting their children.
The great variety of experiences with different peo-
ple, groups and realities you have, ALL carry the same
theme. The same dark pattern of thought or lack of
thought creates the same result for you over and over
again. These experiences are all designed with one pur-
pose in mind. To wake you up! To let you see that you
are responsible for the reality you live in. Own what
you do and create so you can choose again and again.
Awareness about you and your choices allow you to
change your ways.
The past, present, and future exist together as loops
on a theme, or memories on a chain of similar events that
are not sequential. This would be a grouped event site of
experiences you had and haven’t gathered the wisdom
from YET. For example the times you were betrayed or
you betrayed others. The times you were blamed and
Awareness Heals Me | 17
you blamed others. Unless you reconcile or heal, with
new awareness, what you created in the past, it simply
comes back around to become YOUR FUTURE, over
and over again until you “get it.” It comes around again
in all your alternate and parallel realities also.
Event loops like the above, are set in a SEA of
POTENTIALS that constantly change. You have the
potential to blame any and all in your reality, even the
legion of light. No matter whom, or how many, or how
often you blame others’. You will never get free from
that stuck spot UNTIL you OWN what you do or fail to
do. To get unstuck you MUST change your point of per-
ception and your thoughts and behavior patterns follow
along.
FOR EXAMPLE: When you are afraid to trust oth-
ers that will be reflected in all of your relationships,
in the past, present, future and in concurrent realities.
Your inability to trust others is REALLY you not trust-
ing you and being compassionate with you. The prob-
lem is your relationship with you. Whenever you decide
to trust an individual that carries more dark than light
you can COUNT on them betraying you. Siphoning your
energy and many other deceptions will be present in
your relationship. That is a dark one’s truth and reality.
Why would they behave any differently? So if you don’t
trust others and they carry more light than dark, you
are saying you are not trustworthy. Dark people suck
the life out of others, deny and deceive and disappoint
through betrayal, secrets, gossip and not doing what
they say they will do. So the question becomes, do YOU
want to do anything differently? Or are you enjoying the
merry-go-round you are on? Remember you only have
the power to change YOU.
An example of staying on the merry-go-round to
consider: You were a Maldekian and Maldek was the
18 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Orion Group or Reptilian or Illuminati base of opera-
tion. Maldek was the 4th planet in our solar system that
was destroyed by a “battle planet” sent by the Galactic
Federation as a counterattack in response to Orion ter-
rorism and to prevent more attacks on a Pleiadian planet.
The atomic explosion destroyed colonies on Earth, Mars
and Venus.
Your soul aspect from Maldek incarnated on earth
during Lemuria and Atlantis and you joined the Atlantian
Brothers of Biel to defeat the Lemurians. Currently you
incarnated as a white male European member of the
Illumanti trying to create the New World Order.
You have experienced the same moral dilemmas in
all these event sites and many more. You have always
chose dark truths and power over others. You have lit-
tle or NO compassion for all the pain and suffering you
experienced in all these realities as a helpless dependent
child. UNTIL YOU have compassion for your personal
pain and torment, you will not have any for those you
torment or allow to be tormented. WAKE UP! Can you
hear me, compassion for your pain and suffering first.
When you do choose, to align with universal law, you
rewrite your history with your new thoughts and behav-
iors and your role will be altered in all your alternate
and parallel reality loops you have created for you. If
and when you choose that course of action you would be
rewriting all your current, alternate and parallel reali-
ties all at once. When the change happens you feel a bit
spacey for a few days with all that intense transmuting
going on in all your realities at the same time.
The trauma based programming you got and gave
your children and grandchildren and the others in “the
family” can and needs to be owned by you. It was what
you chose to experience. When you are interested in
owning what you did and allowed others to do, your
Awareness Heals Me | 19
point of perception changes and you move on. Or you
will experience more of the same power over others.
More abuse and more abusing and more criminal behav-
ior by human and universal law standards.
Another set of event loops to consider: You PUNISH
anyone that goes against what you believe to be true. If
someone isn’t NICE to you, they need to be punished.
You have always done that even in concurrent reali-
ties. You are afraid of anyone’s reality that is different
than yours. You are afraid of being wrong and being
punished. Underneath your fear of being wrong and or
punishment is accepting compassion for you. You do not
believe you are loveable or deserve to be honored just
because you breathe. You do not realize or accept that
you are a soul having human dark experiences to gather
wisdom from.
You disrupt, upset or ignore the individual with a dif-
ferent reality from yours, even when it is your own child.
You consciously withhold something they would like or
need. You have adopted the belief that you are worthless
and you will force others to accept your truth, because
when they do you will feel worthwhile and have value.
You can SAFELY assume, you were abused as a child
and you decided it was because YOU were worthless
and no one can change that belief but you. How many
times do you need to punish and force others, to at least
pretend they agree with you, before YOU ACCEPT that
your parents were dark and ignorant and they treated
you as well as they treated themselves? The whole fam-
ily, including you just didn’t realize you were wonderful
and perfect. The dark ones never get it.
Your perception of what is happening in your real-
ity is colored by the role you play and what your agenda
happens to be. Do you want to force someone to pretend
they like you? Is that junk food for you?
20 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Do you want control or compassion? You have expe-
rienced abuse as a child. Is your reaction to feel worth-
less and wounded or do you have compassion for the
abuse, that child suffered at the hands of dark parents,
siblings or strangers? If you know that you created your
life and its lessons before you were born and possibly
in other realities, it may help you to release feelings of
being a victim or predator and powerless. Once you can
expand your thought from BEING the character within
the game to that of being the programmer of the game
you are experiencing, you can create expanded higher
vibrating more compassionate thinking.
Another set of event loops to consider: You think
yourself to be stupid, ugly and worthless. So we know
you were treated badly as a child or in other realities and
you believed and accepted that you must BE stupid, ugly
and worthless OR you would have been treated nicely.
THE PROBLEM here is you accepting their dark
truths. You still don’t get it. This was a dark planet when
you grew up and dark people have only negative dark
manipulative things to share with each other and espe-
cially with their children. The dark ignorant ones had
their way with you, THE “intelligent beautiful and valu-
able one.”
You did not discuss your value with your light soul
aspects. They would agree that you are intelligent, beau-
tiful and valuable. So which reality do you choose to
keep adopting? You can accept your experiences as the
lesson they were and move on. Or you can have more of
the same on this merry-go-round. Always, this is your
choice on this planet of free will and darkness. Will you
hate and blame yourself like all dark ones do. Or will you
have compassion and be compassionate with you?
5 the New Earth is a frequency of light or awareness and
Awareness Heals Me | 21
COORDINATES
TIME is an artificial creation for third and fourth
dimension, which we are in the process of leaving. We
are moving to NO time or everything existing together
or the now moment or present time. Because every-
thing is hanging out all together you need an address
or location or the coordinates of where you want your
consciousness to reside. Moving to a different reality is
like logging into a game or another reality. For example
you want to go to 1992. You enter the spinning circle of
infinity setting your intention to FEEL that era or time
period and what you wish to experience during that
time. You allow that feeling to connect you to that time
and location.
You are allowed to maintain the same form or fre-
quency you choose until you feel you have done and
experienced what you wanted to. After a while spent in a
time reality like 3rd and 4th dimension you want to rest,
rejuvenate and to expand spiritually in a timeless world
aligned with compassion. Pure awareness in loops on a
theme is in operation when we sleep, meditate or cre-
ate because then we are “all thought” without our biol-
ogy or the duality matrix limiting us. Time on the fourth
dimension is faster than time on the third dimensions,
but life is still sequential. In higher frequency reali-
ties time is not sequential it fluctuates and changes as
we create and change it with our awareness. When you
resolve an issue of yours in the past, present or future it
gets resolved in all three times or locations. AND in all
alternate and parallel realities.
We have completed this experience of duality can
you let it go? Earth is a state of consciousness just as
22 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
not an actual place. It exists all around us. Our ability
to perceive any reality is based on the vibration of our
awareness. Negativity keeps you in duality or contrast
or the dark. Resonating to universal law expands your
perceptions, including clairvoyance, clairaudience and
clairsentience. Humans and their planet are creating a
higher vibration in the same space to reconnect with
what has always been present just beyond our percep-
tions of our physical self and physical world.
As this new reality takes shape and evolves among
the old dysfunctional structures and families. Strange
dichotomies happen. Many new LIGHT elements are
in place but not functional or operational yet. The dark
cabal keeps throwing tantrums that slow our progress
toward greater light. There is much political instability
as the old gets phased out. Extreme weather, acts of ran-
dom violence, poor economy and religious scandal it is
hard to believe we chose to be on earth now to assist in
waking up humans that continue to embrace darkness.
Awake and aware or through default we continuously
choose what WE perceive and what WE deny aware-
ness of. The wounded ego or little human or dark soul
aspect is not aware there can be peace, gratitude, joy and
compassion. Healing the wounded ego or little human
or dark soul aspect is most important to do now. Until
your darker aspects are healed you remain dense, heavy
and dark. Negative emotional reactions arise from your
wounded ego or little human or dark soul aspect and
their ignorance. Light or higher vibrations frighten those
who live in fear and self hate. Those still lost in dark-
ness are not aware of their inner thoughts and beliefs.
Lacking respect and compassion for the SELF prevents
them from experiencing compassion for others.
Talk to the remaining wounded ones or parts of you
looking for your attention and wanting to share their
Awareness Heals Me | 23
wisdom. They want to integrate with you so you all can
move to greater light together. Allow each one of them
to share what they know about you. The wounded ones
are generally very young. If they are too young to talk,
feel what they feel. Offer to take better care of them and
protect them. The wounded ones will integrate with you
WHEN they trust you.
As we expand our senses we FEEL what those
around us feel. It is imperative that you KNOW what is
your feeling and what belongs to another. When other
people’s feelings overwhelm you, that lets you know
that there is more healing you need to do with your per-
sonal wounds that are resonating with other people’s
wounds. You need more compassion for you FIRST to
help others.
5
INFLUENCES
Understand whom and what influences you and
forms the truth’s you live by. Awareness of what has
influenced you helps you make new decisions or choices.
Your thinking will always be reactions to your families’
beliefs, friends, religions or your country of origin. The
world or reality we live in currently was created by the
Illuminist that enjoy deceiving and tricking ignorant
children. They call it psychic warfare. Humanity is the
confused innocent child tricked and deceived. Illuminati
lies have been so large and we have bought into them gen-
eration after generation. Now we have trouble accepting
the truth when it is told. Generally down through the
ages we have been given the opposite of what is true.
And the Illuminists laugh at our ignorance. The same
24 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
way dark adults will lie to a small child or torment an
animal and laugh at its confusion and pain when it tries
to process what is happening. How can you feel superior
when there is not a level playing field? All they are doing
is taking advantage and creating a victim to lessen their
suffering momentarily.
DOUBLE BLUFF or DOUBLE SPEAK or “talk-
ing out of both sides of your mouth” is the illuminati’s
favorite game to get YOU to satisfy their current agenda
or need of getting what they want at your expense. We
act in the interest of the dark one, while THINKING we
are doing the opposite. FOR EXAMPLE: when you give
the addicted one, “one more chance” you also give the
predator one more time to abuse you and your children.
EXAMPLE of double speak, recently is in films and
on television shows there are continuous references to
FAMILY LOYALTY, like “you can’t give up on family”
meaning your family members. Family is also a trigger
word for programs and really means the Illuminati,
Satanic generational family.
ANOTHER EXAMPLE is: In 1910 when The Federal
Reserve Bill was presented as a way to LIMIT the power
of banking interests. It was pushed through Congress in
a few days before Christmas 1913. The Federal Reserve
Bill established the largest private trust ever, that cre-
ated, monitored and maintained the inflation the world
is going through NOW.
ANOTHER EXAMPLE: Walt DISNEY the man and
all his creations are double speak and double bluff at its
finest. While maintaining an angelic media presence,
he was a major contributor to the COVERT operations,
deceptions and abuses by the Illuminati. He created
HARD PORN, snuff films, cartoons, Wizard of Oz and
Fantasia to name ONLY a few designed for programmers
and trainers to use as reinforcement and triggers in their
Awareness Heals Me | 25
trauma based programming. His theme parks are used
to abduct and “train” children. He harassed landowners
and stole employee ideas and creations without giving
them credit. Disney was a generational Illuminist and
active Satanist.
Role-playing the different characters in Disney
films reinforces the agenda in programming and train-
ing. Military programming was linked to Star Wars.
Computer programming was linked to Hal in 2001 A
Space Odyssey; internal labyrinth programming was
linked to the movie Labyrinth. The Matrix used psychic
warfare themes. The programs are ground in with rep-
etition, torture, electroshock, drugging and hypnosis.
The alternate personalities inside an Illuminati pro-
grammed slave is highly disconnected from external
reality and may believe that they are part of a SCRIPT
like Dorothy seeking the Emerald City or the achieve-
ment of Illuminati rule on earth, a computer without
emotion or based on the character Data.
ANOTHER EXAMPLE: RAINBOW SHIPS are said
to be the twinkling colors in the night sky. It is said that
they are to help Gaia and her people release old truths
and old information to embrace new information that
they are helping encode us with. There is no need for
that because it happens automatically as a result of the
individual moving to higher vibrations. The rainbow
ships are probably programming for the low vibrat-
ing ones and Project Blue Beam. These are most likely
Illuminists misdirection’s or deceptions to seduce you
into the New World Religion. “Let us think for you and
you can serve us.”
Present governments and leaders are still carry-
ing out their “special interests.” Our handlers are still
pushing and peddling the New World Order agenda.
For example they are telling us how they want to make
26 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
us healthier and more efficient with their double speak
but the long-term goal is to kill off the weaker and use-
less and with the survivors, create robotic workers that
don’t cause them problems.
ANOTHER EXAMPLE: are the New Agers or the
“touchy feely” crowd and the Illuminists want you to
THINK with your heart, what does that mean and how
do you do such a thing? Generally that looks like you
suspend your thought and do what feels good. That
reminds me of “stranger danger” offering FREE candy
or games or to help him or her look for their lost puppy.
The Illuminists and pedophiles use their mind con-
trolled or dissociated children to talk OTHER children
into dark “set-ups” and abductions. The dark plays on
the trusting nature of the innocent all the time. Actually
they COUNT on a trusting nature, denial or dissocia-
tion. Illuminists fear a fair fight.
This is a dangerous time for your soul aspect to go
with the person that has free candy or a free electronic
device for you. That is you thinking or FEELING with
your greedy, “something for nothing” self. The confused
innocent becomes the confused victim. The victim uses
their victimhood to later justify becoming the predator
because they got taken-in and abused. The cycle of vic-
tim predator continues in the reality of darkness, dual-
ity, opposition or “thinking with your heart.” Double
speak for stop thinking and become my victim, I’ll give
you candy. This is also a way for you to continuously get
sucked in by “promises to change” and “I’ll do better
next time.” Typical “set ups” or excuses the addicted,
dissociated, or dark ones use over and over. Are you able
to see through the illusion or lie yet?
To AVOID “thinking with your heart,” think with your
brain and logic. Follow and use the universal laws with
your logic, discernment and wisdom. That way, you will
Awareness Heals Me | 27
be compassionate with you first and then others. You
will discern who is dark and stop playing with them, as
they are never fair, honest or transparent. Honor and
allow their choices and have compassion for you. Allow
them their path and walk away!
In higher vibrations, leaving is you removing your
focus or awareness or consciousness from an individual,
event, perception or reality. Returning to them is YOU
refocusing on them. That is the same principle as you
at a gathering talking with Karen and then you leave
to talk to Jake, returning to Karen later. This activity
then becomes a fifth dimensional experience IF you
are enjoying yourself without drama, judgment, blame,
upset yourself or becoming a victim predator.
Consciousness or awareness links particles of
thought.
LIKE MINDED people are connected with the same
vibration of THOUGHT, not hearts. Hearts are only in
humans for this one lifetime or experience. Compassion
comes from the mental, logical universal law receive
and give only compassion. Love in this matrix is most
always CONDITIONAL LOVE, not compassionate.
CONDITIONAL LOVE is based on DRAMA, strong
emotion, hate and taking turns being the victim and
predator. How much of your drama, pain and torment
has centered around someone withholding or in reality,
unable to give you acceptance or compassion? Human
conditional love by definition is intense and filled with
hate, fear, sorrow, judgment and anger because it lacks
light or compassion. Conditional love is dark; it is on a
continuum from benevolent caretaking to forced slav-
ery. Most of what has been called love for the majority of
humans the past 13 thousand years has been conditional.
The Anunnaki always misdirected us by changing
our beliefs to wanting and valuing external things and
28 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
approval. Leading us away from the wisdom of univer-
sal law. Thinking with your heart has become following
the DARK one’s agenda most frequently. All conditional
love goes against The Universal Law of ALLOWING.
Your need, the illuminists need to have humans adopt
their reality is not allowing. Have no attachment to what
others want you to do, say, be or think. Hating, waiting
to be rescued, seeking justice or vengeance, going to
war is attachment to and forcing your reality onto oth-
ers. Rescuing others is against the law of allowing unless
they request assistance.
When assistance is requested verbally or nonverbally
remember; The universal principle of RESPONSIBILITY
is that you respond when you have the ability and enough
light to respond to the needs of others without energy
feeding cords or self sacrifice. You receive energy from
all those you respond to because you are creating energy
together synergistically.
The universal principle of AUTHORITY means
the one that is aware, worthy and capable of accepting
responsibility for an act has the authority to act. Many
want authority but will not take the responsibility for
their actions.
5 trickery and deceit. Dark ones can have biology or not.
three
Darkness
Yes, in higher vibrations or the fifth dimension dark
and light or polarities are blended. But to have a clearer
understand of darkness and its truths or the way its
energy functions, dark and light are separated out in
this matrix and other low vibrating realities. That is also
why there are two sexes; male and female. Those ener-
gies were separated out for us to clearly understand the
different and complimentary energies each sex has.
The invisible realm agrees that ANY energy source or
entity that carries LESS than 30% light is dark. Humans
call dark energy and dark entities by many names: unbal-
anced energy, demon, devil, reptilians, evil, dark aliens,
dark soul aspects and frequently your relatives or ances-
tors. They are dangerous because they are ignorant and
live by dark truths seeking power over others through
Dark ones love to control biology that the core personal-
ity has left or abandoned. Those are the people that say
things like “I don’t know why I did that.” Those alive on
Gaia with less than 30% light are easily 40% or more of
the population. SCARY!
Dark TRUTHS are blame, judgment and refusal to
take responsibility for one’s thought and action. Dark
ones deceive, deny and twist the facts to control and
manipulate others to get what the little human or ego
wants. Dark entities siphon your fear energy. To create
29
30 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
even more energy for themselves, they encourage your
self-hate and cheer you on as you set yourself up to
be victimized once again. Dark entities support and
encourage your addictions and dark activities because
that means more energy for them.
Dark entities will strongly direct you to do things they
enjoyed when they had a body. For example, say you are
a person that doesn’t enjoy greasy food much. But after
visiting someone or someplace that dark entities may
hang out, you want greasy food NOW. A dark one may
have attached to you that love’s greasy food. The dark
entities that enjoyed drinking, drugging or smoking
hang out at bars; parties and places those activities went
on. Your awareness of them and your refusal to ALLOW
them to attach to you makes them look for an easier
mark. Any entity that wants to attach or enter your biol-
ogy is a dark energy and lacks compassion. When you
carry more than 70% light they can’t attach. If you have
dark entities you might want to consider changing your
thought patterns or point of perception.
When the human’s biology dies, the dark one looks
for a new host generally in the same bloodline. Your
dead relatives can easily possess your biology. In fact the
Illuminists encourage that. Many think that it is a good
thing to have a relative work through you or hang around
you. For example: The leader of an Illuminist group that
died would frequently enter his granddaughter’s body
to control “his flock” and act out his sexual addictions. It
is not in alignment with universal law to allow another
entity to control your biology.
For the past 13 thousand years this planet has been
so dark that it has been quarantined. Our dark survival
truths and power to the biggest bully, makes us danger-
ous to others and ourselves. Your relatives and ancestors
would most likely be dark. Why would you want their
Awareness Heals Me | 31
energy around you or in you unless you wanted to carry
on dark behaviors and traditions?
Illuminists have ceremonies to invite demons into
their members especially the newborn that is trained to
ALLOW demons and reptilians in and encourage them
to enter and take over the biology. They convince the
small child they owe their very life to the demon and if
they reject the demon they will die. The Illuminists are
so proud of their ability to deceive a small child and laugh
at the child’s ignorance. Dark entities are your basic con
artist running a con on the little human and frequently
stays with the same family for generation after genera-
tion running the same con on each new generation that
has receptive members. DARK individuals and entities
choose not to grow spiritually. On this planet of free will
you need to choose not to allow your self to dissociate or
let an addiction or suffering be your excuse for leaving
your biology unattended and allowing others to make
choices FOR you.
Our DARK or gray SOUL ASPECTS started out
100% light but as they tried to stay connected to the
little human or ego they got increasingly darker with all
the dark choices the human made. 1 to 3 soul aspects or
the higher self is entrained with the human. And moves
into dark lower bands of thought patterns with the
human going gray and possibly black. Humans living in
the frequency of fear, pain, vengeance, anger and righ-
teous indignation or hate emanate and attract to the self
more of the same. You create, attract and entrain what
you hold in your thoughts.
When you emanate, project or hold negative thoughts
and fear you are no longer being FORCED to do any-
thing. You have become the creator or catalyst of you
negative thoughts of suffering, fear, or anger, mean spir-
ited, vengeful and violent thinking. When your parent
32 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
tells you to steal and you do. Then that thinking and
behavior has become yours. When you adopt the belief
or obsession or another’s reality it becomes your truth,
what you are entrained with, allow, project and attract
or create in your life. If you created it, you need to take
on the responsibility of uncrating it by withdrawing
your energy, cutting cords and breaking contracts.
Our soul aspects are ever present with us in all reali-
ties and experiences to help and guide the human. BUT
when they have gone dark you need to carefully discern
what information has value for you when you want to go
lighter. When the human asks their soul or higher self,
a friend or parent “What do you think of me?” And the
response is negative or belittling that is a soul aspect or
human that is confused, ignorant and dark. Only a dark
human or soul aspect will tell you that you are stupid, ugly,
evil or not worthy. The soul aspect is holding the mirror
for you to see WHAT your thoughts are about YOUR self.
The DARK soul aspect will also encourage the human to
abusive the self or “set yourself up.” If you THINK you
need to be punished the dark soul aspect will help you out.
But know this about punishment, it never alters behavior,
it binds your essence to a low vibration and teaches you,
the offender, it is wise to operate covertly.
When questioning your soul aspects, you can ask for
a 100% light soul aspect to answer your questions. A soul
aspect that carries light is always honest but never nega-
tive. Any answers you get that are negative, dark or con-
fusing, IGNORE because that comes from a wounded
entity without compassion for the self. Breaking nega-
tive thought patterns that have been in your bloodline
for generations is no easy task, but is the only way to
move to greater light.
To honor the law of allowing the dark and Illuminati
are being restricted, sequester, isolated and contained to
Awareness Heals Me | 33
allow them another opportunity to choose again. That
is the level of compassion dark ones are able to notice
and receive on this planet of free will. As of May 21,
2011 souls or any entity or fetus with more DARK than
light are unable to incarnate on earth, parents with less
than 36% light will have soulless infants. Dark ances-
tors can no longer incarnate into biology or hang in the
emotional body around Gaia. The dark ones are being
restricted and contained by the light.
5
DARK ESSENCE
Dark or gray essences’ are defined by their LACK of
light or compassion, their ignorance. They are various
shades of gray to black. They include the EARTH BOUND
or SHADOW SOULS or DEMONS or REPTILIANS
or any dark entity without a human biology currently.
Any command heard inside or outside your head seek-
ing to dominate or nullify your judgment is a demon
or darkness. You may hear, see or sense their presence.
Generally we haven’t seen them because their vibration
is SLIGHTLY out of our range of sight. The “autistic”
and our animals generally can see them and sense their
presence because their range of sight is greater than
most of us.
Earthbound essences or entities may just drop by
to say, Hi! Some stay earthbound to learn more about
universal law from the humans that are experiencing
higher vibrations and carrying more light. Some earth-
bound do not realize they are dead or they have STUFF
or money or unfinished business they want to direct or
control. One man died leaving his money and wife alone
34 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
together. He hung around to watch her spend his money
and upset himself about what she spent it on.
Earthbound or shadow entities MAY have many
DARK things they want to continue doing but need a
body to do it with. So when you “space out” or are under
the influence of a drug or dissociated you abandon your
biology and are unable to protect it from dark ones play-
ing with it. The dark one enters your biology and uses it
or possesses your unattended biology. Your permission
is implied; through default you allowed the possession.
Use it or loose it.
Any earth bound entity will possess anyone that allows
it. For example a teenaged child might do something
totally out of character for them and it might not be them,
only a demon borrowing the biology. Using the biology of
another to stir up trouble AND avoid being responsible
for the trouble and the resulting fallout they created.
You can help the earthbound; IF HELP or knowledge
is what they seek. Talk aloud to them. Give them the date
and a summary of what has happened to update them
and increase their awareness of the time that has passed.
You can then educate them about their negative thought
patters and how self-destructive they are. Explain that
punishment is not productive but more knowledge will
lead to a different point of perception and compassion
for the self. Explain the following to them:
The Universal Law of PERPETUAL TRANSMUTATION
of energy is that all sentient beings have the power to
CHANGE continuously. Raising your vibration is hard
work that YOU need to do by staying awake and aware, clar-
ifying your thoughts. Any imbalances you have attracted
to you as a result of your attachment to an agenda, idea,
thing, person, power or control in concurrent realities
have to be uncreated by YOU. Then you can open a portal
of greater light for them to enter when they are willing.
Awareness Heals Me | 35
The rules of this earth game or reality or matrix are;
that we are given the tools or skills to be our own super-
hero. No one that is light is allowed to do anything FOR
us. This is our test of our spirituality or moral charac-
ter. We are on a planet of free will so ANYONE even our
invisible aspects rescuing us are considered force and
interference. Light ones never rescue or do it for you.
Always you need to make the choice.
All demons and their minions, ALL the TIME, are
generated by HUMAN consciousness of energy or life
force. Dwell with or in darkness and you live in darkness.
You are entrained with the dark. Being in dark company
makes you darker and they might convince you they
own you. When we feel powerless we may well behave
like we are in alignment with darkness or Satan making
many little dark choices because the little human or ego
believe that light is too hard to attain and the light will
reject you anyway so why bother. That is NOT a univer-
sal truth.
COMPLIANCE with darkness or negativity is serv-
ing their agenda. The dark feed from you energetically
and frequently use and abuse your body, while YOU
FEED on their perception of reality. Energy steal-
ing crosses over or continues in all your concurrent
lifetimes and in-between each lifetime and all your
­alternate and parallel realities setting up cycles of
hopelessness in its victims. Energy feeding cords and
dark soul-to-soul contracts bleed into soul energy cre-
ating a way to enslave or entrap your soul aspects into
dark truths or realities.
On this planet of free will you need to choose not to
allow your self to dissociate or let an addiction or suffer-
ing be your excuse for leaving your biology unattended
IF you want to break your programming. Formal or
informal programming.
36 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
The PHI THETA OMEGA Illuminati Programming
adds dark SPIRITUAL alternate personalities, demon pos-
session, internal witches, warlocks, seers, psychics, read-
ers, occult practitioners, family members and handlers are
all in this system of highly developed right brain and deep
trance abilities.
The color is coded BLACK. The training is most
commonly done from ages 8 to 21 years with occasional
reinforcement of the programming from time to time.
Brain wave training is complex and creates automatic
amnesia and communication barriers between the dif-
ferent brain wave states. This is reinforced with electric
shock and punishment to prevent its undoing. All brain
wave systems have CONTROLLER triads considered
more “mystical” stable and unbreakable, three back ups
and three system controllers.
PORCELAIN FACE or BURNING Programming
is part of the Camelot and Shakespeare program to
steal an alternate personality’s face. Fire torture and
melted wax is used to make the child victim believe
their face has been burned off. The programmer gives
the traumatized alter a porcelain mask to wear. The
Illuminati victim wears this mask when they are mar-
ried to the Anti-Christ or Satan or EL or any other form
of darkness.
The satanic network “Assembly of God churches”
also uses the burning or porcelain face programming.
They put a wax mask upon the victim, and give them
fire torture. They think their face has melted. The pro-
grammer pretends to be “god” and gives them a new
face or porcelain mask and the memories of abuse are
then hypnotically hidden behind the mask. To take off
the mask is to burn again or remember the pain again.
5 the SELF. A great set up to torment the child and lower
Awareness Heals Me | 37
TRADITION
The tradition of handing down abusive mental, emo-
tional and physical treatment to the next generation
is the way dark behavior patterns stay firmly in place.
Part of the Illuminist’s psychic warfare is to keep us in
fear. How many parents training and method of control
based in creating fear in their children? The fearful child
grows to be the acting out or compliant adult. The com-
pliant adult has so little compassion for them self they
are unable to consider a child’s or anyone else’s welfare
for that matter. From the child’s point of perception they
have no control over their biology and can be accessed
at anytime. There was no one to rescue the child. The
child not rescued or protected, frequently becomes the
adult predator.
The body of a YOUNG child, before puberty, can be
stimulated frequently to cause sexual arousal absolutely!
Satanic cult members sexually traumatize, stimulate
and drug all the children they can get a hold of espe-
cially their own children. This keeps the child sexually
AROUSED but unable to do much about the arousal,
as they are physically unable to orgasm until puberty.
How much do you enjoy sexual arousal with no physi-
cal release? For the child to release their sexual tension
or arousal they will need to physically exhaust them-
selves or distract themselves. Sexual tension or arousal
consumes their consciousness preventing their ability
to focus on anything else. Teachers and parents won-
der why the child can’t learn at school or why the child
starts fights or why they are sexually provocative or pro-
miscuous. The predator tells the child, “See you want it,”
and the child goes into GUILT, SHAME and BLAME of
38 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
self worth and make them compliant and fearful for the
rest of their life, because they don’t know what is wrong
with them.
When someone uses a child sexually over a period of
time and suddenly stops because they got too old, they
will then have abandonment issues. This happens with
illuminati slaves that reach 30 years old. It never dawns
on a child or adult that they just got “too old” to “sexu-
ally turn on” the twisted adult. So they spend the rest of
their life trying to figure out what is wrong with THEM!
If sexual activity is your only warm contact with other
people you will miss it and feel abandoned when it stops.
These dark ones and their traditions can go way back
into the DNA line. Even all the way back or concurrently
to Atlantis and Maldek. The same dark soul aspects
keep coming back with new biology’s. Your ancestor
or you as your ancestor could have struck a deal with
the devil, demon or any other kind of darkness on this
planet that committed your body and your energy to the
dark ones. When the little human or ego is feeling inse-
cure or inadequate they invited some big scary demon
or dark energy or the devil or reptilian to increase their
HUMAN power. Just because you or an ancestor invited
this darkness in DOES NOT mean you need to keep
playing with it or following its orders or trying to get it
to love and accept you.
The most effective way I know of to permanently get
rid of dark is to clear up its ignorance about compassion
and universal law. OF COURSE if you have used this
darkness to define you than you are not ready to release
the dark in YOU. Giving up the darkness might not be
possible for you, UNTIL you understand and LIVE
compassionately aligned with universal law. When you
STILL want more ATTENTION, things or stuff than oth-
ers have. When you have a double standard, one for you
Awareness Heals Me | 39
and a more ethical one for others. When you are smarter
and cleverer than others. When you deserve more than
others. When you are more pious and spiritual than oth-
ers. When you sacrifice more or are the sickest. When
you gossip and judge. Then you are still embracing and
holding close to you, your darkness, demon, reptilian,
ancestor or family members you choose darkness.
DARK says, “OH YES I can get that for you.” “I can
make you feel better.” Remember dark always lies, denies
and deceives. Dark dances around rubbing its hands
with glee very ready and able to help you sabotage your-
self and all others that trust and depend on you. Asking
the dark to leave forcefully, breaking contracts and cut-
ting cords doesn’t have a lasting affect, because you keep
calling the dark back to SERVE your scared little human
or ego. You invited it back in to play with you. To give
you self worth by bestowing power and control. It will
only cost your energy, biology and free will.
The universal principle of JOY and INNER PEACE
increases with deeper connection and surrender of the
little human or ego to their light soul aspects point of
perception, giving up the human free will for living in
divine will and following universal law. Receive and give
only compassion to YOU first.
Even if you are a predator now your victimization
came first, real or imagined. Having YOUR memory
and feeling of how painful it was to be victimized, will
give you AWARENES and compassion for you and your
experience. Compassion for the confusion and loss of
trust in others you experienced. Compassion for your
betrayal when you trusted the dark to be honest, fair and
compassionate. Betrayal is a dark truth.
Many of us felt victimized or betrayed when we left
universal law and moved into darkness and dark truths,
demons, reptilians, the devil or making the little human
40 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
or ego feel powerful and better than others. Moving to
lower vibrations and dark truths was our choice. We
have experienced the pain and suffering of the dark, are
you ready to leave that reality? Can you release ALL the
dark truths you still embrace?
The child victim ALWAYS feels guilty and responsible
for what the predator does. The child ALWAYS blames
itself. THE DARK tells them; in many different ways it
is THEIR fault. When your reality or belief is that ALL
THINGS, good or bad are bestowed on you externally.
Logically if bad things happen to you it is punishment
or rejection for not being what was desired or wanted
by a DARK entity, person, parent, demon, reptile, god,
culture or society. You are not a victim. Your vibration
got so low and your truths got so dark in a concurrent
reality that you attracted a predator to help create your
victimhood. The Universal Law of Attraction
The predator or abuser projects onto the victim what
they need to heal in them self. The victim projects onto
the predator what they need to heal in them self. The con-
fused innocent demands others be responsible for them
instead of taking responsibility for the self and thinking
for the self. Accept the reality that an adult or parent can
be very dangerous ESPECIALLY to the child, grandchild
and any other child he or she can lay their hands on.
WHEN dark people dissociate, which they do all
the time, they are dangerous. They do the same cruel
things that were done to them. Then they claim their
innocence. Illuminati mothers and fathers are very dark
scary people home alone with an infant or more. Along
with the physical, psychological and emotional abuses,
mom and dad siphon the children’s light and give the
child their darkness to carry. As the child tries to rescue
their parent their energy gets even darker. Play with the
dark and you join them.
Awareness Heals Me | 41
A fascinating bit or reasoning the abused one use is;
“If I offer compassion to my evil parent or spouse” they
will return LOVE to me. They try that over and over and
always get the same result. There is no awareness. The
abused one never realizes that when you offer compas-
sion to the dark they read that as you are WEAK and
EASY to take advantage of and they DO. Unconditional
love and compassion is not in the dark ones reality.
NONE of the active illuminati members or any of
abused, dissociated and dysfunctional mothers and
fathers around the world possesses the capacity to
NURTURE, support or PROTECT their children. They
are dangerous to children. They have never nurtured
themselves so they do not posses the skills to nurture
a child or anyone else. Seriously abused children find
being an adult an overwhelming challenge. Frequent
dissociating is time consuming and confusing. There is
no focus or desire for self-awareness or to develop the
basic life skills.
Some abused children have an alternate personal-
ity that can function at school or work but that is all
they can do. For example I had one student with three
alternate personalities that I observed. Only one of the
alternate personalities knew how to read and write and
that one was out only a fourth of the time. The core per-
sonality never showed itself. Many illuminati slaves per-
form their jobs in society robotically and well enough to
get paid. BUT there is no energy left for daily tasks and
personal responsibilities when they get home. THERE
IS yelling, hitting, abuse, dissociation, handling, train-
ing and compulsive distractions, frequently sexual and
sexual seduction.
To heal or release you darkness you NEED to stop
dissociating. When you don’t remember or CANNOT
track an entire event from beginning until the end. You
42 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
can’t possibly have awareness of what you did or didn’t
do. Frequently slaves get drugged taken to rituals or per-
formed task in the middle of the night, some even fly to
other countries for training or are used as sexual favors
at a gathering and wake up the next morning in their
bed very tired with NO memory of what they did. Their
handler probably lives with them or close by. Those that
have dogs and children claim having them is a protection
against such things. The dog and children get drugged
also.
Other people in the life of an abused child or adult take
TURNS using and abusing them. Playing the cycle of,
you are the victim and I’ll be the predator this time. The
illuminati slave is programmed to comply and always do
what others want or they might get PUNISHED again. So
when interacting with them and you are a slave also, you
will trigger each other’s programs. There is not growth
and development of the core personality, which is why
it frequently abandons the biology. Normal growth and
social development of a child is suppressed. Illuminists
have no use for that. It would interfere with the slave’s
programming and performance.
The biology does NOT forget your abuse and can some-
times carry it into other lifetimes or realities. Body pain,
blockages, density and disease must be acknowledged
before it will leave. Keep suppressing your awareness,
and your body will create headaches, heart ­problems, and
other physical maladies that will just seem to escalate cre-
ating more problems JUST to gain your FULL attention.
You will come into the next life with the same challenges
you have not resoled in the previous realities.
GAMMA Programming is the secret layering in of
demons. The ceremonies to demonize the victim occur
even before they are born. Generational dark entities or
demons are layered in to work with the direction of the
Awareness Heals Me | 4 3
programming. This 10th science deals with occult sci-
ences of astral projection, ESP and telepathy. Gamma
code calls for demons and suicide programming that
is often layered into this system. These alternate per-
sonalities would rather DIE than leave or betray their
FAMILY or cult or the Illuminists.
In gamma programming there is also Scholarship
programming and photographic memory. Gamma per-
sonalities know 8 different languages, some are modern
and some are ancient languages.
GATEKEEPER Programming and programs are
found throughout the illuminati systems. They impose
their reality on other alternate personalities within the
system by using SUPPRESSION, judgments, force and
deception. They do not ALLOW freedom of thought.
Dark is dark whether it is found within you or exter-
nally. You own it and embrace it or you master walk-
ing away from it. We came to lower vibrating realities
to increase our knowledge, our WISDOM about dark
truths.
5
 four
Ignorance

The cabal and darkness know there time is over. The

light has prevented them from starting WARS to main-
tain the DARK mass consciousness of the previous
millenniums. The dark cabal has been limited to using
“shooting sprees” or acts of terrorism by Illuminati pro-
grammed individuals or slaves throughout the world in
hope of maintaining fear in our collective consciousness.
The acts of random violence are a “need for violence” by
those that are so NUMB inside that intense fear reas-
sures them that they are still alive. As we increase our
light on earth, the greatly wounded dark ones will be
identified and given knowledge and awareness that will
help them heal if they choose that.
As more people move to higher vibrations, FEAR
losses its appeal just as any violent entertainment will
and does loose its thrill the lighter you get. Fear deliver-
ers a short-term rush of adrenaline to alert you to “move
away “ or “prepare to fight.” Fear and the following
adrenaline rush, does make dark ones feel intense, alive
and dramatic. Fear is their proof that they exist. Like the
exhibitionist needs to show their naughty bits to get a
SHOCKING result from a stranger or crowd. It proves
to them and reassures them that they have naughty bits
because people were shocked.
Ignorance is a lack of knowledge or information
and that is what the dark ones lack, information about
45
46 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
compassion. To consider moving to greater light you
need to be a seeker. You need to be seeking answers to
explain your discontent or confusion. Of course if your
awareness or core personality is floating around away
from your biology, abandoning it, you are not seeking
anything you are distracting yourself. And for those of
us that are awake and aware the Illuminists encourage
us or force us to seek criminals, shooters and terrorists
instead of our soul aspects, inner wisdom and universal
law. They create for the awake and aware, endless dark
dramas to maintain the fear and keep our vibration low
so they can continue to siphon our energy and light for
their use. Your seeking does not need to feed the dark.
Any desire for change needs to come from WITHIN
you and it needs to be FOR YOU not for or on behalf
of another. You carrying another person’s dark energy,
their secrets, their addictions and inability to function,
benefit neither of you. You deciding for another what
they should or should not do; drains your light. Them
complying with your wishes makes you both darker.
The wisdom and explanation for walking away from
less light is expressed in the laws of the universe.
The Universal Law of ENTRAINMENT requires that
two or more vibrations or entities being in the same loca-
tion need to combine or fall in sync with each other to
have a single vibration. For Example, on a scale of 1-10
if one individual is at 3 and the other is at a 7 the law
of entrainment requires that they will both be around 5.
This includes you and a dead relative, sharing space. If
uncle Charlie is a 3 and you are a 7 together you are both
around a 5. OR if mom, dead or alive, is with you and is a
very strong 2, and you are a wishy-washy 6, together you
are both 2s.
Every thought we have dark or light, creates ener-
getic ripples. Our body anchors our energetic layers,
Awareness Heals Me | 47
which fan out in every direction in ever-widening
circles of vibrating frequency to roughly six feet from
the biology. The Principle of Reconciliation and /
or entrainment allow different qualities to get uni-
fied into similarities. By diminishing differences you
decrease conflict and promote balance. That happens
with groups or only two.
Mass consciousness or the group mind or the collec-
tive consciousness is the thought, feeling and actions of
the entire group combined into one thought and feeling
that represents the entire group. To change the mass
consciousness of a group you need a small percentage
of individuals in that group holding a STRONG belief,
dark or light, that gets transferred electromagnetically
into the larger group’s awareness and is eventually
adopted.
DARK mass consciousness or HIVE MINDS or Religious
groups are found all over the planet. Many religions, coun-
tries and families are still ruled by a “control freak” or bully.
Some groups start out with a “light group consciousness” and
get infiltrated with darkness as the greedy, jealous and cruel
take over power and the group gets progressively darker.
When the collective mind is dark and unbalanced, as earth
has been, each generation is faced with VERY strong pres-
sure to conform to the dark collective way of functioning.
In dark groups, families and couples, individuals
­surrender their thought, energy and body to join or maintain
membership. Dark groups generally have one viewpoint,
the “point of view” from the top and generally the dark-
est one. When you believe your self to be powerless you
start abandoning you, your thoughts and your body. Your
awareness is not trapped so instead of walking away from
the dark and standing in your beliefs, you abandon your
biology or dissociate form it. You allow them to do as they
wish with your body.
48 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
To carry more light you MUST reclaim your biol-
ogy. Your awareness of higher vibrations and greater
amounts of information come through YOUR energy
field and the biology anchors that energy. You need to
work with your biology, clear out any dark entities and
move back in. We came to this dark vibration to experi-
ence dark truths NOT live in them forever or get trapped
until your life force runs out. The New World Order is
designed to keep us trapped until our life force runs out.
Our military, police and large corporations are trained
to groupthink, take orders and dehumanize “the enemy
or consumer” there is always an enemy created or a
consumer tricked into buying more of what they do not
need. It is easier to humiliate, demonize, torment and
dismiss the enemy or consumer as stupid or someone
you deem less valuable than you.
The dark individual or group of dark ones are not capa-
ble of feeling your pain or having awareness of your suf-
fering. They are ignorant of their own pain and suffering.
Their core personality has abandoned their biology also.
Their biology is following orders or the program currently
running. There is no one home to interact with. Learn to
walk away from the dark, do not engage, force, blame or
vent. You do not have the skill set to take on the dark AND
that is going against the universal Law of Allowing.
KILLING Programming is only one of the ways
Illuminists create and trigger a killer. Training starts at
two years old. The child is put into an electrically charged
metal cage to shock the child. Then the trainer takes
the child out, and places a kitten in its hands telling the
child to wring the kitten’s neck. The child refuses and is
placed into the cage again for more electric shocks until
they are dazed and can no longer scream. The trainer
takes the child out and tells them to strangle the kitten.
Awareness Heals Me | 49
They shake all over, cry, but the child does it, because
they are afraid of more torture.
They strangle the kitten to death and the adult praises
them for “doing such a good job.” As the child ages the
animals get bigger and eventually they will be forced to
kill a human infant. This is “theta” programming, and or
psychic trauma based programming also.
By 9 years of age the child can put together a gun,
aim, and fire on command. Practice is done on realistic
manikins. Then there is practice on “expendables” or in
virtual reality training. The child is highly praised when
they do well, and tortured when they don’t comply. By
age 15, most children will be forced to do hand to hand
combat in front of spectators that watch the “games” as
they did with ancient gladiators, sometimes to the death.
Not unlike the Hunger Games series of books in 2010
and the movies. By 21 years of age they are well-trained
killing machines with command codes to kill without
remembering what they did or the training they have
endured to do what they did. The cover story is that
they are mentally ill.
5
LIGHT HELPERS
2013 marks the turning point or shifting vibration from
old SURVIVAL truths to more light and COMPASSION
for the self. Things are even more stressful if darkness is
your choice. If you keep playing with the dark you ARE
getting increasingly out of balance. Earth’s unbalanced
systems; families and organizations are crumbling and
becoming chaotic.
50 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Light energy coming from within the population
along with the light the earth is being flooded with, is
waking people up and returning them to their biology
putting them in a place of needing to make decisions and
moral choices about going lighter or darker and stand-
ing in their truth. They are demanding fair treatment,
transparency and honesty. Those moving into increased
light are becoming more balanced and stable. Their soul
aspect is pulling things together for positive resolu-
tions and success. Please notice that. There is never an
absolute there is continuous adjustment. The war with
darkness is over and won, but you the individual need
to “make it so” for you personally or you will remain in
the fourth dimension until you understand dark truths a
little better than you do and are able to RELEASE them.
Dark truths are frequently about YOU being
ATTACHED to controlling outcomes of one sort or
another. You demanding that someone love or care about
you. Dark can’t do that! You demanding others feel your
pain or struggle. Dark can’t do that! You being prettier,
smarter, sexier, owning more stuff is all dark truths
about “I am better than you.” Darkness has a hierarchy
and light is about equality.
Anything you need or want YOU create for the self
with the assistance of your other soul aspects. The core
personality needs to reside in the biology to sense the
feelings of familiarity, security, protection and compas-
sion by going within and feeling it. It is not what you
experience externally from others; it is your point of per-
ception internally about your experience that matters.
Many light ones from LIGHT planets and societies
choose to incarnate on earth, the quarantined planet of
darkness, to help us find our way back to the light. As one
might suspect, most of them wound up joining the dark.
Once they struggled with our abusive dark families and
Awareness Heals Me | 51
cultures of lies, corruption and addictions the biology
and wounded soul joined in experiencing darkness in
greater depth. The addictions and dissociation from the
biology distracted us from the wounding we received
and perpetrated on each other. Those that have only
experienced universal law, receive and give only com-
passion are not prepared in anyway for the deception,
cruelty, glamour and Illusion used to trick humanity and
the innocent, trusting light ones. It was as easy for the
DARK to turn the “light ones” dark, as it is to trick, mis-
lead and misdirect a four year old that is desperate for
your attention, acceptance and affection to feel worthy
and stay alive.
What the “light ones” including some humans have
learned the HARD WAY, was that you couldn’t play with
the dark and stay light at the same time. There IS NO
WAY TO ENGAGE and maintain your light. The very
act of engaging drains your percentage of light. Upset,
jealousy, drama, dissociation, addictions and trying
to change another’s reality are all about creating and
maintaining energy feeding cords to all those that play
or engage in any drama and strong emotion. When you
decide you are the victim look around and notice the
ones you have neglected and or abused because YOU
were suffering and felt entitled to inflict indifference,
pain or suffering. You become a predator to them. When
you consider yourself to be the predator, remember and
notice, who victimized you, through their abuse neglect
or misuse of you and the wounds you have from that
experience. When you were deceived and tricked you
blamed others, consider whom you have tricked and
deceived.
When you want MORE than others have, enjoy con-
flict, division, upset, gossip and abuse your focus is on
negative dark truths and energy feeding. For dark ones to
52 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
continue to exist they need to siphon energy or life force
or light from each other. Darkness has only the power
YOU give it by you allowing, attracting and entraining
with dark truths. When the HUMAN is dark and mean
spirited so are their thoughts and creations. Old energy
and dark energy lack compassion, light and wisdom
When you carry more light because your thinking has
changed; the “darker ones” will try to provoke you or
wait for you to upset yourself and lower your vibration
so they can energy feed from you once again. They hover
like sharks. Increase the light you carry with compas-
sion and nurturing for you and your biology first. THEN
your light energy will emanate out from you to combine
with greater light coming onto the planet. There is no
possible way to entrain with dark and stay light.
Elementals, our light soul aspects and the universe
do not function in duality they follow universal law so
they NEVER judge or blame. Our elementals create our
thoughts without evaluation or judgment. Remember
the clearer you think the stronger is your creation. The
type of thoughts and the creation the elementals create
and how you use your creation carries a ratio of dark
to light. Alistair Crowley was a light one that came to
help us go lighter but he kept choosing greater darkness,
because you cannot play with the dark and maintain
your light.
CROWLEY, ALISTAIR 1875-1947 was a Satanist and
a 33rd degree Scottish Rite Freemason, spy and leader in
a number of other Masonic rites as well; he was an OTO
leader, chief in Stella Matutina, and an MI-6 (British
overseas intelligence) agent. His writings have been
important to Satanists and black magicians. He wrote
Moonchild first published in 1917. The MOONCHILD
RITUAL is to place high-level demons into a fetus.
Blood and human sacrifices are always required for this
Awareness Heals Me | 53
level of magic to place the perfect dark soul or DNA into
a fetus.
Alistair Crowley started out as a light helper and
wanted to infiltrate the dark to help them go lighter
and in 1904 he channeled: The BOOK of the LAW, that
was to be the arrival of a new stage in spiritual evo-
lution for humans. The moral of the book is that we
must rely upon ourselves, for we alone have the power
to save ourselves. That truth is in alignment with uni-
versal law.
From The BOOK of the LAW came ONE LAW: Do
what thou wilt, shall be the whole of the Law. The dark
ones or Illuminists that created the New Age Movement
and Spiritual Movement have twisted ONE LAW to
mean you can disregard the FALL OUT of what you do.
Twisting the meaning into a dark truth and reality. By
1907 Alistair Crowley was entrained with dark truths.
UNIVERSAL LAW is Receive and Give only compassion.
The Universal Law of ALLOWING means you stop
trying to get others to adopt and live in your reality.
Allowing, grants to ALL the same rights you want for
yourself, to have, be and do whatever you choose as long
as you AVOID VIOLATING OTHER’S RIGHTS or
destroying any part of our collective environment.
Attachment to ANY agenda or outcome for YOU
or another goes against allowing and being compas-
sionate and peaceful. Even when the other, is being
self-­destructive, that is their creation and their path
to wisdom. Allow them to experience the logical con-
sequences of their choices without your interference,
“god complex” or agenda. Withdraw your energy, cut
the feeding cords and break dark contracts with them.
Whatever situation you created in the past for your spir-
itual lessons you can CHANGE now, by changing your
point of perception and having compassion for you first.
54 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Concern your self with what is nurturing, enjoyable and
creative for you and your soul aspects.
5 their current agenda. Their main theme created for
RELIGION
Many light ones have incarnated on earth to help us
reconnect with our light soul aspects and universal law
like Buddha, Confucius, Lao-tsze and Jesus. They incar-
nated to bring humanity the simple HIGHER vibrating
knowledge, truth and wake us up. Their message was
simply “you are the same as I and you need to save your-
self.” Just as Alistair Crowley said in The BOOK of the
LAW we must rely upon ourselves, for we alone have
the power to save ourselves.
Later followers of Buddha, Confucius, Lao-tsze and
Jesus, with the help of the dark reptilian Anunnaki, dis-
torted the messages of light, which is most often the case.
The “EQUAL SIBLING messenger” got transformed
into a figure to be WORSHIPPED, which is against the
law of allowing. Then DOGMA was created to be sure
you worship the “holy one” in the correct manner or be
punished.
The double speak of the Illuminist is ever present in
our dark worlds. The RELIGIONS they created for us
are thinly covered demonic or satanic worshipping they
brought us from Draco. The dogma is a guide on HOW to
express your belief in a Supreme Being or super human
or controlling power, especially a personal god or gods
or Satan and demons. Religions have a system of dogma,
a set of principles laid down by an authority as being
incontrovertibly true. ABUSES administered under the
guise of religious training. Training is the key word.
Awareness Heals Me | 55
All the various religions the Illuminists created for
humanity and continue to restructure to control the
mass consciousness; are being shifted again to serve
humanity is and always has been that you need to
“WAIT to be saved” the opposite belief of the elite
Illuminists which, is STEAL it and piss it away. The
rituals of our church services are pure theater. Parables
and stories are generated by the various religions to
explain and reinforce their particular dogma so that
every follower will know what is expected of them,
regardless of their intelligence. They need to clearly
understand the correct behavior to gather the deity’s
VERY CONDITIONAL blessings.
Universal law and principles were distorted or excluded
from our major religions by the Anunnaki millennia’s ago.
The TEN COMMANDMENTS are Universal Law simpli-
fied as “rules” to clearly point out what is a dark or light.
Those that think love, affection and compassion MUST
come from an external source are misdirected and they
will always “COVET” or yearn to possess and will not
allow others their freedom. Those that worship external
“AUTHORITY” give away their energy, power, thinking,
freedom and frequently their biology and health. Jesus
said you are his sibling and equal NOT above or below.
He wanted you to think for yourself as he did.
The SEVEN RAYS or Seven Spirits or Seven Great
Rishis are the 7 emanations or qualities of “the source”
or “god.” The rays or characteristics are broken down
into smaller concepts and pieces or steps that are
needed to be mastered, to return to source. There are
3 major rays or aspects: Creation, Infinite Wisdom
and Unconditional Love and 4 minor rays or attri-
butes, Purity, Truth, Invocation and Transmutation. By
­breaking down the concept of receiving and giving only
56 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
compassion into these VERY SMALL disjointed pieces
or steps, they can easily be distorted by the ego or little
human to serve dark agendas.
In the holy bible the “sons of God” took wives from
the “daughters of men.” The sons of god were from
Draco. The reptilians brought their satanic worship,
stories and parables about their “white winged dragon
with blue eyes” to us as part of the dogma for the earth
religions they created. The names and stories are slightly
altered. The religious stories are rewrites of your basic
“Satan” from Draco or “EL” from Saturn or Jesus of
Nazareth that are designed to glorify and empower the
little human or ego. If you worship God or Satan and
follow HIS dictates you will get conditional love and be
saved from even greater punishment.
These religions and their dogma are our psychologi-
cal preparation for the New World Religion and New
World Order that is being put in place and introduced
to us the way all illuminist concepts are introduced.
Through the media and their “experts” in the field. The
illuminists create, introduce, financially support media,
movies, books, papers, news and television shows. Those
that have gone against them or try to expose their lies
don’t live so long or well. Serving and servicing them is
pretty much what we do.
The Illuminists want to stop working covertly and
now want to overtly control us. They are pushing the
new world order or one world government and religion.
They want the weak, sick and non-productive ones gone
and they are slowly killing them off. The glitz and glit-
ter of “the religions” on earth is to keep our attention
diverted to things outside of our self. The deities of
earth are basically “control freaks” just like our handlers
are. They take our money and labor while motivating us
with increased lack, and fear of more punished.
Awareness Heals Me | 57
The illuminists preach that Man becomes god through
reason and “enlightenment” but practice control, force
and obedience and enforce a strong caste system on all
members. Starting even before birth with trauma based
programming throughout life
Our fear about aliens is nonsense. Aliens or extra-
terrestrials or the Illuminists created what we have on
earth NOW. They are the darkest mean spirited aliens
there are. They already run our life and world. Most any
other group of aliens will be lighter than the ones we
live with and allow to run our world presently
RITE to REMAIN SILENT Programming is a
satanic reversal of the Catholic Mass or the Black Mass
with the Black Mary. The VOW OF SILENCE is a keep
quiet program activated by “The walls have ears and the
plants have eyes.” It is explained to the victim that the
seashells and plants have the ability to hear and a sen-
sitive occultist or programmer can psychically pick up
what the plants and seashells hear. “MAINTAIN IT” is a
command to maintain the Vow of Silence. “MAINTAIN
IT and LISTEN” is a command to keep silent and listen
to the command that is coming up soon.
Placing anger and blame on the appropriate target is
a problem for trainers and bullies so children need to be
trained to blame the self in the Illuminist reality.
SPIRITUAL Programming includes being forced
to memorize satanic beliefs, rituals, and the “Book of
Illumination.” This starts in infancy through life. Classes
and training sessions are about rituals and worship of
demons or the guardian deity of your local group like
Moloch, Ashtaroth, Baal or Enokkim. The child is forced
to participate in ritual sacrifices, blood baptism and to
take the heart or other internal organs out of the sacri-
ficed and eat them. The drugged and hypnotized child
has the hands of the leader placed on the child’s head
58 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
while INVOKING demonic entities to enter the child’s
biology.
SPIRITUAL DILEMMA Programming creates Satanic
and Christian alternate personalities. Having Satanic and
Christian alters insures that if they discover each other they
would reject wanting to learn more about the other part
and move into denial and dissociation. They are told the
Christian god rejected them because he didn’t rescue the
2-year-old victim that accepted the love of God. Rejection,
retaliation and bondage are the tools of Satan.
REDIRECTING ANGER Programming A Daddy
figure will intentionally provoke the child by teasing
and aggravate the child into rage. Then the question is
asked, “Are you angry with daddy?” When the answer
is yes! Electroshock is applied to the head, toes, finger-
tips, and nipples and inside the vagina, or penis by the
electrodes attached to the child. The child is brought
to rage again until the answer is no. “I am not angry
with daddy.” The child is taught to redirect their anger
toward themselves and when ANGRY with their father
they will hurt the self, over and over again. The child is
shocked until compliant and then suicide programs can
and will be layered in also.
We have been monitored and controlled for thirteen
thousand years. In that time we have also been trained
not to trust or believe in ourselves or believe in anything
we can’t see feel or touch. How wise it to maintain those
limiting beliefs?
RED CROSS or Sun Cross is a symbol and common
theme in Lemuria, Atlantis, Sumer, and the Christian
cross with “Jesus” to the present day. It is an Illuminati
symbol and found drawn in red pigment in the tomb of
the Sumerian-Egyptian emperor. The same symbol as
the “Cross of St George” and later the flag of England
after Sumerian-Phoenicians settled there. The red
Awareness Heals Me | 59
Sun-Cross is the symbol of the Knights Templar secret
society. The Red Cross organization operating in the
world is also Illuminati. The Red Cross enables the illu-
minists to manipulate behind the COVER of humanitar-
ian aid.
NIBIRU or PLANET X or 12th PLANET from the
sun, Nibiru means “Planet of Crossing” in Sumerian,
and Egyptian language. It is a reptilian built, mecha-
nized world orbiting our solar system. It has a 3,600-
year orbit and is coming close to earth in 2013-17. This
planet is enclosed in a shell that generates its own heat
and is 2 and 1/2 times larger than earth. It was an off
world headquarters of the dark or Anunnaki since the
time of Atlantis.
ANUNNAKI or ABBENNAKKI or NIBIRUIANS live
on the mechanized world of Nibiru. Females from Orion
and male’s from Sirius B mated and the off spring of a new
Reptilian race was created and named “Nibiru” and a tribe
became a race. Between visitations to earth the Abbennakki
employ small beings they call “Bear” to monitor the earth
and humanity.
5
 five
Junk DNA

As the spider creates its web, the human creates their

electromagnetic energy field or DNA or web or per-
sonal matrix that is ALWAYS linked and connected:
continuously RECIEVING and TRANSMITTING per-
sonal, planetary, galactic and celestial information. Our
personal DNA or energy field is designed to capture all
we need. We use our DNA unconsciously all the time.
To use your DNA consciously you need to consciously
FEEL it. You need to stay awake and aware in your biol-
ogy to do that. Easiest way to perceive your matrix,
DNA or AURA or your soul aspects is through your skin.
Slight breezes gently touching your face or on the arm,
an invisible touch or tingling sensation. That is some
of the first senses or feeling we have of the continuous
energy communications that go no outside this matrix.
Higher visual sensations are perceived through imagi-
nation. Auditory sensations first come on line as silent
sounds, emanating from within rather than around you.
To consciously see and hear, it is helpful to close your
eyes.
These expanded perceptions come through or are
amplified by our biology moving, singing, drawing or
writing. During the creative process we move our focus
from the slow moving electromagnetic field from the
third dimension into the fifth dimension vibration,

61
62 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
where there is greater awareness of the interplay of our
DNA and the other webs around us.
We created our third dimension matrix or video game
or DNA based on the rules for a physical plane reality.
We lost our awareness of the higher vibrating realities
that have always existed. Our brain is not designed to
consciously perceive higher vibrations. To consciously
interact you need to release the physicality habit and
time.
Those of you that are members of the Indigo group
and incarnated in the last 70 or 80 years came to assist
Gaia through the nuclear testing and psychic and chem-
ical wars the dark perpetrated of the light. Many of you
forgot, but increased light and awareness is serving to
jar your memory.
Our DNA is programmed by our thoughts when we
vibrate to compassion. At all times, our DNA reacts to
our thoughts and feelings reflecting our strongest mes-
sage. Scientists have proven that a DNA sample sixty
miles away from you instantly responds to your emo-
tion. When frightened DNA instantly becomes tighter
and shorter with some DNA codes switching off. When
you are happy your DNA instantly relaxes and becomes
longer.
DNA communication was labeled hyper communi-
cation at quantum speed because it happens instantly
regardless of the distance the communication travels.
Two-way wormholes in our DNA transmit and receive
personal, planetary, galactic and celestial information.
Hyper communication is blocked when we are dark or
stressed. Many animals still possess hyper communica-
tion ability including entire herds of animals, flocks of
birds and pods of dolphins.
Conflicting messages don’t travel well. When you say
you are ready to activate higher perceptions and you are
Awareness Heals Me | 63
filled with fear your message is yes no or yes but. Your
inner confusion lowers your awareness and vibration.
The Instruction Manual for our DNA is in our men-
tal body surrounding us, but you have to vibrate high
enough to read or experience it.
DNA and RNA have consciousness or is an awareness
or blueprint we communicated with, it is sentient, per-
ceives, feels and is self-replicating. It acts as electromag-
netic codes or information that maintain our personal,
planetary, galactic and celestial information and com-
munication holograph, illusion or matrix. At our birth
our electromagnetic code is calibrated to the planet’s
DNA and the amount of light it carries. There are more
than a hundred trillion pieces of DNA that are all identi-
cal and uniquely entangled as one. Increased light brings
increased activation of our junk DNA. Our personal and
planetary DNA system is a closed so they are interactive.
The ENTANGLEMENT THEORY is a quantum the-
ory. Quantum is very tiny, as invisible to the naked eye.
You can separate two electrons by as much space as you
like and they would still be linked or have connected
awareness. An action taken on ONE electron affects the
other instantaneously with no time lag. That informa-
tion is being transmitted faster than the speed of light.
Some scientists have even claimed that quantum entan-
glement shows that there is no such thing as space, and
everything in the universe is always touching.
Space is an illusion we created for this hologram and
this hologram is losing its energy. The uncertainty prin-
ciple in subatomic particle physics, says we cannot pre-
dict where a particle is going to be. Thought energy is
also based on a subatomic energy field. Thought energy
complies with the rules of quantum cohesiveness.
There is a third strand of RNA/DNA being added to
those spiritually evolving and already in place in the
64 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
new soul groups of children being born. Originally we
had 13 strands not 12 strands of DNA. When the num-
bers are graphed 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, and 13 you begin to see the
equation forms a spiral that moves out, like a seashell or
the galaxy. Our DNA is moving in that direction. There
have been changes in our DNA from our imagination and
exploration that are neither genetic nor environmental.
DNA is programmed with words, frequencies, sounds
and light. Our color spectrum has increased from 72 to
123 colors. With more light, color and higher brain wave
activity you have more knowingness or intuitive thought
about what is morally correct or aligned with universal
law. The prophet Elijah, Jesus, Buddha and many more
had DNA that was functioning at 90 to 100 percent. As a
group our DNA is at 36ish% in 2013.
Our PARENTAL DNA was activated in 2013 so
we NOW have access to the Pleiadian collective con-
sciousness. Other DNA contributors include Sirians,
Arcturians, Dracos and others civilizations. The
Octurians seeded the Pleiadians and the Orions seeded
Octurians. Pleiadians seeded our DNA, Gaia, whales
and dolphins with “time capsules” of electromagnetic
information to become available when we carried
enough light to understand it and not distort it. This
information is starting to be released into the crystalline
grid or group mind to increase our awareness and com-
passion to heal us and increase the light we carry. The
GALACTIC, CELESTIAL Family of LIGHT is always
present to assist us. They always see and hear us and
over light our world to help us release our fearfulness.
HYPER COMMUNICATION is our “junk” DNA
communicating at quantum speed. It transmits and
receives personal, planetary, galactic and celestial infor-
mation. Tiny wormholes transmit and receive informa-
tion while we are vibrating to the fifth dimension. Hyper
Awareness Heals Me | 65
communication is blocked when we are dark or stressed
or vibrating slow. Many animals have kept this skill we
lost going dark, entire herds of animals, flocks of birds
and pods of dolphins.
5
FEEL the JOURNEY
To experience our transformation or transmutation
or journey from physical into our lightbody we need to
FEEL it. CHORES that we normally do without much
thought, are becoming a heavy weight in our energy
field BECAUSE our biology feels slow, cumbersome
and obsolete. This is how change and releasing this illu-
sion or matrix FEELS. We are comparing what our light
body feels like TO what our biology feels like. Constant
comparison between the two, back and forth, makes you
unaware of your actual journey and puts you in a lower
vibration. Stop comparing and focus on your new sensa-
tions, skills and abilities that IS THE JOURNEY. Enjoy
the journey the way a small innocent child might as he
or she develops and senses new feelings.
Fifth dimension is our NOW moment or present
time. Release what you have completed like the plant
and animal kingdoms have done. Stop dragging third
dimension, duality into your awareness. Compassion
is transmuting the density in our bodies and DNA. As
we release this illusion, slowly, slowly our attention is
placed on higher frequency we are RE-ROUTING our
perceptions from the physical BRAIN into our mental
body or the light bodies surrounding the biology. By
doing that we regain our innate “mind-over-matter.”
Our mental body vibrates to a higher frequency than the
66 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
vibration matter has. Once you put your awareness in
your mental body, you can create, control and change
matter. This skill can only be used AFTER you control
YOUR thoughts and feelings, they must be compas-
sionate for you first. When you have awareness of your
personal energy field then you can know other people’s
energy field’s, animal’s and thing’s energy fields.
Awareness of your own energy field gives you
moment-to-moment feedback about what you think and
feel. When you experience upset or negative thoughts
you can immediately alter your perception to one of
compassion. You will be increasing your compassion
and releasing negativity in a very conscious and aware
manner. Your awareness will heal you. Your base-line
consciousness will rise. Then you can connect with your
various expressions of you in the higher dimensions and
return to your biology a second before you left it. When
you have returned you may have a lapse in short-term
memory or dizziness or feel disoriented. From the cor-
ner of your eye you may see something or someone that
quickly moves, but when you look, nothing is there. Our
vision spectrum is increasing. Our holographic reality is
beginning to blink out for milliseconds. You “think” you
see it, but it can’t be confirmed by your solid gaze.
All SOULS are created by the THOUGHTS of “the
legion of light” and the elementals created “over souls”
that in turn created souls and their aspects and humans.
The source wanted to experience itself and have com-
pany. Each soul starts out with 5 aspects or parts. A new
aspect gets added to the original 5 aspects as they go
through MORALLY challenging experiences in a reality
or matrix or illusion to increase their spiritual wisdom
and truths. A soul aspect cannot incarnate into biology,
duality and DARKNESS until they have gathered 15 to
20 or more soul aspects.
Awareness Heals Me | 67
People or their soul aspects, resonate or vibrate to
the percentage of light or consciousness or awareness or
compassion they carry. The higher percentage of light
they carry the more light-codes or information or wis-
dom they have. A dark individual, cannot open the light-
codes or channel light, they actually channel darkness.
Therefore it is VERY easy to get stuck in darkness in this
matrix or reality. Being in darkness and negativity is the
most challenging matrix there is. Having biology cre-
ates endless tests of your moral and spiritual thinking or
character. Our soul aspects are always on a quest of self-
discovery and evolution. BUT when the little human or
ego gets so wounded or fearful it freezes, gets stuck or
moves to default, that choice creates and attracts more
darkness. When the little human won’t think and feel
for the self they become controlled by others. The vic-
tim always finds a predator that is thrilled to handle
them internally and or externally.
A few soul aspects follow the little human or ego into
the lower vibrations of unconscious thought and behav-
ior to stay entrained with the human. Many people call
the 1 to 3 soul aspects connected with the human our
“higher-self“ or a “trinity” the parent, child and Holy
Ghost. The Satanists or Illuminists worship their ser-
pent gods or trinity. The three reptilian composite dei-
ties of the men of Jahbuhlun are Yah (or Yahweh), Baal,
and Osiris spelled all together are Yah-Baal-On. The
spelling through usage became corrupted over the years
to Jahbuhlun. The first three degrees of Masonry learn
this sacred name of their deity and acknowledge their
deity with the hidden hand.
Our LIGHT soul aspects operate outside of this
matrix and within universal law. The dark soul aspects
have adopted duality, human law, judgment, fear and
conditional love and some reptilian deities.
68 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Another way to consider separating out the soul
aspects is that in the 3rd dimension you are biology, 4th
dimension you have an astral body and in the 5th dimen-
sion you’re soul aspect is your light body. All three are
connected and interactive, you may or may not be aware
of them. Only when your lifestyle is one of compassion
for you can you get in touch with your higher vibrat-
ing abilities and your other soul aspects. In reality no
separation really exists between you and your higher
self and your other soul aspects because they can all bi
and tri locate. You and your higher self and other soul
aspects have different levels of TRUTH, INTEGRITY
and AWARENESS or the percentage of light each aspect
carries will vary. Each aspect and the little human or ego
need to gather its own wisdom and truths.
One thing you can do to increase your light is to
become aware of how frequently, throughout your day
do you give yourself negative input. Can you catch your
self EVERY time you say something negative? Do you
have the skill or desire to replace that negativity with
a compassionate thought? The fifth dimension is all
around you, but your perceptions of you are trapped in
low vibrating negativity. Your main enemy now is you.
NOT the dark ones. You are ALWAYS in higher vibra-
tions now; it is time to THINK like you are.
Have awareness about the ways the dark cabal or
Illuminists try to sabotage our movement to the light.
Using HAARP they send electromagnetic radiation
waves or extremely low frequency (ELF) signals to try
and alter our mood and make us think THEIR mes-
sages are coming from within our own brain or mind.
Telepathic and electronically augmented two-way com-
munication with ELF, VLF and LF waves will reach
people from within their own mind. They want to cre-
ate fear in us so we will ask them for protection. This
Awareness Heals Me | 69
is trauma based programming for the masses. We have
been reacting like the small child almost drowned by his
or her “parent trainer” and we get “all grateful” for our
predator rescuing us. How does that make sense?
5
YOU the NARK
Do you sell yourself out or nark on you TO YOUR han-
dlers? Sometimes trainers or controllers will question
what they call “a demonic entity” or one of their gods or
the HIDDEN OBSERVER to find out what the illumi-
nati mind controlled slave is thinking, doing and feeling
or spy on them by questioning their light soul aspects.
Remember that light or vibrations on the fifth dimen-
sion and higher have no secrets. They do not function in
duality. Your dark soul aspects, do function in duality, a
demon or reptilian or dark relative is happy to nark on
you or lie to amuse them self with your suffering or tor-
ment. When your light soul aspects are asked questions
they will TELL what they know. You can tell your light
soul aspects not to share and they will not share with
lower vibrating or lower dimension entities or people
because they do not operate within universal law.
Scientologists call their soul aspect the FILE CLERK.
The file clerk is used to retrieve engrams or incidents
of trauma to the biology and or psyche. The file clerk
is really your soul aspect so it has awareness of all your
past information because it reads your Akashi record or
your aura or your DNA.
Key to illuminati mind control programming is that
the slave never has conscious awareness or control of
what they do. They do have the “illusion of deciding”
70 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
what they want to do all the time. Close to a third of the
earth’s population were COVERTLY raised to be com-
pliant illuminati mind-controlled slaves. Having con-
scious awareness and thinking for the self gets in the
way of the illuminati’s smooth running machine, which
they are VERY proud of. They think humans are a lower,
less evolved form of life to be used anyway they want
to use us. Similar to the ways we have used third world
countries, animals, plants, our natural resources and
each other, especially family members. We have been
dark living in a dark reality.
While TRAINING the next generation of illuminists,
there has been MANY Programming FAILURES or
PFS Programmers and trainers do a lot of experiment-
ing. Trainers like to tell their subjects that they are
experiments even when they aren’t for several reasons:
It creates immense fear, helplessness and hopelessness
in the person. They feel devalued and the trainer has
added power because they are in total control. When
trainers ARE experimenting the individual is never told
because it may interfere with drug effects and skew the
results.
Inexperienced trainers can miss subtle signs, and put
the child in a vegetative state or they may keep scream-
ing for hours on end. These mistakes are “put down” by
using a lethal injection of air, or insulin. The person will
then be set up in a “fatal crash” or “fire” to dispose of the
body. Any failures are blamed on the trainer and pun-
ished of course.
RESUSCITATION Programming or rituals include
the usual drugging, electric shock or tortured until their
HEART stops beating. Then the head priest will resus-
citate the child with drugs, CPR and incantations. When
the child comes back or is resuscitated they are told that
they were brought back to life by the demonic entity the
Awareness Heals Me | 71
group worships and now the child OWES their life to
that entity. Rejection of the demon or reptilian or family
means death or activation of a suicide program.
Sometimes the carcass of a large animal like a cow or
horse is opened up and the child is placed in there for a
day or more so it can be REBORN into Satan’s legions.
Sometimes the child dies, but if they live they are told
the demon saved them and will preserve them as long as
they do not upset Satan. sometimes soul aspect transfers
happen.
ALIEN Programming has blue beams of light as a
hypnotic induction for slaves who are given the cover
story of being abducted by aliens. The All-Seeing Eye or
hidden observer is used to represent the planet Sirius
important to the Hermetic magicians. Satan is said to
come from Draco or Sirius the Dog Star Canis Major.
Sirius may represent the creator of the systems when
the programmer is steeped in Masonic philosophy. A
sickle may represent the Garden of Eden story for some
victims of this programming.
THETA Programming is PSYCHIC warfare. The
illuminati train their slaves to use psychic powers to kill
someone psychically from a distance by poking holes in
their auric fields. There are even weapon systems that
operate on the power of the mind and whose lethal capac-
ity has already been demonstrated. Many in the military
are young men and women of the Illuminati. Some have
been seen at NORAD, in Colorado, which helps confirm
that Theta model slaves are being employed to bring in
the Anti-Christ, the large white dragon with blue eyes
of a very low vibration or “El” the god of Saturn and
supreme deity represented by a black cube.
ENTRAINMENT or PROGRAMMING
The universal law of ENTRAINMENT REQUIRES
that two resonances or vibrations or humans existing in
72 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
the same location MUST adjust and combine to have a
single resonance. Predators, victims and confused inno-
cents entrain with each other all of the time. Frequently
they read each other’s thoughts and FEELINGS know-
ing what the other plans to do next. The two or more
become entrained. They feel and are consciously aware
of what the other is feeling, thinking and planning to do.
They are playing this game together; they are bonded in
the same dark vibration.
When we radiate light and are entrained with light
we are always open to receive or share light. There is an
electrostatic bonding or entrainment of light.
BUT, some read the thought of the other and
dissociate.
The dissociation moves entrainment into PROGRAM-
MING. Being dissociated is to surrender your think-
ing and control by ALLOWING the predator to do as
they wish. The dissociated reject thinking for the self.
PROGRAMMING is a stimulus-response or conditioning
or associative learning sequence. A significant stimulus
evokes a REFLEXIVE response. For example smelling
something cooking you like to eat starts the saliva in your
mouth flowing. When reading the intention of your preda-
tor evokes the reflexive response of dissociation you are
unable to alter anything.
Until the core personality is willing to move back into
the biology, stay in present time and control and protect
the biology. Nothing will change. When you decide to
dissociate there is no one home to interact with and the
bully does as they wish, telling you that you agreed. You
can’t walk away from darkness if you are denying what
is happening.
Dark ones, predators victims and confused innocents
have low self-esteem, are frequently depressed and or
suicidal. Some have obsessive-compulsive disorder.
Awareness Heals Me | 73
Some vomit to expel drugs or are bulimic to expel emo-
tional upset. All are sexually addicted or fight it, to
become asexual.
All mind-control slaves share POST TRAUMATIC
STRESS DISORDER or PTSD. Slaves are full of
shattered and wounded alternate personalities. Self-
punishment and social withdrawal are natural symp-
toms of PTSD, programmed slaves and abused children.
Gender Identity Disorder GID, issues are common
because the illuminati treat both sexes the same way
regardless of their sexual organs. The child and adult do
not feel a strong identification with either sex. Females
get a bit more abuse because they were born to serve
and are used as breeders, but cloning is good. Darkness
always needs someone to blame and punish, women and
children are good for that.
Negative and self-destructive feelings are held in
check and balanced by other parts of Illuminists pro-
gramming that become part of the person’s personality.
When the slave considers venting on the trainer or leav-
ing the illuminati, the control systems of fear, negativity
and suicide come forward to keep the slave trapped and
frozen or dissociated in place or powerless. Some alter-
nate personalities nark or call to tell the handlers that
the slave is trying to leave how and when.
Programmers and trainers enhance the painful emo-
tions into the alternate personality systems to work to
their advantage. Different splits will hold the anger or
fear or social withdrawal or guilt or blame or promiscu-
ity and desire for self inflicted punishment. Illuminati
slaves tend to be very self-absorbed judging, blaming
and criticizing the self in endless loops that take them
NO PLACE. They distract them self from ever taking
constructive action with their suffering. Just as all small
wounded children are angry frustrated and suffering.
74 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
They may lash out but go back to the same programmed
or entrained behavior cycle.
HALT Programming is the FIRST command every
trainer learns. The “halt” command is a combination of
numbers, such as “354” (not a real ones) or a German
word and number combination. This code freezes the
child or adult in place and is constantly reinforced.
Trainers learn the HALT code first, before working with
a person because there is a real risk the person may try
to kill them. This is a person traumatized from birth on
carrying rage towards their tormentors and abusers.
At age 5 years all slaves are taught to shoot on com-
mand with real guns, and practice using Virtual Reality
equipment. Are told that eliminating the ‘’enemy’’ and
the weak brings them glory and helps the “family.”
When a person becomes very unstable, they might be
considered “expendable” and eliminated. Or sent to a
state hospital, where no one would believe their “para-
noid fantasies” of being taught to assassinate others. 
 have sex with “the vessel” to get the infused energy of the
SEXUAL Programming creates sexual addiction
and compulsive sexual activity in illuminati slaves of all
ages. The endless stimulation of sexual centers in the
brain and body anchored upon trauma are certainly a
recipe for some type of dysfunction. All programming
is anchored upon some type of trauma and is started
generally with the DAILY rape of both male and female
infant done by the “trainer” generally the father. This
starts as young as one week old. When they stop going
unconscious and only dissociate there is more training.
ALL the toddlers are trained in the sexual arts especially
seduction and pleasing adults. The toddler is trained
to be seductive and act like they want to have sex with
adults.
When the child gets angry or frustrated it is taught
to vent on the self, to be self-abusive. The child or slave
Awareness Heals Me | 75
is punished when they vent or blame another for what
has happened to them. When they feel out of control
they compulsively masturbate, act out or have frequent
sexual activity with others or alone. Compulsive sexual
activity is to distract and comfort the self, it is used to
relieve stress or boredom or fear. Addictive or compul-
sive activity is used instead of dealing with issues in your
life. In the world sexual addiction is the largest addic-
tion and distraction there is.
SEXUAL MAGIC RITUAL or Program is sexual
activity combined ritualistically to achieve a thought
form projection to satisfy the reptilian god or Satan. Sex
slave is a mind controlled programmed, male or female,
the VESSEL used in sexual magic ritual to receive the
demonic energy or demon.
VESSEL Programming a person is sexually opened
at the base chakra, drugged and sanctified to receive the
essence of a lower astral entity. Then those at the ritual
lower astral entity. Then “the vessel” or human is gen-
erally sacrificed so ritual participants can eat the blood
and hormones of the lower astral entity that entered the
vessel.
5
 six
Suffering

Suffering is to POINT OUT to you that you are going in

the wrong direction, away from the light. There is a bet-
ter choice or direction to take your thinking. Suffering is
a HUGE distraction and detour from being responsible
and making your moral choices. If you are suffering and
not grieving, you are playing with dark people, things
or events. How much longer are you going to wait, to
wake up? Our culture has misled us by allowing us to
believe that you are being a “good person” by not being
the predator when you suffer. That is a dark truth, a lie
and binds you to your predator or what you fear or avoid
or are suffering from. Law of attraction brings you more
of what you have.
Greeks created their Gods to be above Humans. Their
Gods were totally dysfunctional with all sorts of unresolved
issues living in duality and drama. They were jealous, hated,
committed incest and were vindictive. Their family was
like ours and like the Illuminati’s family. The Greek gods
toyed with the humans to irritate each other. How much
has changed? We have one god that is “love” with a war
in heaven and a fallen angel that is angry, judgmental and
vengeful that wants your soul. Sounds Illuminist to me.
The human issues continue in the victim predator and
confused innocent cycle. We have not embraced com-
passion yet. We project those characteristics onto Gaia
also, when she gets angry she strikes you with lightning
77
78 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
or no rain to kill the crops. When you are compassion-
ate with you THEN you will be compassionate with oth-
ers. While you are compassionate with you; Gaia or god
will never seem angry. You will know they are following
their path.
Our deities or organized religion say suffering is
rewarded in heaven, AND that is more disinformation.
The reality is, “suffering creates more suffering” since
the law of attraction brings you more of what you have
already created or have allowed in your life. Suffering
vibrates in the band of darkness.
The sufferer is so distracted or so focused on their
personal pain that they do not honor their commit-
ments. Neglecting being compassionate and grateful for
the lesson they are in. Pity the child that might need to
depend on them in anyway. The sufferer is not going
within to gather awareness of compassion. PLAYING
with dark is ALWAYS painful sooner or later. Like play-
ing with a poisonous snake. There is no question IF IT
WILL strike, the only question is WHEN it will strike.
The only way to avoid suffering is to avoid playing with
the dark. They are dark BECAUSE they do not choose to
be nice or light. When you keep playing with dark you
choose to get bitten and or bite sooner or later. You undo
your cycle of dark by walking away or out. Withdraw
your energy and your participation from the creation
you find yourself in.
ABOUT SENDING LOVE or PEACE or NASTINESS
The intent to send love or any message with an
agenda, to those that are suffering or you want to suffer
MAY help them to experience brief moments of peace
or suffering. BUT having ANY agenda goes against the
law of allowing. You are projecting (forcing) your reality
on others and therefore, you are interfering with their
ability to heal them self. Do you carry a child when it is
Awareness Heals Me | 79
trying to master walking or do you allow and support
the child in the direction of their choice?
Accidents and illness are experiences your soul
aspect orchestrated to help you master spiritual aware-
ness and compassion. Everything that happens to you
is by your own personal design. It is easier to learn
from your experiences when you take responsibility for
“what you create” and “whom you entrain with.” Who
are you falling in sync with? Accept what is in your life
and work with it. Denial, blame or constant distractions
keep you stuck, repeating the same lesson over and over
again. The place you were born and the pathology of
your family is not random. It was your choice. What did
you want YOU to figure out? What contracts did you
come in with? Your displeasure or delight or suffering
is your choice.
Conditional love or the dark victim predator cycle is
what bonds us to this dark hologram. While vibrating
or resonating to beta or alpha brain waves REALITY is
perceived, as being “outside” of you and happening to
you. Feeling separate is the concept of “you and me.” I
am, the victim, predator, ignorant innocent or recipient
of all things and events. I judge what happens to me, as
being a good thing or bad thing. I decide to please or
irritate or control my environment to get the result that
will confirm my box of beliefs about myself.
In the beta or alpha brain wave and vibration, we fear
we are not good enough to be approved of. If you are not
approved of, nothing good happens in your life. Nothing
you judge as good. That leads to you blaming the self for
being faulty or not enough. The negativity feeds on itself
and grows. Fear limits your perceptions and beliefs to
the five physical senses and living in a dark matrix of
duality. To activate and expand your perceptions you
need to log out of this matrix. The ONLY way to log out
80 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
of this game, illusion, matrix or duality is to have com-
passion for YOU and any wounds you have.
Forgiving your predator does not heal YOU, until
you have compassion for the pain and suffering YOU
experienced. Compassion for the child you were. All of
our physical perceptions are registered on our physical
brain that is part of the rules of this hologram or illusion.
Judgment is also part of this matrix. Judgment is a
thought joined together with an emotion that is ALWAYS
fear-based. Conditional love is a form of FEAR or driven
by fear of suffering from a loss. “I love you when you...”
or “If you never...I will love you.” Being “good enough” to
be loved is the primary addictive quality in this illusion
or game. Not being GOOD ENOUGH keeps you trapped
in this matrix, keeps you running in the victim predator
confused innocent cycle of darkness.
Victimization, hopelessness and overwhelm has
overtaken those that are not seeing the illusion we have
lived in and maintained for so long. They get depressed
and turn their anger inward onto the self, creating self
hate, blame and judgment of the self or they get ANGRY
to avoid feeling the fear and wounds turning their anger
outward and venting on others becoming the opposi-
tional and angry criminal or predator.
The dark controlling this reality decide if your biol-
ogy lives or dies. Their goal was to control your soul
aspects, but they have failed to do that. Our LIGHT soul
aspects operate outside of this matrix with universal
law. Gaia is a BEING like us that has higher vibrating
expressions. She has expanded and we have a planet and
frequency ready for us to in habitat when we release fear
and become compassionate. The Mind or mental body
surrounding the biology vibrates or resonates beyond
and out of this hologram. The electrical impulses in and
around the body or DNA or electromagnetic field or our
Awareness Heals Me | 81
consciousness RUNS the brain. The mind or awareness
actively assists to connect us to OUTSIDE of this matrix
when we move into theta brainwave states. Compassion
or unconditional love allows us to connect to theta
brainwaves that are free of all remnants of human law,
judgment, fear and conditional love.
When you expand your awareness to theta brain
waves, the reality you experience is your “inside world”
and awareness of your thinking and your biology. You
understand how you continuously create your real-
ity minute by minute with each of your thoughts. You
become the detached observer full of compassion with-
out emotion, judgment or drama. You release attach-
ment to outcomes, conflict, fear and emotion. In this
vibration you are remaining in the 5th and 6th dimension
and vibration OUTSIDE of this game, illusion, matrix or
duality. When YOU decide something cannot be true in
your personal reality, your brain will agree with what it
is told. Higher vibrations are subtle and will not force
anything on you. Your choice over and over again will
be to NOT KNOW and REMAIN IGNORANT on this
planet of free will.
5
NO CONDITIONS
Unconditional love or compassion is total acceptance
of reality as it is. We are expanding back into what we
have forgotten. Everyone’s DNA is coded with every-
thing they have ever experienced and know. Those that
agreed to help humanity raise their vibration are anx-
ious to get to work, BUT working is a duality activity, it is
doing instead of being. You need to “BE your passion” or
82 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
BE your service. “Being” happens when you relax, mel-
low out and trust your light soul aspect fully and accept
that all comes when the time is right. The little human
or ego is not in charge of deciding WHEN. Demanding,
force or pushing creates delays because you have low-
ered your vibration into duality with those thoughts. You
have allowed the little human or ego to operate through
fear. And your soul WAITS for your compassion.
Being a LIVING PORTAL of LIGHT or OPENER is
one life path, which turns being a DOER into just BEING
and emanating. Some will assist humans; others will help
animals, plants, the weather, or world financial and various
government systems. You will BE in one of your areas of
expertise that you have probably mastered in other realities
or life times and have stored in your DNA in a quantum
state.
QUANTUM INFORMATION or TIME CAPSULE
is advanced knowledge and ideas that are stored on the
quantum level to be shared with us only when we carry
enough light to NOT use the information negatively to
create weapons, destruction, control or upset. The quan-
tum information is to be used in a constructive manner
to make life easier, have free renewable energy sources
and use compassion in each situation.
On the quantum level advanced knowledge and ideas
are stored in the crystalline grid and in our DNA. Our
parental races, Pleiadians, Sirians, Arcturians, Dracos and
at least 18 others gave us this inheritance or information.
Ten of our DNA strands are crystalline in nature and only
accessible when WE TURN crystalline. It takes a great
deal of energy, time, nutrition and following universal law
on the human level to activate and integrate those DNA
strands. Receiving and giving ONLY compassion con-
nects us to the fifth dimension outside of duality. Humans
that are Galactic members or star seeds that remember
Awareness Heals Me | 83
that and are aligned with universal law become LIVING
PORTALS that flow higher frequencies of light into Gaia.
Increased light moving deep into the quantum world of
molecules and DNA of everything on earth. These portals
act like the currents in any body of water act.
All of humanity, light or dark has personal two-way
portals of light within their junk DNA. The higher
vibrations or light-codes are being activated. They act
as two-way receivers and emitters of higher frequencies
or light or awareness.
LIGHT-CODES are small matrixes or packages of
information. Light-codes act like locks that can only be
opened by a frequency of consciousness that matches the
lock. The only difference between light or compassion
and dark or fear is the frequency or vibration. Higher
states of consciousness pull through higher frequencies
of light or information.
Lower states of consciousness align with lower
vibrations or frequencies of light. This is fear-based
information that can be received, understood and main-
tained by fear-based awareness. Because those that are
dark only receive and emit darkness. To increase their
light they need more knowledge or awareness and that
is how a lighter person can assist a darker person. Only
when they want or seek the knowledge is it wise to offer
it. Free will and the law of allowing always need to be
taken into consideration.
THOUGHT WAVES or a WALL is created the way
you build a snowball or avalanche. Like attracts like
thought vibrations or are magnetized to each other and
the law of entrainment binds all that like energy together
creating large waves or walls. The laws of attraction
and entrainment means the wall of darkness sucks in
or attracts the fear from the people and then rains it
back down onto the earth. For example; Large waves of
84 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
sadness or wanting to be rescued or fear or even com-
passion are attracted to each other and bound together
becoming larger and stronger creating a waveform.
Dark and light thought waves are attracted back to
their creators with a greater intensity than they were
created with. The dark energy returning to the creator
tenfold can be transmuted to a higher vibration or be
considered the chaos for change and used construc-
tively by the individual, family, group or country it hits.
Hurricanes Katrina and Sandy woke up many people
and evoked compassionate reactions in many. the also
broke up some corrupt criminal enterprises.
ROGUE WAVES or movement is erratic and unpre-
dictable surges of compassion or universal uncondi-
tional love created by the thought and emotions of high
vibrating Celestial entities. These waves of energy are
appearing from seemingly nowhere and suddenly rising
up to create great change. Rogue Waves appear during
great influxes of new higher frequencies of energy arriv-
ing on earth. When the LIGHT rogue wave or thought
form hits the dark ones; fear, deceit and self-service
beliefs are upset and provoke confusion. The darkness
and fear can be transmuted. The path you perceive is
the path that you take.
Our thoughts and emotions create our reality or state
of consciousness and our point of perception. Negative
thoughts and emotions create fear, which lowers
awareness of options. You shut down; feel frightened,
unloved, victimized and unsafe. Higher vibrations leave
positive feelings of acceptance, safety, knowledge and
empowerment.
CONSIDER these BOOKS and their INFLUENCE on
our THOUHT
The BOOK of UNDERSTANDINGS is an assem-
blage of information collected from each planet from
Awareness Heals Me | 85
the time they were first colonized. Each book has an
immense amount of wisdom about the entities and
their experiences of being physical and dealing with
darkness. This is a giant compendium of history and
galactic anthropology. Of particular interest to earth
would be when the dark Alliance made their destruc-
tive raid on our solar system a million years ago. The
works compiled before that time about Mars, Venus
and Earth would prove enlightening to us about our
true identity.
The BOOK OF ILLUMINATION contains illumi-
nati beliefs and rituals. The book of illumination is one
of the two holy books of the Yazidi religion.
The BOOK of DZYAN is one of the oldest of
Sanskrit accounts in epic form of Mahabharata and the
Ramayana and it tells how a reptilian race or the Sarpa
or Great Dragons carne from the skies to bring civiliza-
tion to earth. After the Biblical Great Flood the serpent
gods survived and returned to rule. They are described
symbolically as having the face of a human and tail of a
dragon. Their leader was called the Great Dragon as the
Illuminati’s Ku Klux Klan leader Albert Pike in America
and a Freemason is called.
The BOOK of PHERYLLT is one of the illuminati
spiritual teaching books. It is a Druidic book of rituals
or the Illuminati’s brand of Druidism. Visualization and
magic is used to open the portals of the 4 basic elements
air, water, earth, and fire to control events the Satanists
want control of. The Illuminati programs their two year
olds to carry alters for Druidism, Christianity, Satanism
and others. When the illuminati slave places their faith
in any of these faiths or belief systems they WAIT to be
SAVED. Waiting to be saved means you have not awak-
ened to the legion of light and universal law that says
you must save YOUR SELF.
86 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Illuminati spiritual training is also found in JESUIT
and CATHOLIC Programming the Jesuit branch of
the Illuminati placed tattoos on their mind-controlled
slaves consisting of the sacred heart with a rose and a
dagger on the left hand in the 1940’s. The Jesuits have
discontinued the practice of tattooing their slaves.
INFINITY Programming is a standard Jesuit pro-
gram. TWO is a sacred voodoo number and two dimen-
sions are used. The Pontiff or pope is a DEMON alternate
personality that is placed in the Jesuit system. ENTER
INTER INNER or the Alice In Wonderland program-
ming themes use “air-water programs” and have mirror
programs.
The Illuminati in the CIA, NASA and the Jesuits like
the idea of a MIRROR WORLD that is a reversal of our
world. In the “reverse mirror world” a slave can enter
into timelessness or time travel. This mirror program-
ming is in locations around the America, like the Magic
Time Machine restaurants in San Antonio and Dallas,
TX where mirrors are placed on doors, ceilings, walls,
and restrooms. The handler may tell the slave, “LOSE
YOURSELF IN THE INFINITY MIRRORS.” When
programming in programs, many types of images are
used. The Jesuits and the Catholic churches are active
in programming in Germany and use obedience confes-
sion and self-criticism. Positive experiences are used to
increase self worth like you are growing stronger and
stronger.
The Jesuits developed torture to a fine art during the
inquisition and brought that expertise to the Illuminati
Monarch Programming started before birth. The Jesuits
brag that they can convince adults to do anything via
torture.
“Baby’s breathe” and the black rose has to do with
death and WHITE ROSE are codes and triggers used in
Awareness Heals Me | 87
Jesuit mind control. Mafia uses the black rose and was
used by George Bush the drug kingpin for the Illuminati.
When the Catholic Priest does the hand signal genuflec-
tion it has the second meaning of north, south, east and
west as in the Book of Pheryllt.
The RITE to REMAIN SILENT Programming is a
satanic reversal of the Catholic Mass or the Black Mass
with the Black Mary. The VOW OF SILENCE is a keep
quiet program activated by “The walls have ears and the
plants have eyes.” It is explained to the victim that the
seashells and plants have the ability to hear and a sen-
sitive occultist or programmer can psychically pick up
what the plants and seashells hear. “MAINTAIN IT” is a
command to maintain the Vow of Silence. “MAINTAIN
IT and LISTEN” is a command to keep silent and listen
to the command that is coming up soon.
5
DRACOS
Draconian Reptilians developed their methods of
control on ALPHA DRACONIS the star in the Big
Dipper and also the star of the Egyptian gods and home
to reptilian royalty. They have always been technologi-
cally advanced and had no problem moving from planet
to plant. They took over the population on the planet
by joining the lead groups or leadership and contributed
information or money or whatever was needed to sway
decisions in the direction the Draconian Reptilians
wanted things to go. They set up situations and cre-
ated movements to create fear, just as they have done
on earth. They took control and or destroyed. In smaller
groups they too away males and put them in forced
88 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
labor camps. Then they isolated and impregnate all the
females, that way the reptilians created children with
their DNA that also had souls.
DRACONIAN REPTILIANS or DRACOS have greater
intelligence than the Annunaki Reptilians. Draconian
Reptilians were and are a society or warriors using psycho-
logical warfare along with advanced technology like they
are doing on earth now. They have managed humans and
life on Venus, Saturn, Jupiter, Earth and Mars. Draconian
Reptilians created Grey Aliens that do not have a soul
they are soulless. They are the WORKERS from whatever
group uses them, Zeta Reticuli I and II, and Sirius A. This
is why petroglyphs found in America, Egypt, Mexico, Peru,
Bolivia and Columbia clearly show them. The short 3 to 5
foot grey extraterrestrial races with the large black eyes
are from the star system Zeta Reticulum and the Orion
Constellation are described in most abduction research
and figure prominently in reports of UFO crashes
The reptilians of LEMURIA from Draco had advanced
technology and wanted to use reptilian DNA as the founda-
tion for a new humanoid creation. “Let us make man in our
image” from the Old Testament, is quoting the Reptilians
that convinced the people they were gods. Both Lemurians
and Atlantians experimented with DNA and cloning long
before they settled on earth. During the Lemuria and
Atlantian eras the reptilians were visible and worked with
humans even though they fought a lot.
Draconians made genetic hybrids with their DNA
and Lyrian refugees from Mars to psychologically con-
trol them. They allow the female Lyrian to reproduce
with only the male reptilian. Eventually eliminating
a pure Lyrian. Allowing infants to be born with a soul
aspect and reptilian DNA.
ALPHA DRACONIS is home to the reptilian royalty
and elite leadership known as CIAKARS pronounced
Awareness Heals Me | 89
see-kars. Alpha Draconian reptilians are the oldest rep-
tilian race in our universe located mostly in the Orion
system and came to our universe from another universe.
They have wings attached to their shoulders, a long tail,
white body, and are 7 to 8 foot tall. They are the royal line
of the Alpha Draconian reptilians. That is what the rep-
tilian or satanic god on Draco and here looks like. The
Ciakars rule the Reptilians who in turn rule the Greys.
The lower caste on Alpha Draconian is a slender 4 to
5 foot creature similar to a lizard and performs menial
tasks and aids in abductions.
On Draco they have a caste system similar to the one
found in India and the hierarchy found on earth with the
13 illuminist HYBRID families running the earth. They
all have 50% or more reptilian DNA. The hybrids were
all raised with the SAME trauma based programming
developed by the Draconian reptilians and used on all
their children. The Illuminist hybrids rule earth’s finan-
cial systems, media, religions, education and the many
lies and setups we get feed. They are killing off many
of us with their chemical warfare they have used on
other planets with the chemtrails, genetically modified
food and HAARP etcetera. They began to expand across
the galaxy-conquering planet after planet with deadly
force and or psychological control by creating fear in the
population on the planet just as they have done to earth.
They create fearful events like wars and shortages and
have their hybrids in place to “make it all better” and we
allow their taking our freedom, money and energy
VLADIMIR the IMPALER or DRACULA had more
reptilian than human DNA maybe 80% and comes from
the royal reptilian Illuminati bloodlines. Every part of the
world and era of history has legends of VAMPIRES that
feed off people’s energy and blood. Dracula contains all
the familiar themes he is called COUNT and shape shifts.
90 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
He ate among the dead bodies, dipping his bread in their
blood. Vlad the Impaler slaughtered tens of thousands of
people and impaled many of them on stakes. The not too
sharp stake was oiled and SLOWLY forced into the body.
VLAD didn’t want the victim dying too quickly from shock.
Impalement takes hours or days to kill. Infants were
often impaled on the stake forced through their mothers’
chests, sometimes hung upside down on the stake. Dracula
had the stakes arranged in various geometric patterns,
mostly concentric circles. The height of the spear indi-
cated the rank of the victim. Impalement was Dracula’s
favorite but by no means his only method of inflicting
unimaginable HORROR and suffering. Vladimir was
the son of Vladimir Dracula, who was initiated into the
ancient Order of the Dragon by the Holy Roman Emperor
in 1431. The ancient Order of the Dragon began in Egypt
and is currently practiced by the mother of King George
VI and grandmother to the present Elizabeth II.
COMMUNISM was created by the illuminati as
opposition to the free society of America to make us
fearful that they would take us over thirty years later.
Millions of dollars were poured into the Russian revo-
lution and the illuminati made a fantastic profit by
STEALING Russian gold reserves as they did in Germany
after World War II.
DELTA ASSASSINATION TEAM Programs are
projects the CIA, U.S. intelligence, military Delta Force
and Illuminists collaborated on. Delta models are slaves
whose sole purpose is assassination including psychic
warfare or assassination; they work as a 4 person secret
team. The members of these teams are housewives and
other ordinary people raised with trauma based pro-
gramming as children.
DELTA Programming may be configured inside
the illuminati child like a computer is configured with
Awareness Heals Me | 91
no emotion and has photographic memories. The Delta
program has up to three levels of training and is often
highly dissociated. Delta may be the “ruling” or con-
trolling state over the other brain wave systems. Within
this system are self-destruct or suicide programs,
PSYCHOTIC or shatter programs and self-punishment
programs. In the delta state the child can kill, be a body-
guard or do hostage extractions. These sequences are in
delta brain waves to prevent outside access or internal
access to the system. It may be color coded in orange or
BLUE or purple and an entry way to higher systems as
jewel programming or internal councils inside the child.
BRAIN STARVATION programming is done by
severely limiting sugar and proteins. Water deprivation
is taught to parents to raise the brain’s TEMPERATURE,
which happens when the brain swells from lack of
water. The child gets woozy, overheated and halluci-
nates so they can’t remember clearly. Water deprivation
combined with electroshock makes it VERY hard for
the victim to remember anything. Heavy exercise along
with long periods of little sleep 2 to 3 hours a day causes
an overproduction of endorphins and victims begin to
robotically respond to commands. Under this stress it
may flip functioning from right to left and vice-versa.
CPR equipment is needed when programming in
case a child has adverse reaction to drugs or program-
ming. A child alternate personality may come out inad-
vertently and be overdosed with the drugs meant for
adult alternate personalities.
5
 seven
Log Out

The ONLY way to log out of this game, illusion, matrix

or duality is to love your self unconditionally, aligned
with Universal Law, “receive and give ONLY compas-
sion,” to you first. Once you love yourself uncondition-
ally, the opinion of ANY external source is only a part of
the darkness normally found in duality and is character-
istic of contrast. Duality is a game you must CHOOSE
to stop playing. We continue living on the game board,
BUT STOP being attached to ANY external outcome or
feedback. Then the earth game becomes only one of the
many realities you are in, are a part of or visit.
Ascension is a process with multiple steps to shed
our limited thought process. We frequently take the
many small steps leading to ascension and not realize
it consciously. Oh, your soul aspects are very aware,
but you wouldn’t be if they didn’t let you in on it. Going
within is the way to figure out what is going on with the
rest of your parts or aspects. Your inner guidance knows
and gladly shares that information. To be on the thresh-
old of the fifth dimension you must have mastered your
thoughts and morphed your emotions into feelings and
sensations, not drama. Getting to the fifth dimension or
vibration to visit for a short time is a bit easier than main-
taining your “compassionate thought” continuously.
Astral travel or projection is NOT being in the fifth
dimension. In astral travel you move in your fourth
93
94 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
dimensional astral body to spaces that are still vibrat-
ing in the fourth dimension. Usually you travel to the
lower realms of the astral plane during sleep or in dream
states. You are STILL in duality, TIME is still present,
AND you are still in this illusion or matrix. Astral pro-
jection is your essence separating from the biology and
can be used at anytime. The projection is usually a wispy,
ghostly thing but you can develop a solid enough pres-
ence to handle objects.
The universal principle of AWARENESS is to observe
the illusion of separation that duality or this reality pres-
ents, to observe the difference between dark and light
truths and what is alignment with universal law.
Being in the fifth dimension is a matter of bi-location.
You appear to be in both realities at once, but you shift
your dominant state of consciousness or awareness
from one reality to the other. As you step out of time, you
can step into another reality as you match ITS vibration.
You leave this hologram by leaving time and returning
seconds before you left. To leave the time-hologram and
bi-locate to a higher dimension of reality, believe that
you can leave time to travel inter-dimensionally.
Trust that your imagination is REAL and step out of
time. Many have left this hologram and visited with their
higher vibrating aspects, BUT are not aware they shifted
because their thinking does not allow them to think or
know that can happen. Your experience was fifth dimen-
sional but your thoughts remained third dimensional
and in denial of the reality found outside this matrix. It
certainly isn’t as dramatic or as dazzling an event as our
media leads us to believe every little thing is.
The slow vibration of the third dimension is exhaust-
ing when you return from the fifth dimension. You feel so
heavy. The movement from third and fourth dimension
to fifth is so subtle that it is easy to doubt it is happening.
Awareness Heals Me | 95
Doubt lowers your vibration, questions your faith and
disconnects you from your higher self and other soul
aspects. Doubt allows you to become your own victim.
One can be highly negative and never doubt the self.
Never question what you believe to be true.
The universal principle of THOUGHT is that energy
follows your thought. Seek or wonder about something
and your thought takes you there. You need to discern
what is true or valuable for you in the information that
runs through your awareness.
The ASCENSION PROCESS happens inside of us,
internally. Ascension is alignment with compassion.
Compassionate thinking is an almost total reversal of
what we have been trained to believe is desirable in life.
Releasing and leaving behind all the survival truths we
had mastered and measured our worth with. If mine is
bigger and more expensive I am more valuable than you
are. If I am smarter and nastier than you “I win.” The
dark cycle of victim predator and confused innocent
kept the biology alive, well dressed, fed and sexual activ-
ity is used to control, force and addict people.
Survival truths do not impress the soul. The biol-
ogy was the vehicle for the soul, a temporary thing, and
a means to an end. Your higher vibrating soul aspects
are aligned with universal law. Ascension is all about
YOU getting BACK into alignment with universal law:
Receive and give only compassion. In the past, to ascend
spiritually the biology died. Now we are ascending
spiritually without dying physically, being born again or
having new childhood traumas to deal with. Ascending
with the same biology allows you to remember your
experiences and consciously retain the wisdom you
gained from them. Having “one ascension” was equal
to the spiritual wisdom normally gained in one lifetime.
Continued ascensions mark the little human or ego
96 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
release of survival truths or keeping the biology alive or
all our dark behavior patterns of fear, blame, judgment,
doubt and attachment. The little human or ego strives to
align with the light soul aspects again.
The Universal Law of PERPETUAL TRANSMUTA-
TION of energy is that all sentient beings have the power
to CHANGE continuously. Raising your vibration is hard
work that YOU need to do by staying present in your body
and clarifying your thoughts. Any imbalances you have
attracted to you as a result of your attachment to an agenda,
idea, thing, person, power or control. Yes, this includes
concurrent lives and in alternate and parallel realities.
They all need to be uncreated by YOU by you removing
your energy, any energy feeding cords and breaking dark
contracts with them.
DARK ASCENSIONS happen first as we release our
dark or negative beliefs and thought one by one. The lit-
tle human or ego and a few of our soul aspects have gone
dark gray in the world of duality, greediness, power over
other’s, the need to be “special” and having MORE stuff.
When the little human consciously decides to think
and act more compassionately with the self in an effort
to move to greater light the ascension process starts
when the soul aspects agree it is time. Step-by-step you
EARN each level by aligning your thinking closer to uni-
versal law or truths. During this process you may move
through hundreds of dark ascensions before you reach
the half dark, half light ascension. Then you are carry-
ing 70% light most of the time. Waffling or any negativ-
ity, blame or judgment puts you back in duality. Throw
a tantrum or feel the need to prove you are right and
energy-feeding cords are in place again moving you back
into darkness or survival truths or victim predator.
As you ascend, release the old and embrace compas-
sion, your reality continuously changes with you. You
Awareness Heals Me | 97
are creating your new reality within you as you go. When
you make an important shift, it heals and transforms
you in the now moment and in all your alternate, paral-
lel and concurrent realities. The actual physical shifting
takes a few days to complete. You will feel spacey during
those transmutations. You need a lot of FAITH during
this process as you are working hard to take responsibil-
ity for your thought patterns and behavior in the now
moment. You will be releasing blame, force, control,
judgment, lack, doubt, fear, gossip, drama, compromise
and spiritual competition in a step-by step manner.
During this process secrets, unethical behavior or with-
holds are exposed for you to deal with AND deal with
the fall out.
With each ascension or void we enter, we grieve
the LOSS of the little human we thought was all there
was. We OWN and grieve our dark behavior patterns as
we release them. Ascension is the process of accepting
the wisdom of light soul aspects over the limited little
human or ego. Ascension is NOT a gift bestowed on you
it must be EARNED or your vibration stays low and slow.
By having compassion and acceptance for every aspect
or dissociated part of you, higher dimensions of yourself
become available to you. To know another or be a pure
healer you need to know and heal the self first.
5
PSYCHIC WAR
The purpose of psychological warfare is to convince
you that you are a victim and the most you can hope for
is DISTRACTION or some reward for “jobs well done”
from being controlled. Enjoy “tits and ass” sporting
98 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
events and entertainment all designed to subtly program
you to the next step in your slavery. While your biology
fights chemtrails and genetically modified food, water
and soil. Play video games and text while the new crop
of biologically stronger and mentally passive slaves are
being channeled into the cattle chutes. Ignore govern-
ment and corporate corruption funneling money from
your labor into their pockets while you play with your
electronic toys and phones.
To reinforce feeling victimized and helpless “the
gods in control” create the illusion of LACK. Shortages
of basic necessities to keep the biology alive are cre-
ated. The illuminati or reptilians acquired CONTROL
of earth’s natural resources a long time ago; they salted
the oceans creating wars for the remaining fresh water.
They were “Jonny on the spot” to finance the wars and
create debt for the countries fighting. We fight over who
gets oil because the Illuminists suppress all free energy
devices and inventors; and we continue to work and pay.
Serious and accurate research without misinformation
is hard to come by because illuminists discredit and dis-
tort the truth, while pushing pretty irrational lies that
the unthinking population buy into and adopt.
Our handlers and trainers create problems for us
and then come to rescue us. But the cost is high, your
free will, ability and willingness to think and your
physical energy. It is trauma based programming again.
The “trainer our god” holds your head under water and
ONLY lets you breathe just before death. You are SO
grateful to the god or trainer that saved you. You never
put together that the one-CREATING problems for you
and SOLVING them is the same source. Get rid of, walk
away from, the source of your problem or dark or allow-
ing another to control you or the one that physically
Awareness Heals Me | 99
or psychologically abuses you and you take away the
NEED to be rescued.
The hamster needs to get out of the wheel to stop
going around in circles of victim predator and confused
innocent. Start taking responsibility for your choices and
actions. Playing with the dark is always lose-lose-lose.
Anytime you engage with the dark it will cost you. Trying
to outsmart them entrains you to darkness, because that
means you will need to lie and trick them and you become
what you claim to be fighting with. Dealing with dark sys-
tems and dark people is always lose-lose-lose.
Never WAIT to be rescued. When someone offers to
do that, it will cost you your light among other things.
Joining a group will not get you in touch with what is
going on within you. It might entertain and distract you.
Master and accept reality unconditionally, just as it is.
To know the truth you must seek it out. Then walk away
from what you no longer find useful for you. Then con-
sciously create and be responsible for the reality you
want to live in.
Our leaders and governments and corporations are
not generally spiritual or light. We allow them to sell
us out continuously. For example May of 1954 the Grey
aliens made a CONTRACT with the United States gov-
ernment to be allowed to study human development,
emotions and consciousness. The Grey aliens abduct
humans to do genetic experiments on them. They moni-
tor the abductees’ brain activity through implants and
have done so for generations for the last 100 years, with
and without permission.
In exchange the Grey Aliens gave us Deep Freeze
technology and taught us how to clone and create
human-Gray hybrids. Some members of The National
Security Agency, NSA are considered part of The Grey
100 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Group Mind Complex and Communication System. NSA
has a select body that became a government unto them
self like our Indian Nations and the NSA is also exempt
from the United States laws. Grey Aliens assisted the
Illuminist with building some of the first facilities on
the moon and Mars and forcing some of our scientists,
presumed dead, to work there.
Grey aliens do not have a soul. They are the WORKERS
from whatever group has created and / or harnessed them,
which the reptilians from Draco, Zeta Reticuli I and II
and Sirius A have done. The short 3 to 5 foot grey extra-
terrestrial races from the star system Zeta Reticulum and
the Orion Constellation are described in most abduction
research and figure prominently in reports of UFO crashes.
Tall Grey aliens are 7 to 8 foot tall and come from the
Orion constellation. They oversee the short Grey aliens
within their own ranks, carry out “diplomatic” mis-
sions, and secretly negotiate treaties with heads of state.
In 1931 the Germany government rejected their offer as
they were committed to Gizeh intelligence that included
Draco’s, humanoid extraterrestrials, dark Pleiadians,
Ashtar, Kamagol and Jehovah. They pretended to be god.
They were / are headquartered under the Gizeh plateau
in Egypt. Adolf Hitler in Germany backed Gizeh along
with the Rothschild-Windsor sponsors in England.
5 except for a large percentage of humans, have transi-
NO MORE LIES
Consider how nice it feels when the lies to the self and
others END. You have always known the true feeling and
intention of the other, when you are awake and aware. No
matter what words are said or belief is offered or religion
Awareness Heals Me | 101
is followed or country is honored. INSIDE you know
what is compassionate and what is mean spirited. Your
expression and intention carry YOUR meaning. Words
and actions do not hide your feeling and intent.
Standing in your truth is unifying your thought,
behavior and action. Hypocrisy is claiming moral stan-
dards you fail to follow. Saying you are happy for some-
one while feeling negative inside. Claiming to be a loving
parent while yelling and humiliating the child behind
closed doors. Claiming to be a spiritual leader while
practicing pedophilia. The only way dark institutions
and organizations and Illuminists and your dysfunc-
tional family can continue to survive and even flourish
is with your real or IMPLIED support. When you stay
in or with a dark group or family or government that
behaves in ways you do not agree with, your support is
implied.
When you stay with a spouse that treats you and
younger members of the group mean spiritedly your
support is implied. When you stay for the money that
is prostitution of your beliefs or you have adopted the
belief that money, which is only a form of energy, is more
valuable than your thoughts and you. You are not receiv-
ing compassion from you.
Energy patterns of Gaia are aligning with the higher
vibrating patterns of photons. All of Her inhabitants,
tioned to the higher fifth dimension and compassion.
Many extinct plants, animals and DEAD humans have
transmuted into the fifth dimension. Only a small per-
centage of living humans have shifted their conscious-
ness to compassion for the self first. To receive, give,
expect, perceive and accept compassion.
There are parallel and alternate realities of ascend-
ing earth. Certain realities are blending with each other.
102 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Some are gathering force or dropping away. Be awake
and aware of what truths or lies you are aligned with.
The last few millennia we have been aligned with and
behaved as victims and predators. The off planet lead-
ers of this darkness living on Gaia have left. The lower
levels remaining on earth have not surrendered their
control or manipulation and are carrying out their plans
to kill off many and dominate the rest. They are trying to
hang onto their power, ill-gotten gains and their ability
to destroy what they can’t own or control.
ILLUMINATI GIANT TRADING BLOCS were cre-
ated to destroy a country’s ability to make its own economic
decisions, act and function as an independent unit. The
game plan is to create conflict across the world on all levels
to undermine the freedom and economy each individual
country has and controls. Their goal is to destroy what
confidence, creativity and compassion the people in each
country have.
The GATT Agreement opens more borders to FREE
world trade, the European Community and the North
American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) is in Europe.
Having one currency and one European Central Bank gives
you one center of control. When a politician opposes the
loss of their national sovereignty they are suddenly discred-
ited or have their power, money and resources removed
or there is an accident.
Giant Trading Blocks work like a wealthy family with
all the extended family living in one large compound.
The top of the hierarchy controls the economy and makes
the economic and family social choices for all members.
When the family members fight over who gets what,
little gets done, negativity, back biting and sometimes
death results while the one in control flourishes at least
financial. What they can’t create for the self they steal
from the powerless. This energy pattern is the pattern
Awareness Heals Me | 103
or cycle of low vibration, darkness, victims, predators
and confused innocent ones feeding from each other,
WHILE they all move LOCK STEP to greater darkness.
There is no way to engage with the dark and keep your
light or grow your compassion.
The corporations and the Illuminists that run them have
become the most powerful influence on earth. Loyalty to a
country or religion is no longer as strong as loyalty to the
corporation that pays salaries to enable us to keep the biol-
ogy alive. Some ILLUMINATI CORPORATIONS are
Rand Corporation, Hughes Aircraft, Northrop Corporation,
General Electric, AT & T, Sandia Corporation, Stanford
Research Institute, Colorado School of Mines, and Walsh
Construction, Bechtel the major Illuminati Corporation
that has won a massive contract to rebuild Iraq after it was
bombed by the liberators.
FEUDALISM was created after the Roman Empire
fell and there was chaos throughout Europe with vil-
lage fighting village. Groups of weaker people gathered
behind a more powerful individual and did whatever
they asked in return for the protection the top of the food
chain could give. The leader of these small groups would
become known as the lord or king. Christianity helped
create and support this system. The kings and noblemen
took over the land giving their wealth to the Church.
The feudal manor or monastery was the authority the
serfs had to obey. The most powerful PREISTS became
the nobility. Brotherhood sects enjoyed manipulating
one against the other to create conflict, upheaval and
took over LARGER AREAS of land eventually develop-
ing into a country. The Church prospered adding to its
wealth and the Brotherhood controlled England, France
and Germany for nearly a thousand years.
FREEMASONRY at the top levels is the present day
illuminati control of mystery schools today functioning
104 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
with the same Draco agendas, methods and energy
feeding they came to earth with. The elite levels follow
orders, keep the Satanist secrets and carry on their per-
sonal perversions and agendas to create infighting and
increased darkness.
GATEKEEPER Programming and programs are
found throughout the illuminati systems. They impose
their reality on other alternate personalities within the
system by using SUPPRESSION, judgment, force and
deception. They do not ALLOW freedom of thought or
action.
FERRIS WHEEL SUBSYSTEM Programming cre-
ates compartments shaped like pieces of pie. Each piece
is a small part of the pie or a larger system used to house
alternate personalities, splits or pieces. Illuminists like
configurations that appear endless. Like circles within
circles or triangles within triangles. Star configurations are
also popular in Illuminati alter systems. Some stars rep-
resent a point in time when the system is programmed to
do a thing on a particular date. The date is the trigger. Like
the movie Oz: The Great and Powerful, released February
14, 2013, possibly to remember and honor THE FAMILY.
LYSERGIC ACID DIETHYLAMIDE (LSD) is one of
the major drugs making up the hallucinogen class. LSD
was discovered in 1938 and is one of the strongest mood-
changing chemicals. It is manufactured from lysergic
acid, which is found in ergot, a fungus that grows on rye
and other grains. LSD, commonly referred to as “acid,” is
sold on the street in tablets, capsules, and, occasionally,
­liquid form. It is odorless, colorless, and has a slightly bitter
taste and is usually taken by mouth. Often LSD is added to
absorbent paper, such as blotter paper, and divided into
small-decorated squares, each square being one dose.
The Drug Enforcement Administration reports that the
strength of LSD samples obtained currently from illicit
Awareness Heals Me | 105
sources ranges from 20 to 80 micrograms of LSD per dose.
This is considerably less than the levels reported during
the 1960s and early 1970s, when the dosage ranged from
100 to 200 micrograms, or higher, per unit.
The sorcerers and witches who traditionally employed
hallucinogens saw them as potions of Satan. Naturally
occurring herbal hallucinogens, such as henbane and
datura, were also used in some arcane religious practices.
LYSERGIC ACID DIETHYLAMIDE Programming
of the Illuminati slave with LSD was used to layer in
demons. They are trained and mentally prepared before
being given small doses of LSD that get increased. When
the Illuminati want to set the foundations for a system,
they will use LSD in a sensory deprivation tank on a child
to program in such things as: the hell-pit (a dungeon in a
castle), evil guardians, worlds, stars and galaxies contain-
ing alters, the outer space in a system, and the protective
program where the mind spreads out like molecules and
loses the ability to think.
The sensory deprivation tank will be set at 92.0 to 95.0
degrees, isothermal skin, saltwater suspension, and zero
light, near zero-sound levels. The victim will be naked
without contact to the side of the tank and in remote
isolation for several hours. Electrodes can be hooked up
to shock the victim if they move to prevent the victim
from wanting to move.
MONTAUK PROJECT was funded and created by a
secret group with deep financial resources and military
ties to established a new research facility at Camp Hero,
a derelict Air Force Station at Montauk Point, New York
in the late 1960s. This location housed a huge Sage radar
antenna that emitted a frequency of approximately 400-
425 Megahertz, AND that happens to be the same band
used to enter the awareness of the human brain. By 1972,
the Montauk Project was fully underway with massive
106 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
mind control experimentation being undertaken on
humans, animals and other forms of consciousness.
Aliens and alien technology was used and researched.
Getting hard evidence to prove any of this is nearly
impossible. There are some facts and personal accounts
form the “Montauk boys” on the Internet.
The Montauk researchers perfected their mind con-
trol techniques and delved further into human poten-
tial. Eventually a psychic’s thoughts could be amplified
with hardware and illusions could be manifested sub-
jectively and objectively. The Montauk Project came to
a bizarre ending with a time vortex being opened back
to 1943 and the original Philadelphia Experiment.
5 mentals READ the tiny little electromagnetic emission
eight
Elementals
Elementals are the Architects, creators and builders of
your thoughts and they would like you to know that.
They are on your team of creation and manifestation.
They would enjoy being noticed, thanked and honored
for their tireless service to those that THINK. The ele-
emanated from your brain and emotional, mental and
spiritual body as you think, so then they can attract and
orchestrate the organic structure and design of your
thoughts.
The Elementals are the keepers and distributors of
high vibrating energy and even control the heat. The
Legion of Light THOUGHT that heat would help Gaia
and her humans clear out pockets of density and dark-
ness the early part of the summer of 2013. And so it is.
Gaia is at 93% light July 2013. Humans are at 63-68%
light as a group, and more are waking up every day. Dark
ones are disorganized but still in powerful positions and
are disruptive.
The Elementals controlled the release of the GIFT
of 5% more light energy into the crystalline grid of mass
consciousness on June 15, 2013. The gift the Pleiadians
left in the volcano in Maui, Hawaii to be released IF and
WHEN Gaia carried 80% light. The information put
into the crystalline grid or our group mind is increasing
our awareness, IQ and our compassion. There will be
107
108 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
eleven more large releases of energy or increased light
and many small releases by the Elementals into the crys-
talline grid when the time is right.
Elementals follow The Universal Law of FLUIDITY
that says life is best when experienced as a fluid sub-
stance and not as a solid. Life has no fixed shape and
needs to yield easily to external pressure as water runs
no faster or slower than is called for and seeks its own
level. Its flow is even, unforced and fluid staying in the
now moment without hurry or standing still. Take the
time to feel, listen to and notice the flow you created
for you. Notice the flow you are in currently. Adjusting
accordingly, is being mindfully present and peacefully
alive. CHANGE is the redirection of energy when change
happens too fast or slow suffering results.
Elementals attract and structure all the needed parts,
adjusting and monitoring quality control. They work all
the following steps simultaneously but here they are
broken down for clarity.
FIRST is the thought. Thoughts are sentient, alive
and conscious. Every living thing and entity has thought.
Even the chair you are sitting on has thoughts. Ask it if
you don’t believe me.
Elementals act as architects by pulling together the
elements needed to make a creation or manifestation
starting on the subatomic level. They organize all the
elements in a structure or framework to manifest your
thought. They attend to the organic structure and cohe-
sive tension.
Other considerations are the purity of thought and
intention, does the Legion of light approve and is it
aligned with universal law. Checks are made for bugs,
incompatibility and balance. How long will the thinker
stay focused on this thought and how solid will it be.
Awareness Heals Me | 109
A few words about what scientist are saying about par-
ticles and elements. Protons and neutrons are composed
of quarks. The two most fundamental types of particles
are quarks and leptons. For every quark or lepton there is
a corresponding antiparticle. For example, there is an up
anti-quark, an anti-electron (called a positron) and an anti-
neutrino. BOSONS do not have antiparticles since they are
FORCE CARRIERS. Current physics, called “quantum field
theory” explains the exchange of energy. Energy exchange
happens with the use of force carriers, called bosons. Long-
range forces have zero mass force carriers and they are the
GRAVITON and PHOTON. They operate on scales larger
than the solar system. Short-range forces have very mas-
sive force carriers, the W+, W- and Z for the weak force,
the gluon for the strong force. These operate on scales the
size of atomic nuclei.
Our DNA on the quantum level carries information
about our lineage from other planets like the Pleiades
and various other areas of the Universe. When particles
like photons and electrons interact physically and then
are separated they are still able to communicate instantly
with each other.
About 200,000 years ago on the QUANTUM level
Gaia and her three grids of consciousness were all cre-
ated at the same time using Pleiadian energies or DNA
or blueprint or design. Gaia worked with the Elementals
to manifest earth. It took 110,000 years for this to mani-
fest itself into physicality and for the ground to sustain
many different species of Humans. Species on earth go
extinct as part of the design to allow others to be created
and then they disappear. Gaia does it mostly by changes
in the weather and climate change.
ELEMENTALS hear your thoughts and feel the
emotion, especially your unconscious feelings. Then
110 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
the elemental transmit or transmute your thought into
a thought form or image, which can be seen by some
humans, the entire invisible realm and other life forms.
Scientists refer to elementals, as QUANTUM or
subatomic particles or the smallest particles found in
atoms and some have been named electrons, quarks,
photons and neutrinos, which is a share or portion or
the radiation or electrical charge of a single synapse in
a neuromuscular junction. A photon is a single quan-
tum of light. Using a wave you can create probabilities
to accurately predict the physical behavior of systems
on the quantum level. Light and other subatomic par-
ticles regularly change from waves to particles and back
to waves. Scientists have shown that the thoughts and
expectations of the experimenter have a direct effect on
what the particles do.
Historically elementals were called the gnomes, sylphs,
undines, salamanders, fairies and sprites. Mythological
beings of the 16th century traditionally had four types of
spiritual energy: gnomes WERE solids / earth or spirit
of earth, undines or nymphs or mermaids WERE water /
liquid or spirit of the water, sylphs WERE wind / gas or
spirit of wind, and salamanders WERE fire / heat or spirit
of fire. Spiritual or religious writings have called these
spirits the elementals or quanta or adamantine particles.
Elementals do not function with the rules and laws
of duality they follow universal law, which means they
NEVER judge blame or evaluate the ratio of dark or
light a creation has. They can and do create for the dark
or those without compassion. The laws of creation or
physics govern things like magnetism; gravity, light or
dark and they do not have intentions. Humans or any
entity that creates or uses magnetism, gravity, light or
dark has the INTENTION to use their creation in a
certain way. Elementals assist humans in creating our
Awareness Heals Me | 111
reality; humans are elementals also, because we build
form. Humans are the ones that decide to build weapons
or make our food dangerous to our health for financial
gain. Greedy humans are the ones without compassion,
not the elementals. They are in service only.
Originally we built our biology comprised of the elements
of the earth’s physical matter. Our fourth dimensional astral
body or dream-body is comprised of the elements of astral
matter. So we perceive the self as the astral body or aura
working with the biology. These two bodies are kept mani-
fest by our third and fourth dimension elementals reading
our thoughts and accompanying emotion.
The law of attraction unites strong thought forms of
the same vibration of like-minded people and they often
meet and combine resources or talent’s to assist each
other, a synergy or synchronicity is then created.
5
WW SERVER
Elementals are creating a worldwide SERVER,
In August 2013, the elementals created a centralized
resource to connect those that want to communicate
or interact on higher vibrations or the fifth to seventh
dimension. For those desiring messages of light and
connection with other humans carrying more light than
dark. This is a higher vibration than the dark Illuminists
have access to. LIKE MINDED people are connected
with their similar thought patterns of compassion. They
are also able to allow all others to have and live in the
reality of their choice. The server will be in alignment
with universal law, receive and give only compassion.
Inside you know when you are not compassionate.
112 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Adding YOUR upset, negativity, drama or fear, push-
ing ANY agenda, DROPS your vibration. Lower vibration
places you back in the reality of opposition or ­duality,
emotion and forcing others to join your reality. That is
not compassionate. While vibrating in the fifth dimen-
sion, your mental body continuously sweeps through
your thoughts that are creating negative emotion or fear,
BRINGING them to your awareness immediately, to
address and transmute. There are challenges in higher
vibrations, but not fear, doubt and low self-esteem. The
voice in your head never leaves you because it is you giv-
ing you guidance and information. Whenever you need
some guidance the voice shows up to help you out. On
the fifth dimension and higher you are a multiple with
co-consciousness, awareness and you never dissociate.
The hardest and most important thing to master living in
a dark reality, is self-compassion. Many are now having
vivid memories or dreams of our other incarnations on
earth to be aware, OWN, release and heal any emotional
upset you still carry around about your experiences.
We need to release the concept of time, emotion and
negativity to enter the present time of higher vibrations.
A portal was opened WIDER July 29 through August 25,
2013 with an intense frequency of light focused directly
into the core of the planet and the bone marrow of our
biology. Then the energies will slowly disperse but the
portal will always remain open. The incoming energy
is focused into the core of Gaia and our personal bone
marrow because of their ability to transmute. The trans-
mutation starts at the core and expands out into the
hologram that is earth.
The frequency net holding together third and fourth
dimension, is weakening and dissipating allowing more
unconditional love or compassion to come through to
us. Compassion aligns the subatomic particles into calm,
Awareness Heals Me | 113
peaceful and cohesive patterns. Compassion travels
instantly, faster than the speed of light. Remember the
entanglement theory. You can separate two electrons by
as much space as you like and they will still be linked
or have connected awareness. Doing something to
ONE electron affects the other instantaneously with no
time lag. Some scientists have even claimed that quan-
tum entanglement theory shows that there is no such
thing as space, and everything in the universe is always
touching.
Unconditional love, “compassion” travels in a circu-
lar path. You send compassion out and you receive it
at the same time. Compassionate thought follows the
flow of your thoughts and simultaneously infuses the
sender with the same thought. You can only FEEL what
you give to you FIRST. Then you can give that amount
to another. You only can express what you experience
from you to you first.
Unconditional compassion to conditional compas-
sion to is on a continuum. The gradients are not easily
identifiable. Conditional love resonates to the frequency
or vibration of duality and contrast. Humans with less
than 60% light have not learned to nurture and show
compassion for the self and therefore can only give with
a condition of getting something in return. Their con-
ditional exchange is THEIR neediness, sacrifice, abuse,
and sexual abuse, self-denigration, idealizing, or forced
fidelity. To know what YOU send out look at what you
are receiving from others.
The Universal Law of ATTRACTION or “like attracts
like,” reflects with clarity your beliefs. What emanates
from you is attracted right back to you. You are creat-
ing your reality all the time. BLAMING YOU or your
soul, god, your child or an enemy creates more lessons
in suffering for you. You have not gathered the wisdom.
114 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Deceptive or conflicting or mixed messages saying, “Yes,
I will” and DO NOT creates more lessons in suffering.
When you are evasive or undisciplined or promise more
than you can deliver that is CONDITIONAL love, more
suffering for you.
Dark always shortchanges you around compassion,
nurturing and money because they are energy and the
dark always siphons your energy to stay alive. They
always take more than they give. The more YOU OFFER
UP or they need or they take from you, the LESS free-
dom and energy YOU have to be and do what you want.
Most parents preach and teach conditional love to their
children and each other. They are wounded, guilty, needy
and fearful. Being victimized, they feel entitled to be the
predator. DARK individuals choose not to grow spiritu-
ally, or take responsibility for their creation, they want to
blame and punish the predator and make them pay. Dark
leaders have always harnessed the anger and idealism of
the dark young ones. They make great warriors that need
lots of direction. The angry young lack compassion for
their wounds, lack organization and the skills needed to
build and maintain a compassionate home or an empire. A
short burst of destruction is their skill, you find the angry
dark in the military: police, gangs and criminal enterprises.
To create, nurture and support takes compassion and self-
worth the dark ones have not chosen.
We each need to create our own individual fifth dimen-
sion vibration or matrix within us first. Then we will join
together with others of the same vibration to create a group
matrix and stabilize the energy together. With small group
support it is easier to embrace higher frequency reality
more often for longer periods of time. The higher frequency
is always present, whether we are or not: is our choice.
If you choose to see and focus on what is wrong, there
is plenty to see. If that is all your perception can embrace,
Awareness Heals Me | 115
your vibration will match your focus. Your thoughts cre-
ate your reality. Your belief dictates what you are aware
of. What you accept as possible and true. Your awareness
dictates what you are ABLE to perceive. What you per-
ceive is the reality you create for you. Our inner pharmacy
in lower vibrations, awareness and perceptions releases
adrenaline to help us deal with the fear our reality cre-
ated. Endorphins are released in higher vibrations.
Our thinking is continuously being updated and
enhanced when we allow that. Polarities are getting
unified. As your energy flows into new energy patterns
of compassion and acceptance your open third eye per-
ceives the light patterns as possible realities of harmony,
peace and joy.
5
LEAVE FOURTH
To experience the fifth dimension you need to leave
the fourth dimension by addressing any fears you still
cling to. To stabilize YOUR movement into the fifth
dimension so you can remain there for longer than a
visit. Clear or neutralize all and any fears you still hold.
Three fourths of the population continues to live in
fear and the desire to control or force. Those unable to
release fear and control to embrace ALLOWING and
compassion will remain in the fourth dimension with
the Draconian crowd or the dark Illuminists continuing
to run your reality.
While still in the third or fourth dimension, traumatic
memories come forward when they are triggered or re-
stimulated, and frequently when we least expect them.
Our brain archives these traumas to deal with when
116 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
LATER, when we are strong enough emotionally and
physically to integrate our negative experiences. The
information we are unable to process during the times of
trauma will get stored in our muscles, bones and diges-
tive tract as tension or pockets of liquid. Literally we
release these pockets through the skin, a runny nose or
eyes, coughing, through all of our orifices and through
our psychic and mental energies.
Sometimes there is no need to address your traumas
with a blow-by-blow awareness or accounting. Knowing
what was generally true and owning the feeling or
emotions that experience created in YOU, is enough
to release it. Sometimes it is better to leave fear-based
trauma files deeply archived in the brain or body rather
than to pull them up through the system. But you must
be aware of your thoughts and feelings about your expe-
riences to release the density in your biology.
In 2007 our soul and the elementals put our known
and not remembered traumas from all our concurrent
realities into BUNDLES to speed up our personal aware-
ness and opportunity to heal because time is short now.
For example, you were a dissociated or cruel parent in
this lifetime and you parented that way five other times
you might not be aware of. Frequently you are not even
aware you had an issue with what your soul presents OR
you were sure you already handled that issue, years ago.
You probably did but there is a particular aspect or per-
ception they want you to revisit and OWN before you
can move to a higher vibration.
For example your biology and your feeling of safety was
shattered when you were ABANDONED. The bundle may
have: 1. YOU were rejected or neglected by a parent, friend
or spouse. 2. Your family member(s) died and you were the
only one still alive. 3. Concurrent or past lives when people
that protected you died. 4. You were betrayed and or killed
Awareness Heals Me | 117
for your beliefs. All these events would be dropped into your
awareness in a bundle for you to figure out the THEME of
all these events for YOU personally to heal. Do not concern
yourself with any injustice or cruelty or darkness of others.
Stay on your path and deal with you and your experience.
YOU picked the experiences to evolve spiritually; just own
that it happened to you. Gather the wisdom FOR YOU, so
you can release YOUR emotional upset. Please give thanks
to your biology for its service to you during all your incar-
nations and experiences you could not of had without it.
Sometimes your ELEMENTALS or soul aspect or
higher self can assist you in deleting these files without
you needing to re-experience them BUT you must ask
aloud for this assistance. We are still living on a planet
of free will. Any remaining anger, vengeance, depression
or fear left in YOU emotionally and physically as a result
of your traumas will still need to be addressed and your
elementals or soul can certainly assist with that also.
Just ask aloud.
Our memory has been used to keep our biology alive
while still living in this pool of mostly dark thoughts and
behaviors. KNOW that ANY type of engagement with
DARK ONES, like blame, judgment, argument, punish-
ment or outsmarting the dark, OPENS YOUR energy
field up, to be siphoned by the dark making your light
diminish and lowering your vibration. Sharing space
with a dark one at home, work, school or on a planet sets
you up to upset yourself over their VERY predictable
thoughtless cruel and insensitive behavior and truths
that they live by and operate with.
Memories of this lifetime are found in the brain and
biology. Most memory is in the mental body that is an
electromagnetic energy field or the DNA that surrounds
our biology. Our mental body sends and receives infor-
mation and is our knowingness or intuition or our gut
118 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
feelings. Brain and the mental body are trained and
organized to work together. The brain will interpret our
sensory sensations after we have them. The brain knows
when a thing happens, processes what took place, files
and categorizes the event.
Third and fourth dimensions are FEAR based and
more dark than light. This is the vibration that the dark
Illuminists are in control of. They are currently and con-
tinuously broadcasting their messages of negativity to
help maintain your sense of fear, feeling of unworthiness
and helplessness. When you are vibrating or carrying
LESS than 40% light these message LOOPS put out into
the air are affecting you all of the time consciously or
unconsciously. Your Elementals or higher self will help
you deflect these messages by putting up shields against
this bombardment of negative thought and hopeless-
ness, but again, you need to ask aloud for what you need.
When you have been carrying more light than dark or
you get physically challenged or upset yourself because
somebody’s reality deferrers from yours and the amount
of light you carry goes below 40% the bombardment
of negative messages in the air by the Illuminists will
impact you, you may or may not feel accessed, until you
raise your vibration once again.
Fifth dimension and higher are compassion based
and YOU ALLOWING all others to have the reality of
their choice.
Light codes represent our thoughts. Matrix patterns
are the feelings of that experience. The light and matrix
patterns are the coordinates for that experience or mem-
ory. Fifth dimension and higher vibration memory is free
of all polarities. The mind or mental body continuously
sweeps through your thought and emotion on the fifth
dimension for any fear-based feelings or thoughts and
immediately brings them to your awareness to address
Awareness Heals Me | 119
or transmute. Drop them in your pool of compassion.
In the fifth dimension there are many challenges, BUT
there is not fear.
Living in a hologram means our world of light is
structured to SEE only a very limited amount of things.
Our biology is also a hologram of light. We fail to see
50% of what comes through the eye because we do
not believe in it. The group of people you were raised
with. Train and direct you to see what THEY see. They
shape your reality or tell you what you are allowed to
or should perceive. That is why the young child SEES
more than the adult. They haven’t been taught yet,
what NOT to see. Our reality resides inside us but is
shaped by those we “hang with.” Reality is relative to
what we know and feel and what those around us know
and feel.
The temporal lobe in our brain is found of each cere-
bral hemisphere lying to the side and rear of the fron-
tal lobe. The temporal lobe controls hearing and some
aspects of language, perception, emotion, and memory.
The temporal lobe of the brain DECIDES what you will
see based on the BELIEFS you hold. Our EYE gives us
information and the mind censers it. If you believe little
green monsters are loose you will see that. Try focusing
on HOW you see and not on what you see.
Our eyes and hands channel energy and we can direct
that flow of energy with our sight. We can train the eye
muscles to function in new ways. Vertical sweeps of the
eyes from head to the toes helps release internal pres-
sure in the body. Fully relax your facial and eye muscles
and then with eyes closed focus on releasing control of
your eye muscles and put your attention on the pulse
in the eye to relax it. Once the brain gets in sync with
our emotional body surrounding the biology they work
together.
120 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Our holographic biology works together with our
higher vibrating mental body that surrounds our biol-
ogy BUT it is difficult to access the mental body and get
it in sync with the brain, when your memory is filled
with fear, anger or sorrow. Those negative emotions are
dense and heavy; they need resolution or releasing to
create space for the physical brain to connect and be in
sync with the mental body.
Our negative experiences and thoughts are stored
as heavy energy patterns. An energy pattern can be
released as a PATTERN or BUNDLE of a certain type or
vibration of energy. Instead of releasing each individual
experience we can release patterns or bundles of the
same type of experiences as bundles of awareness. Our
known and not remembered traumas from all our con-
current realities are together in one vibration or pattern
or bundle. Compassion flushes out the density and dark-
ness you carry bringing it into your conscious awareness
to be released.
Observe your bundle or pattern or vibration of “feel-
ing abandoned” or betrayed, see the color, density and
movement. The energy is dark and muddy, dense and
sluggish or frozen trapping you in low a vibration.
No particular experience needs to be relived or re-­
experienced individually you can release or purge them
in a bundle on a theme. Emotions feel the SAME WAY
leaving you, as they did entering you. Remind yourself
that they are not staying but are on their way out and
that is why you are temporarily experiencing abandon-
ment or betrayal or anger or being scared. After you
have released all your pockets of density or resolved old
issues of negative thought or energy patterns your light
body gets released from its heavy density.
Ask for a portal of greater light to open so you can
place your bundle or energy pattern into the portal to be
Awareness Heals Me | 121
transmuted. See the dense energy pattern change into
compassionate energy. With your pockets of density
transmuted and you experiencing compassion for you
endorphins are released, a sense of wellbeing and feel-
ings of safety are experienced.
The 206 extremely small pathways of energy through-
out your aura or energetic body surrounding the biology
or your MERIDIANS start to open and flow. Meridians
connect to our brain and biology through the sympathetic
and parasympathetic nervous system with a terminating
point in a particular organ for a particular stream of spiri-
tual awareness and energy.
Aches, pains and stress are energetic blockages trying
to be released through our nervous system and meridians.
As your body undergoes the release of negative energy
and your meridians start to flow you may feel “sick.”
Illness forces you to stay still, rest, sleep, reflect and focus
your attention on you. We need to be still enough to allow
our bodies to undergo their metamorphosis.
Spiritual energy imbalances in meridians manifest
disease to point out what you have AVOIDED knowing,
becoming aware of and updating the truths you live by.
Meridian flows and heart issues or palpitations are the
body rhythmically adjusting to the increasing frequen-
cies on earth. Gastritis-colitis is pressure blockages
affecting gastrointestinal tract, sugar imbalances is too
much unhappiness in life leading to an inability to pro-
cess the sweetness of life. Lower back issues are foun-
dational ones like money (energy) issues that are also
reflected in the shoulders and neck. Water retention is
the fluctuating pressures in the body. As we align with
higher vibration or frequency and have higher aware-
ness endorphins come online.
Moving into fear and doubt makes your adrenalin
flood the body shutting down higher perceptions. We
122 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
ARE a light body a hologram. Our light soul aspects or
higher self can download higher expanded information
into our awareness that our physical brain is incapable of
receiving, storing and understanding. You must expand
into your mental body to consciously receive and under-
stand and perceive the fifth dimension information we
NOW live in.
With endorphins, a sense of wellbeing and safety fills
your awareness. Safety expands your awareness. The
physical plane is NOT the only reality we exist in. We
are not our biology. The biology is a rented vehicle to
have an experience in. Our soul has many realities that
exist in higher vibrations. We may also be a Pleiadian, or
Sirian, or Arcturian. Many came to answer Gaia’s call for
assistance at the fall of Atlantis. We agreed to continue
to take biology until Gaia was fully transmuted back
into the fifth dimension. Now the contract is over but
our awareness is lagging behind holding us in a lower
dimension. To return we need to remember how to
return by having compassion for the self.
5 Our immune system that has always been one of
nine
Evolving
Our biology is in CONTINUOUS transmuting or evolv-
ing or changing, as we inhabit it, which is why we are
always suffering symptoms of transmutation. As chil-
dren we suffered growing pains. Gaia is undergoing
great physical changes and challenges along with us.
As more light continually enters our systems, our cells
crave light rather than glucose, WISDOM rather than
more stuff, PEACE rather than conflict. This transition
from carbon base to crystalline base biology is the pro-
cess of creating our lightbody. Each organ, cell and tis-
sue has its own instinctual wisdom or DNA instructions
to follow, while acting and evolving as one unit.
opposition and fighting IS moving to EMBRACING. Our
thymus will start dealing with invaders by absorbing and
transmuting any invaders by melding with them. Loving
them “through transition” or to death. Meridian flows
and heart issues or palpitations are, the body rhythmi-
cally adjusting to the increasing frequencies of light.
When large infusions of light hit the earth and
you, the sensation you have may be one of dizziness.
Imbalances of light and dark create the dizzy sensation
one gets. Many feel spacey or dizzy when around greater
darkness or light than YOU personally carry. Many are
exhausted as the biology and our beliefs are transition-
ing. Sleeping nine hours, taking naps, feeling sick, dizzy,
123
124 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
can’t eat or eat too much are all transmuting symptoms
as we grow our light body, while we are still wearing the
carbon based body. This is no easy or comfortable task
we have undertaken.
Awakening around 3 AM is you getting in sync with
the magnetism and rhythm of our solar system. Our
pineal and pituitary glands are merging to function as
our open third eye. Our crown and brow chakra are
merging to become our continuously expanding aware-
ness. We are including other planets and galaxies. The
galaxy and our universe are all in the process of moving
up to the next higher vibration like we are.
With each increased level of compassion for the self,
we take another step into higher vibrations. If you do
not believe that you deserve a thing your limited beliefs
will push it away from you. When you believe a thing is
possible then it is yours. Your personal mentors through
this process is your other soul aspects or higher self.
Stay in communication with them all the time.
The physical body or biology is grounding for the
energetic layers of our body. The emotional body, men-
tal body and our spiritual body surround and fan out
roughly six feet or more from our biology depending on
the amount of light you carry. Our biology is an earth
ship the same as the majority of Spacecraft or Starships
are.
When you have physical, psychological, visionary
or auditory experiences the little human or wounded
ego will doubt and demand more proof. Solid proof like
being thrown into a pool of water and getting wet is gen-
erally not happening. Because earth is a planet of free
will and your thoughts create your reality, it is your job
to BELIEVE in what you create. This is when you need
faith and trust because we have so little experience with
compassion, trusting and feeling safe. Your imagination
Awareness Heals Me | 125
is the truth. Your soul aspects can be trusted, if it is not
dark. BUT historically it has not felt like anyone backed
us up. The support that is coming on line now just
watched and waited the past 13 thousand years because
that was the rules for this reality.
The legion of light wanted us to experience the con-
sequence of what we choose directly or allowed others
to choose for us. Seldom do we see demonstrations of
compassion and unconditional love. Nature and our
pets, or frequently a newborn can give and demonstrate
unconditional love for us. Trust and acceptance is some-
thing that each and every one of us must find within
them self to move to a higher vibration. No one can do it
for you or on your behalf.
Our whales and dolphins came to earth to demon-
strate compassion. They are from Sirius B; they came
to earth as a gift, very, early on. Sirius B felt very bad
about what some dark Sirians did here on earth. Since
the majority of earth is water, as many planets on Sirius
B are, they came as sea animals. At the point of planetary
ascension the whales will come to collect their whales
living here on earth to go home. The cetaceans or whales
of earth are living portions of the crystalline grid. They
contain earth history within them and help coordinate
and maintain the crystalline grid; they hold the earth’s
frequency. Dolphins help keep the energy balance on
earth.
No one would agree to be tortured, imprisoned or mur-
dered like what we have experienced on earth and done
the same to our children and animals. Lately, Dolphins
are getting killed in an effort to keep the energy or vibra-
tion on earth dark. Dolphins and whales never agreed
to be cut up or caught in tuna nets. People don’t realize
that the United States military puts a sound in the water
to disorient, paralyze and torture dolphins so they can’t
126 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
even find the net to jump over it. When warriors go into
battle they know they will suffer like the dolphins and
whales are suffering. Some are getting bigger and meatier
so they can turn on those that want kill them for sport or
food. Whales have already rammed three ships with their
heads, killing themselves in the process. The whales sac-
rificed themselves to make a point. The Japanese slaugh-
ter whales for the meat, a delicacy in Japan. Those eating
the whale meat will carry the energy of what was been
done to these compassionate animals.
LIGHT ones are in the process of reclaiming earth
and returning it safely to Gaia and her people. Recreating
a reality without a need for money. Using technology to
render manufacturing and farming obsolete. Allowing
us to BE instead of DO. Using our unique talents will
be all that is needed. But first all your personal, ethical
issues will need to be resolved. We will never be pro-
tected from the consequences of deliberate dark acts.
CHANGE is not a when or where question. Change is
how much light, vibration or compassion you choose to
have in your thoughts and what you emanate. Light cre-
ates its own energy field. This energy field stimulates a
consistent behavior pattern in the beings that choose to
experience that reality.
INFINITY can be accepted and felt. Within the circle
of infinity are countless smaller circles in the many reali-
ties of form. In the lower frequency circles, like 3rd and
4th dimension form or physicality reality is static and
often polarized. Smaller spirals of light appear elliptical
because you cannot see the higher vibration interactions.
Liquid light is our awareness of the movement of light as
it moves and intermingles. We perceive the smallest and
largest wormhole or portal as a circular flow of light.
Time on the fourth dimension is faster than time on
the third dimensions, but life is still sequential in both.
Awareness Heals Me | 127
In higher frequency realities time is not sequential it
fluctuates and changes. Time is more like an address or
location of a given reality. Like the timeline of the 1800s,
you enter the spinning circle of infinitely by setting your
intention to FEEL that era and what you wish to expe-
rience. Then you allow that feeling to connect you to
that time and space of that location. Time is also loops
of similar events on a theme that is not sequential. Past,
present, and future exist simultaneously so any new
or different reaction by you can ALTER all three-time
periods. When you resolve an issue that you have, in the
past, present or future it gets resolved in all three times
or locations. AND in all alternate and parallel realities.
Time is only NOW in alternate realities occurring
all at once. Pure awareness in loops on a theme is in
operation when we sleep, meditate or create because
then we are thought without our biology or the duality
matrix affecting us. Time runs concurrently in all direc-
tions with constantly changing potentials and points of
perception.
In timeless worlds or no time or in higher vibrations
there is NO separation, limitation or extremes and you
are allowed to maintain the same form or frequency you
choose until you feel you have done and experienced
what you wanted to. After a while spent in a time reality
like 3rd and 4th dimension most want to rest, rejuvenate
and expand spiritually in a timeless world.
5
BRAINWAVES
Whether we are mentally active, resting or asleep,
the brain always has some level of electrical activity
128 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
going on. People talk as if they were producing only one
type of brain wave at a time, but brain waves do not sep-
arate out that neatly. Researchers and scientists created
categories for convenience of discussion and study. Our
overall brain activity is a mix of all the frequencies at the
same time. Some brainwaves happen in greater quanti-
ties and strength than others. Balance is always key.
The brain is always emitting brainwaves and the domi-
nant brainwaves at a particular time dictate the state of
consciousness the individual is experiencing currently.
Our focused thought or lack of focused thought and our
emotion or observation without emotional attachment
dictates the dominant brainwave being experienced and
emitted.
After an injury of some type, physical or emotional,
the brain tries to stabilize itself by SLOWING every
function down. The brain purposely slows down to take
stock of what has just happened. The brain’s innate
intelligence decides what to address and how to pro-
ceed. When the brain gets stuck in any frequency, it
will cause us problems. So flexibility is key for efficient
brain function. Resilience is critical for the brain to be
effective. The main stressors of the brain are injuries,
emotional or physical, medications, alcohol, fatigue and
continuous trauma can result in the brain getting stuck.
BRAIN WAVE Programming done by the illuminati
is started at 8 years of age depending on the child’s skill
at dissociation and the country he or she lives in. Before
8 years cerebral cortex and neurological development
are not advanced enough to train and will cause neuro-
logical damage. EEGs are used to determine if they are
in that state. Hypnotic drugs and electric shock are used
to increase fear, arousal and dissociation.
Beta brainwaves are quick, low amplitude waves at
12hz - 38hz per second and means you are wide-awake
Awareness Heals Me | 129
and in an alert state of consciousness generally in the
mental state most people are in most of their waking
lives. Beta waves are produced when you perform any
task that requires you to concentrate.
Those people that lack sufficient beta activity may
have mental or emotional issues such as depression,
insomnia or ADD Attention Deficit Disorder, unable
to stay focused and easily distracted. Stimulating beta
activity can improve emotional stability, energy levels,
attentiveness and the ability to concentrate.
Alpha brainwaves are at 8hz - 12hz per second and
are relaxed wakefulness not processing much informa-
tion. When you get up in the morning and just before
sleep, you are naturally in the alpha state. Close your
eyes and your brain starts producing more alpha waves,
intellectual relaxation and a very receptive, absorbent
mental state, a sense of wellbeing and improved immune
functioning. Our waking state is characterized by alpha
and beta brainwaves and calibrated to 3rd and lower 4th
dimension. Reality is perceived, as “outside” of you and
happening to you. You want to please your environment
to get the best result for yourself.
The relatively high vibration and slow brainwave
activity of DELTA and THETA brainwaves is being in a
dissociative state. Dissociation is a process of thinking,
feeling and physical sensations drifting away from your
physical awareness. Dissociation can occur during med-
itation, exercise, while driving or immersed in a good
book or movie. The fifth dimensional state of conscious-
ness is usually delta wave
The Alpha/Theta brainwave border of 7 to 8 Hz per
second is associated with having insights and personal
transforming awareness. Anger, resentment or pain-
ful memories are seen from the point of perception of
the detached observer. Moving from upper 4th to 5th
130 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
dimension or vibration is changing your thoughts. In 4th
dimension you look for something to enjoy or someone
to love. In the 5th dimension your thinking evolves to
ENJOYING what you have, enjoying what you are doing
and whom you are with. You stop blaming or judging
and start owning your experiences or creations. When
you are unsatisfied with your creations, you create again
and again, rewrite and change.
THETA BRAINWAVE is at 3hz - 8hz is light sleep or
extreme relaxation. It is used for hypnosis and self-pro-
gramming. Commonly referred to as the dream or “twi-
light” state. Access to unconscious material, reveries,
free association and creative ideas are increased. Theta
brainwaves are 5th to 6th dimension and the reality you
experience is your “inside world” and awareness of your
thinking and your biology. You understand how you cre-
ate your reality minute by minute with your thoughts.
You are a detached observer full of compassion without
emotion or drama. You release attachment to conflict,
fear and emotion.
On the sub-atomic, quantum level reality organizes
itself according to the expectations of the observer or
creator. We can’t imagine a reality that exists without
us because our act of observing our self; creates us as
we go. What we expect to be present WILL be there
because we created it by expecting it. Consciousness
comes through us and emanates from us. Consciousness
or awareness is the programming language of our world
and the universe.
DELTA BRAINWAVE is at 0.2hz - 3hz and is deep
sleep OR wakefulness functioning in the compassion of
the fifth dimensional state of consciousness. When your
dominant brainwave is delta, your body may be heal-
ing itself and “resetting” its internal clocks. The fifth
and sixth dimensional state of consciousness is usually
Awareness Heals Me | 131
delta wave. You ONLY experience your inside world or
spiritual awareness or your light soul aspects with little
connection to the biology. 6th dimension holds the blue-
print or design or matrix or reality or the game that is
projected into lower illusions, you are pure conscious-
ness and choose to have a body or not to have one in the
reality of your choice.
In Illuminati programming are the Delta models or
slaves whose sole purpose is assassination including psy-
chic warfare or assassination The Delta program has up
to three levels of training and is often highly dissociated.
GAMMA BRAINWAVES at 27 Hz and up are found
in virtually every part of the brain and serve as a bind-
ing mechanism between all parts of the brain. Different
pieces of information like size, color, texture and func-
tion get integrated synthesized or harmonized to
improve memory and perception. Gamma brainwaves
are associated with formation of ideas, language and
memory processing. Combining information for greater
understanding.
GAMMA Programming as used in trauma based
programming as used by the Illuminists is the secret
layering in of demons. The ceremonies to demonize the
victim occur before birth, in the infant and in the child.
Generational dark entities or demons are layered in, to
function in the direction the child’s programming is to
take.
This 10th science deals with occult sciences of astral
projection, ESP and telepathy. Gamma code calls for
demons and suicide programming that is often layered
into this system. These alternate personalities would
rather DIE than leave or betray their FAMILY or cult or
the Illuminists.
In gamma programming there is also Scholarship pro-
gramming and photographic memory. Gamma personalities
132 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
know 8 different languages, some are modern and some are
ancient languages.
KNOWLEDGE or INFORMATION or WISDOM
or the Cloud of Knowledge exists OUTSIDE of the
earth matrix or reality and always has. These are the
collected thoughts and thought forms on different
themes from the universe. Thoughts on any subject are
collected and held together for everyone’s use. BUT
you need to discern what information serves your pur-
pose. All types of information are available and mixed
together.
When we consistently carry 65 to 69% light the uni-
versal sources of information can be accessed without
having to use or going through a guide, angel, ascended
master, alien or your higher self as a go between. Getting
knowledge through to us in this matrix of dark and
twisted thinking is not easy. Our low vibration, our
hearts and minds are slammed shut with the pain, suf-
fering and fear we have experienced and delivered.
SPIRITUAL knowledge and wisdom is interactive and
aligned with universal law.
Epsilon, Hyper-gamma and Lambda brainwaves
have a circular link and work together. The three brain-
waves are said to be present while meditating, creative
problem solving and having awareness of the self. Our
expanded, psychic senses are embedded or piggybacked
on our five senses.
The slow Epsilon brainwaves have fast Lambda
brainwaves embedded in them. Lambda brainwaves at
100hz - 200hz are associated with integrated wholeness
and out of body experiences. Your consciousness can
be reduced down to the size of a photon and can travel
where you thought takes you.
EPSILON BRAINWAVES are extremely low at 0.5
cycles per second and considered to be the state yogis go
Awareness Heals Me | 133
into when they achieve suspended animation and total
control of their biological functions.
EPSILON Programming done by the illuminati is
a HIDDEN alter SYSTEM that may hold CIA program-
ming, ASSASSIN programs in this or beta systems,
covert, courier operations, learning to tail a subject,
drop a tag, disguises and getting out of difficult situa-
tions. Epsilon alternate personalities see themselves
as being chameleon-like and able to be an animal. The
color code is BROWN.
5
ELF WAVES
Electrical charges or neurons firing in our brain cre-
ate brainwave patterns or rhythms. These patterns can
be observed with electroencephalograph (EEG) instru-
ments. Brainwave patterns are associated with various
states of mind or the reality we choose or are forced on
us. Our patterns of thinking can be seen and changed
by our own thoughts or changed by external stimuli.
Lights flashing in the eyes and or tones pulsing in the
ears at different frequencies can influence or change
brainwave activity. The brain responds to or resonates
or mirrors or entrains with the stimuli. When the brain
is stimulated with pulsed electrical activity via nerves
in the eyes, ears or skin, the overall activity of the brain
will respond to and align with these pulses. Sometimes
to seriously alter the reality we experience.
EXTRA LOW FREQUENCY or ELF waves are elec-
tromagnetic radiation with frequencies from 3 to 300
Hz and include alternating current (AC) fields and other
electromagnetic, non-ionizing radiation from 1 Hz to 300
134 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Hz. Some studies indicate increased cancer risk; cardio-
vascular, brain, behavior, hormonal and immune system
changes are all associated with magnetic field exposures.
In Europe, and elsewhere ELF use is being applied to the
development of very effective healing systems.
The Department of Defense uses the same basic infor-
mation the health field does to develop weapons to attack
human health. In documents written and compiled by the
United States Air Force they use these weapons for mind
control, inducing heart attacks, causing electronic failures
and creating computer malfunctions. These weapons are
talked of in International Red Cross documents and other
press reports. A CBS - 60 Minutes broadcast on February
11, 1996 said ELF wave systems effects included disorien-
tation and “flu-like symptoms”.
The Navy Times called them the most feared and con-
troversial weapons of the modern age. The United States
Army has developed “Revolution in Military Affairs”
(RMA) to change public opinion about these weapons.
They have given the information and weapons to the
United States Justice Department to use in domestic
police actions. Electromagnetic Frequency Weapons or
EMF can modulate and beam electromagnetic waves to
control biological and or mental functions in the victim.
Portals to the central nervous system can be manipu-
lated to create visual images, project voices into the
mind, create pain, alter mood, cause stress, confuse and
depress people. They are being used in Britain’s inner
cities. Microwave weapons similar to microwave ovens
have been used since the 1980s, on inner city council
estates.
These weapons transmit extremely low frequency
(ELF) signals that MIMIC and ENTRAIN natural brain
waves. Those close to the microwave transmitters can-
not think clearly, they become depressed and apathetic.
Awareness Heals Me | 135
There is evidence that since the 1950’s the U.S. and other
governments have developed and used electromagnetic
weapons for military and intelligence purposes. Among
other applications, EMF weapons and devices are used for
harassment, surveillance and mind control. Agencies like
the Pentagon, CIA and NSA use them to monitor people,
manipulate their minds, harm, and at times kill them. These
electronic harassment technologies, which cannot be seen
with normal vision, travel for thousands of miles. These
technologies are used by international organizations and
include lasers, radio frequency energy beams, holography,
electromagnetic radiation, radio waves, sound waves, sat-
ellites, radar, miniature electronic robots and smart dust.
The latest weapons in the arsenal of the US military
is Planet Earth itself with their control of weather, it
promising to be one of the worst destructive weapons
by the year 2025. Dr. Bertell talks about how engineered
earthquakes and tornadoes could wreak havoc on popu-
lations and nations, creating storms and torrential rains
over an area they choose. According to her book, electro-
magnetic weapons have the ability to transmit explosive
and other effects such as earthquake induction across
intercontinental distances to any selected target site on
the globe with force levels equivalent to major nuclear
explosions. For the past 40 years, the US military has
conducted experiments on the earth’s atmosphere using
waves and chemicals.
HAARP or HIGH FREQUENCY ACTIVE AURORAL
RESEARCH PROJECT is an ionosphere program jointly
funded by US Air force, US Navy, University of Alaska, and
DARPA, Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency. The
ionosphere is the delicate upper layer of our atmosphere,
which ranges from about 30 miles (50 km) to 600 miles
(1,000 km) above the Earth’s surface. With HAARP the
earth’s magnetic field could be decreased or disrupted at
136 | Bonnie Baumgar tner Awareness Heals Me | 137

appropriate altitudes to modify or eliminate the magnetic and funding in 1950 - 1960’s. Alternate personalities were
field. Weather modification is possible by, altering upper trained to become hyper aware of conversations even when
atmosphere wind patterns or altering solar absorption whispered and are able to repeat them word for word
patterns by constructing one or more plumes of atmo- including the vocal inflections used by the individual speak-
spheric particles, which will act as a lens or focusing device. ing. INTERNAL human recorders are taught to download
HAARP can cause interference with or total disruption these conversations. Photographic recall is strongly empha-
of communications over a very large portion of the earth. sized and the information is downloaded.
Electromagnetic weapons are invisible and hundreds
of times more powerful than the electrical current in a 5
lightning bolt. Enemy missiles can be blasted out of the
sky or blind soldiers on the battlefield. Electromagnetic
weapons can control an unruly crowd by burning the
surface of their skin or destroy all electronics in sec-
onds. They all use directed energy to create a powerful
electromagnetic pulse. They can cause floods to destroy
a city or create tornadoes to decimate an approaching
army in the desert. If an electromagnetic pulse went off
over a city, all the electronic things in the home and city
would go out, and be permanently destroyed.
Remember a large percentage of military around the
world have been programmed on our military bases as
children and on into adulthood.
GOVERNMENT Programming installed in illumi-
nati slaves is used to infiltrate local political parties and
those running for leadership positions locally and nation-
ally or working for top leaders as ADMINISTRATORS,
financial advisors funding governmental races and back-
ing the person sympathetic to the Illuminati agenda or
putting their person in to win. Eventually causing the
downfall of all major governments in the world and
then installing the New World Order and New World
Religion. They already control our financial markets,
the media, most religions and governments.
CIA Programming uses brain wave and color-coding.
These programs were developed through military research
 ten
Pesticides

Pesticides cause POLIO and VACCINES caused PARALYSIS

and they still do, complements of large corporations and the
Illuminists that run them. According to a report compiled
by the Secretary of the Interior and presented before the
85th Congress in 1958, polio became a problem after the
1940s, when chemical companies began to produce large
amounts of DDT, heptachlor, dieldrin, tetraethyl pyrophos-
phate (TEPP), ­malathion, benzene hexachloride (BHC) and
other pesticide chemicals for use on agricultural crops. Prior
to that time, polio was not nearly as virulent or problematic
as many people believe it was. As DDT and other pesticides
were eventually phased out, cases of polio also began to
decline. Improvements in sanitation, which are hardly ever
mentioned by mainstream health authorities, also played
a major role in eradicating polio.
The first epidemic of polio in a tropical country
was with the introduction of pesticide DDT in the
Philippines near the end of WWII when American mili-
tary sprayed DDT to combat flies. People living in the
unsprayed areas of the Philippines remained polio-free.
In 1944 we knew DDT damaged the spinal cord as in
cases of infantile paralysis. The US military sold its DDT
supplies after the war to the public who sprayed it near
and far. A more toxic concoction called DDE was also
widely used. Large amounts of DDT were found in cow’s

139
140 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
milk after the cows were washed in the stuff and what
followed were outbreaks of child paralysis in which the
common source was contaminated milk.
The worst polio epidemic occurred in 1952. Many
people during the 1950s became ill as a result of
­pesticide-contaminated milk, much of which ended up
having to be quietly pulled from store shelves in subse-
quent years. This contaminated milk was also known
to be a primary CARRIER of the poliovirus, directly
responsible for spreading the disease until the contami-
nating pesticides were eventually phased out.
Milk-induced disease outbreaks were responsible for
the later creation of milk pasteurization mandates. But
it was the pesticides TOLERANCE of the polio VIRUS,
not the fact that milk was raw, that was responsible for
spreading disease.
Right around the time that dangerous pesticides were
being retired and sanitation was being improved, author-
ities released a polio vaccine that they claimed would
eradicate the disease. The precise timing of this strate-
gic release would later be used to claim that the vaccine,
and not agricultural and sanitation improvements, was
responsible for ending polio. Revisionist ­history con-
tinues to fuel the myth that vaccines are responsible for
eradicating disease. POLIO VACCINE caused many of
the paralysis symptoms associated with polio.
In India there has been a 1,200 percent increase vaccine-
associated polio paralysis (VAPP) since the introduction
of massive polio vaccine campaigns throughout the coun-
try http://www.naturalnews.com/036290_polio_DDT_­
pesticide_exposure.html#ixzz2fdUib1zy
During World War II and into the 1950s, mas-
sive amounts of pesticides, such as DDT, heptachlor,
­dieldrin, TEPP, malathion, were sprayed on crops eaten
by humans and livestock. - See more at: http://vactruth.
Awareness Heals Me | 141
com/2012/06/03/7-trivia-facts-about-polio/#sthash.
Di3hUS1N.dpuf
The pharmaceutical companies Lederle Laboratories,
Merck, Sharp & Dohme, Parke, Davis & Co., Pfizer
Inc.,and Smith Kline & French gave grants to help
write a pharmaceutical-friendly-version of the history
of polio. During the polio epidemic, the Poliomyelitis
Surveillance Unit (PSU) investigated a possible associa-
tion between the paralysis and the vaccine manufactured
by Wyeth Laboratories. This incident became known as
the “Wyeth Problem.” The investigation was led by Neal
Nathanson and was summarized in two reports. Marked
across the top of the reports are the words, “For Official
Use Only – Not for Publication.” WHY? One plausible
explanation is if Americans knew the vaccine was caus-
ing paralysis, they would demand the vaccines be taken
off the shelf – just like any other tainted drug. Such a
public outcry would have spoiled the popularity of the
polio vaccine and money the Illuminists were making.
During the International Poliomyelitis Conference
held in 1954, Dr. David Bodian from the Poliomyelitis
Laboratory at Johns Hopkins University discussed how
his research was able to produce paralysis in cynomolgus
monkeys by vaccination. See more at: http://vactruth.
com/2012/06/03/7-trivia-facts-about-polio/#sthash.
Di3hUS1N.dpuf
5
MORE SECRETS
The illegal drug trade around the world FINANCIALLY
supports cover projects of the Illuminists and the CIA.
Tighter laws by the ‘War on Drugs,” the higher the
142 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
street value of drugs get. The American authorities have
allowed US Oil companies to ship chemicals to South
America and other agencies arranged to transport drugs
from South America by sea to oil rigs drilling off the US
coast. From there they can be brought ashore under the
cover of oil operations. It came very close to becoming
widely known in the wake of the Iran-Contra Affair and
gulf oil. Those who have investigated the CIA-drug con-
nection say it began in the late 1950s and is still going
strong.
Illuminists increase their finances with their high
quality videos and DVD’s devoted to kiddy-porn and
pedophile entertainment. They also produce DVD’s of
coprophilia for those that enjoy the smell, taste, or feel
of feces in a sexual way and movies for those that get
sexually aroused by executions, torture, rape and death.
Debauchery is taught as a science for the programmers’
to maintain. Many Toilet Sex starlets are committed
Satanists and Alpha Lodge members or affiliates. These
films and drugs make a lot of money for the illuminati.
Our taxes and all manner of illegal activity support
Illuminist activity, dark things continue to go on because
we say profound things like, “Oh that can’t be true, the
news media hasn’t reported it” or “But he is such a nice
man, he wouldn’t do that.” Denial means dark ones con-
tinue doing business as usual. Expand your perceptions
to allow for the POSSIBILITY that criminal activity is
what has made this world go round.
FRANK BURNS was a member of Students for a
Democratic Society or SDS and an Illuminati organiza-
tion organizer. He was also deep into Zen Buddhism and
mysticism. As an officer he studied under the Esalen
Institute at Big Sur, California that created sensitivity
training programs for the business world under the title
Organizational Development (OD). The army promoted
Awareness Heals Me | 14 3
Burns to work in the Chief of Staffs office as a “senior
organizational effectiveness consultant” allowing Burns
to introduce Esalen programs all through the army to
create a holistic soldier.
The army is becoming an occult fighting force that
practices witchcraft with its warfare. Some of the units
are Psy-Op operations with officers that are Satanists.
The Illuminati is transforming the American army into
something akin to occultist warriors, fierce as the Nazi
Death head units. The Skull and Bones Society sup-
ported Adolph Hitler. This information about Frank
Burns is taken from the Bloodlines of Illuminati by: Fritz
Springmeier, 1995.
HITLER’S S.S. Private Army of the Third Reich
The black shirted SS (Defense Detachment) of Heinrich
Himmler, which fulfilled certain “defense” and intelli-
gence or security functions for Adolf Hitler’s Nazi Party.
An elite group of warrior MONKS that changed focus
from being a reliable military group called the Waffen
SS. There were 3 levels of initiation, and the last one was
reserved for the hard-core Satanists at the top. One group
of the S.S. called Knights of Poseidon volunteered them-
selves for castration in an experiment to be the super-
men of the mythical and magical Hyperborean. Some
of the best Sufi groups were warrior monks. Burns and
his Task Force Delta generated the First Earth Battalion,
which is an occult military unit trained in martial arts,
and witchcraft. They are here to protect an occult world
government. $4.5 million came from your taxes to spend
on Delta Force’s 80 different projects. Many Green
Berets are NOW trauma based programmed and disso-
ciate alternate personalities becoming a warrior-monk
group.
The BLUE MOON Unit in the National Security Agency
is about bases that we fund and have on the moon, Mars and
14 4 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
use alien technology and information. Blue Moon on earth
is underneath Kirkland Air Force base in New Mexico.
The entrance to this base is in Manzano Mountain and the
private Department of Energy (DOE) technological base.
They are building free energy devices, for use in space,
this is ongoing and to be used on the moon and Mars.
Under Blue Moon there is a group called Alpha One
and they gather materials and make sure the population,
tax payer and funder, doesn’t know much. The Alpha
Two organization deals with the personnel and sees to it
that their belief system is in harmony with dark agendas
and “tuning up” their programs.
DEEP underground US Government Bases are exposed
on MANY “You Tubes” watch them for yourself if “seeing
is believing” for you. There is endless material to read on
the subject on the Internet but not in the news. Remember
you are paying for the bases, but you NEVER hear about
what goes on or have input in deciding anything.
The DULCE BASE is a US Government Base that
has a secret underground facility under Dulce Mountain
in Dulce, New Mexico, United States. Started in 1937-
38 by the Army engineers and expanded over the years.
Completed in 1965-66 was tunnels to connect to the Page
Arizona Base, another site of an older underground facil-
ity, the Four Corners base is called PERICA. Most of the
Native Americans are aware of the strange life forms there.
The extreme lower levels at Dulce include vast natu-
ral caverns and some believe very ancient tunnel sys-
tems illuminated by phosphorus, which the alien Grey’s
avoid. Rand Corporation enlarges it continuously. The
original caverns included ice caves and sulfur springs
the aliens found perfect for their needs. Various space-
craft take off and are stored in five areas; Archuleta
Mesa, SE of DULCE, one near Durango Colorado, one
at Taos New Mexico, and the main fleet is stored at LOS
Awareness Heals Me | 145
ALAMOS underground around the Santa Fe National
Forest a MAJOR nest of Reptilian Grey forces.
These bases are where many of the MILLIONS of chil-
dren who go missing every year worldwide are taken and
used as slave labor. We know if a car is taken, but have no
idea how many children go missing. Workers at Dulce have
reported seeing genetic labs on level 6, mutilated humans
and large mixtures of lizard-humans in cages. Other tun-
nel connections from Dulce go to Area 51 in Nevada, Taos,
Carlsbad and Datil New Mexico, Colorado Springs and
Creede Colorado. These places connect into a global sys-
tem of tunnels and cities that are all underground.
The HUMAN CLONES or any clone does not have
an energy field or aura around its body. All that can be
seen is a slight white color around the head produced
by the microprocessor grown inside the head. When an
organism or structure is created, cloned or copied it is
SOULLESS because the soul did NOT create it or inhabit
it. Most humans have souls because the soul created the
human. The Gray’s can separate souls from the biology
and there is some residue left but it is not the soul, the
soul leaves the biology.
GIANT TRADING BLOCS are an illuminati creation
to destroy a country’s ability to make its own economic
decisions. The game plan is to create conflict across the
world on all levels to undermine the individual coun-
try, the leaders and eventually the world economy. They
undermine and destroy what little confidence and skill
the people have to control their own destiny. When a
politician is wise enough and strong enough to oppose
their loss of national sovereignty they are suddenly dis-
credited and have their power removed.
The GATT Agreement that opens more borders to
FREE world trade, the European Community and the
North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), in
146 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Europe one currency and one European Central Bank
all under Illuminist control.
5 sally. These fibers cannot be put into the food supply or
BIO WARFARE
Actually the same weapons that were used during
the MARS-MALDEK WARS are being used on us now.
Back then; they used the same biological ORGANIC
implants that create what we now are calling Morgellon’s
Disease. The biological organic implants were created
and sprayed on “enemy” populations. We must be the
enemy; chemtrails have been sprayed upon us since the
1940s. FULL DETAILS at www.4truthseekers.org and
at aircrap.org.
Those implants were made of crystals that emanated
a vibration to bend light and shape energy in a particu-
lar way. The implants now in use from San Luis Obispo,
California are not crystal, they are of an organic nature.
Organisms used create fields that link them to a cen-
tral portal connected to the orbit portal base and home
planets. The link can control them and create programs
in humans BUT they are not fully able to monitor these
things or the experiences.
SOME REASONS for chemtrails or chemical warfare
on earth
Reduction of sun light decrease crop yields slightly
and engineers food shortages. Engineers fear, higher
prices and forced eating of genetically engineered food.
Heating up the atmosphere with barium and aluminum
among other things found in chemtrails creates a more
conductive upper atmosphere for the electricity used by
HAARP to work better. Everyone’s health and immune
Awareness Heals Me | 147
systems are continuously being stressed and compro-
mised so the weak get sick and die off.
Chemtrails provide Nano-fiber propagation univer-
given in some other way; the uptake across the popu-
lation would take forever and not propagate very effi-
ciently. They are spraying everyone like we spray insects.
NANO-FIBER is breathed in. The aggregate of these
nano-fibers construct and install nano-implants to cre-
ate a “Biological Application Programming Interface”
or BioAPI. Collecting the data from each person and all
the different computer systems enables all that informa-
tion to be integrated. Allowing monitoring and control
of all body and mind functions.
BIOMETRICS is the measurement of the physical
characteristics of a person. Biometrics is increasingly
being used to identify people and everything about
them. Computer systems that perform biometric enroll-
ment, verification, or identification are increasing.
Biological warfare, weapons and implants are being
used on ALL of us ALL of the time currently. The dou-
ble speak is that they are improving our health, killing
off the weaker ones and challenging the rest. The goal
is to get rid of a third of the population. For example:
CHEMTRAILS create MORGELLONS SYNDROME.
The fine particles falling from Chemtrails, sprayed
everyday, all around the planet are making our air sup-
ply, the land and water supply a toxic soup we grow our
food supply in and breathe in and drink in. Things found
in chemtrails include: Aluminum, barium, and titanium.
The BIOLOGICAL additions are bacteria, virus, fungus
and mold that change or “morph” into tiny “seedlings”
that can hide and re-merge at a later time. There are
POLYMER / FIBER - OPTIC materials or Nano-fiber
propagation that incorporate them self into the hair,
148 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
skin, eyes (see pupils with a black light) as well as other
organs in the body. Frequencies are also entering the
body through atmospheric manipulation or HAARP.
There is speculation about what the Fibers / Parasites
/ Altered Life Forms coming from Morgellon sores
really are. They have low-level intelligence, are highly
magnetic and are attracted to grapes, in grape juice or
organic red wine. They have a “herd” mentality with
different types of “ends” that are hooked or bulb shaped,
some are straight and carry pathogens internally and
have a thick, tough outer shell that appears to be a fiber-
optic/polymer material that is highly florescent. Some
will quietly exit the body and “become” hair-like, while
others create sores and cause sharp, intense pain. http://
www.bariumblues.com/chemtrail_illness_protocol.htm
MORGELLONS DISEASE is a bioengineered, ugly
chemical soup NOT found in nature. Not terminal, but
makes people so sick that they are losing their ability to
THINK, their jobs and quality of life, support of family,
friends, and the medical community. The CDC (center
for disease control and prevention) has not yet found
proof that Morgellons is a disease because it is only one
of 200+ illnesses being investigated that fall under the
category of “unknown pathogenic source.” The scien-
tists have found ANIMAL, plant cellular material mixed
with GMO (genetically modified organisms) and red
tide HAB (harmful algal blooms), CHEMTRAIL drop-
pings and brightly colored plastic structures, NONE of
which should be present in humans. The symptoms are
so varied most people affected don’t know that they are
carriers and incubation time varies.
This disease mutates so quickly that it CHANGES
symptoms in the same host body. The epicenter of con-
tagion began in San Francisco in 2006 California, Texas
and Florida is worst hit with over 14,000 registered cases
Awareness Heals Me | 149
in the US and thousands more in countries around the
world. Psychiatrists labeled Morgellons as delusional
and sufferers as schizophrenic. Logic dictates that no
delusion can be common to so many people around the
world.
GENETICALLY MODIFIED or ENGINEERED FOOD,
GMO There are two main types of genetically engineered
food.
1. Pesticide-producing crops: the plants are engi-
neered to produce their own pesticides when a bug bites
it, the bugs STOMACH EXPLODES and it dies. What
will it do to your stomach when you eat it?
2. Herbicide-tolerant crops: the plants are engi-
neered to withstand heavy herbicide spraying without
sustaining damage. The process of genetic engineer-
ing is highly imprecise and riddled with unintended or
double speak again, intended consequences. Viruses are
typically used to genetically engineer the genes into a
NEW SPECIES. Inserting the gene and cloning it can
trigger massive collateral damage; sometimes hundreds
to thousands of genetic mutations come down the line.
The gene sequence DOES NOT exist anywhere in nature.
Our immune system is a finely tuned system when it’s
working properly, it can distinguish between poten-
tial threats circulating in your body to get rid of them.
When your immune system sees a NEW gene sequence,
it attacks as if it’s a foreign invader. That initiates an
INFLAMMSTORY response, and chronic inflamma-
tion is the underlying reason for most chronic diseases,
which GMO creates, inflammation.
Gut inflammation is a precursor to all sorts of chronic
problems, from heart disease to thyroid dysfunction to
arthritis to autoimmune disease. In spite of American’s
declining health, politicians, environmentalists, and
agricultural officials or all the Illuminists seem not to
150 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
care. Double speak they are happy about the way things
are going for them. They are admiring their handiwork.
They have access to pure water, food and very advanced
health care we know nothing about by design.
Monsanto an Illuminist corporation manipulates
Washington to pass laws and regulations wholly in their
favor. Claims about genetically engineered food being
safe are lies. A study in February 2012 demonstrated that
Bt toxin breaks open the little pores in human cells, so
it could potentially cause the same problem in your gut
as it does for the insects it kills. The toxins flow through
the bloodstream and passes from pregnant women to
their babies.
Genetically engineered foods appear to be causing
problems that transfer up the food chain. Micronutrients
such as iron, manganese and zinc can be reduced by as
much as 80 to 90 percent in GE plants. Animals and
livestock given GE feed are becoming nutrient deficient,
weak and sick. When we consume the nutrient-depleted
plants and animals, we become weak and sick.
Glyphosate, the active ingredient in Monsanto’s
herbicide Roundup, introduced in 1972, is being found
in high concentrations in the Gastro Intestinal tracts
of livestock, in our air, rain, and groundwater samples.
Crops are being genetically engineered as “Roundup
Ready” so they can withstand massive spraying with
the toxic chemical chelators. Glyphosate is a chelator
that kills weeds by making important mineral nutrients
unavailable to the plants. That weakens the plants abil-
ity to defend itself and makes it susceptible to diseases
found in the soil. Glyphosate build up in the human
body can contribute to vital mineral imbalances.
IMPLANTS, AUDIO or TRACKING or BIOLO-
GICAL have been placed into people since 1960s. Into
animals, military personnel, civilians, Illuminati children
Awareness Heals Me | 151
and objects including cardiovascular filters, defibrillators,
pacemaker electrodes, heart valves, tracheal prostheses,
breathing monitors, portable oxygen generators, venti-
lators, infusion oxygen generators, ventilators, infusion
pumps and various silicone gel-filled devices as testicular
and breast implants, spinal implants. Tracking implants
have a life of 250 years. FIBER OPTIC implants can be
placed by needle into ANY SITE on the body.
SYNTEL or SYNTHETIC TELEPATHY is implanted
by our military and intelligence agencies. They implant
voices and thoughts remotely into a victim of electronic
mind-control. The military in the Vietnam War used audi-
tory implant devices to aid communicating with their men.
Many of these implant victims had programmed multiple
personalities already from their childhood trauma based
programming. The controllers were very heavy handed
with the people they implanted and used the full force of
the Illuminati Intelligence agencies power to keep these
people under their control at all times.
The innocent victims have had their lives totally
destroyed and some tried to fight back from underneath
the incessant audio messages. The illuminati saw to it that
NO ONE would help these individuals. Not the police, doc-
tors, congressmen, psychologists and many others WERE
NOT ALLOWED to help victims. Some committed suicide
as a last resort or as their programming dictated.
MEDICAL IMPLANTS During the 1970-80s, medical
researchers kept putting more and more audio implants
into deaf and hard of hearing individuals. Hundreds in the
United States and other countries received the cochlear
implants. The Illuminists also put biological implants into
their children that deteriorated their health or killed them
off.
The Grey Aliens with our governments permission do
genetic experiments, mind programming and monitor
152 | Bonnie Baumgar tner

humans through implants. Grey’s have been implant-

ing generations of family members of humans on earth
for the last 100 years, monitoring their brain waves.
They taught cloning of humans to the National Security
Agency. Grey’s created human-Gray hybrids. Now some eleven
members of the NSA are considered part of The Grey
Group Mind Complex and Communication System. Wounds
5
Consciousness expands with your compassion for you.
Compassion balances and heals your wounds. YOU are
responsible for healing your wounds by increasing your
knowledge about your personal history and embracing
the darkness you dwelled in. Your awareness contracts
and gets smaller and smaller, when YOU experience
fear, anger, upset, blame, drama or any strong emotion.
Strong emotions are characteristic of duality. Deciding a
person, thing or event is GOOD or BAD is also a duality
trait or characteristic.
The laws of physics govern things like magnetism;
gravity, light or dark and they DO NOT have intentions.
Creating does not have a judgment or evaluation or
intention. When a human decides to jump from a tall
building, was it “dark evil gravity” that killed her or
made her do that? Neither, It is just the physics of that
energy that were not respected. Energy does not have
intentions; HUMANS living in duality have good and
bad intentions based on their point of perception, living
in past wounds and or demanding justice.
DARK ENERGY is a balance, ratio or percentage. Light
or dark is not an entity. The human functioning in dual-
ity assigns an evaluation of good or bad to dark or light
energy that it does not have. The thoughts of a human in
duality, JUDGE a thing, person or event as good or bad.
When the HUMAN is dark and mean spirited so are their
153
154 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
thoughts and creations. Old energy and dark energy lack
compassion, light and wisdom.
Elementals do not function in duality they follow
universal law so they NEVER judge or blame they only
create your thought. The type of creation and how you
use your creation carries a ratio of dark to light. For
example, you create a bird, is it dark or light? When it
eats more grain than insects, it is considered bad or dark.
The light bird eats more insects than grain.
The ego or little human always has agendas and
demands certain outcomes because they fail to under-
stand that our creations come THROUGH us, not from
us. Creations and your thoughts are actually the result of
all your higher vibrating soul aspects working together
as one unit. Our biology is an anchor point or conduit for
the entire soul group to assist and share in manifesting
experiences in physicality. BUT the ego or little human
thinks they did it all alone.
Trees, plants, animals and Gaia are more evolved spiri-
tually than people. Humanity is the ONLY group that went
into polarity, separation and victim predator and confused
innocent instead of staying and working with the power
within the self. Humans many dark choices created our
difficult childhoods; grinding poverty, low self-esteem,
violence and doing unspeakable things to each other. We
lost the connection with our compassionate soul aspects,
wisdom and alignment with universal law.
Gaia sent out a call for help, Her humans were kill-
ing her and she needed beings of greater light to help
rebalance earth. Many answered that call. They went
to Venus first to step down their energy and awareness
from being twelfth to sixth dimensional beings to down-
grade themselves to fit into a third dimension biology
and even split to become male or female. In the process
forgetting much of their wisdom.
Awareness Heals Me | 155
The darkness on earth NOW, is not new darkness.
This is old darkness that has been accumulating, fester-
ing and hiding in people, families and our leaders for
centuries. There has not been enough light on earth to
expose the darkness or we were in denial or we were a
part of it. Many have been part of control over others for
many incarnations. That includes the parent that con-
trols and forces the child. The dark puts a pretty picture
on their abuse calling it disciple and training, for the
child’s own good.
There is an intense struggle going on between the
dark and light INTENTIONS of humans now. The ener-
gies are going back and forth within the same individ-
ual, within families and the countries they live in. The
increased light on earth is bring into our awareness all
our darker beliefs or ignorance or lies we have bought
into. Secrets and lies are getting exposed, denial and
pretty stories aren’t working any longer and we are
being left with the truth of what we are really doing.
The very same Atlantian soul aspects that took down
Atlantis have created this CURRENT cycle of darkness
to heal or rewrite there past dark actions. Lemurians
and the Atlantians fought; the Lemurians lost. The
Atlanteans destroyed themselves and almost the planet
in the process of trying to control others. During this cur-
rent cycle of incarnation the Atlantians need to create
compassion for the self, heal and increase their aware-
ness or repeat the old cycle holding onto their darkness,
desire to control. All of us in biology have been members
of that same darkness.
There is no magnetic quality to hold or anchor dark-
ness to this planet other than the dark human. Healing
the darkness within you and all of your incarnations
heals the planet and weakens the hold of dark. Ancient
societies are awakening in a variety of different ways.
156 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
They are going back to the land, which holds greater
light than the people do. Transparency and honesty in all
dealings with others will increase your light. Standing
in your truth helps flush out darkness. Compassion for
you accelerates the transmutation process of your mind,
emotion and physical body. Raising your awareness
reveals the thoughts, emotion, behavior and physical
issues you have needing attention and healing in present
time for you to move into higher vibrations.
Demonstrations, activism, writing petitions, using
social media, sending emails and being the town crier,
weeping, wailing and SUFFERING for the self or oth-
ers is focus and energy on what you DO NOT want.
That triggers the law of attraction to bring you more of
what you do not want. The law of entrainment holds it
all together and unifies the LOW vibration. Trying to
get OTHERS to change in ANY direction is force and
against the law of allowing. The energized negativity
creates agendas, and energy feeding cords. Is that the
direction you choose to maintain or take?
The wisest way to go is to put your focus, energy and
actions on YOU. Increasing and evaluating your percep-
tions then using your discernment you can ascertain
when you are having your energy drained or vampirism
is happening to you. Those projecting negativity, con-
stant complaints, impatience or blaming sucks the life
out of everyone. Walk away cut energy-feeding cords
and break any dark contracts. It has become easier for
awakening souls to deal with their personal issues,
which are beginning to surface as light increase and
intensifies. Know we each need to travel our path alone.
Other people and family members can be empowered,
facilitated but DO NOT OWN, another’s issues. No one
else can walk their path or do it for them.
Awareness Heals Me | 157
When you get thwarted or frustrated be wise enough
to know you are not a victim or predator or confused
innocent. NOW, you can calmly assess how you created
what you have and how to restructure your thoughts
and actions to create what you want. The reality you
perceive is the reality you experience. A problem is a
lesson it does not create a victim or a predator. These
changes CLEARLY can only take place from within
us. Acceptance, safety and security from our very long
adventure in polarity and separation are only found
within us and with our other soul aspects functioning in
a higher vibration than the little human or ego functions
in.
5
NEGATIVITY
Fear or negative emotion puts you into the third or
fourth dimension and HOLDS you there or returns you
there every time you experience negativity. Move into
the calm and peace of the fifth dimension naturally,
or even drug induced, BUT the moment you experi-
ence fear or negativity that slams you back into third or
fourth dimension and holds you there, NOT to punish
you. It is just a law of physics; fearful, negative think-
ing and feeling can only BE or EXIST in third and low
fourth dimension and duality.
You cannot enter or maintain your awareness in the
fifth dimension AND be negative or fearful or using sur-
vival truths to back you up. To move to higher vibrations
you need to have control of your thinking and feeling.
Every thought or emotion has a vibration and the laws of
158 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
physics hold you in that vibration until you change your
thoughts. In the past, in order to survive we needed to
always be alert to danger, SPIRITUALLY and physically,
it is our instincts or habit or belief in survival truths that
kept our biology alive on this dark planet. The vibration
of the planet is rising. Old thinking and beliefs will hold
you in the low vibrations of: Third or fourth dimension
and opposites or duality, Alpha or beta brainwaves and
the perception that reality is outside of you. The pitu-
itary releasing adrenalin to help you run or fight
Using low vibrating thoughts of judging or rejecting
YOU, just hold you tighter in the low vibrations of sur-
vival truths. If you can calm yourself down enough to
be the objective observer, without emotional upset. You
can look at you from a higher vibration and see what is
going on. Something in your life needs adjustment or
rebalancing or a different point of perception.
What could it be? YOU need to be the detective and
discern what your current issue is. You can check in
with the other versions of YOU existing in your alter-
nate realities to see how they are handling experiencing
the same issues you are. They are experiencing the same
situations through the viewpoint of a different charac-
ter in the same situation. Similar to role-playing or psy-
chodrama of a work place argument and you took turns
playing each member of the situation present in the
argument. Possibly one other version of YOU has come
up with a higher vibrating resolution he or she would
love to share with you.
Remember the Law of Allowing, do what is best for
YOU and release trying to control, force or manipulate
others. Are you doing that? What action, upset or drama
are you creating or feeding into?
Power or control of others, promises to maintain the
endless cycle of victim predator and confused innocent
Awareness Heals Me | 159
for you. Those lacking self-compassion are continu-
ously coming up with new and old ways to feed off of
each other’s energy. Anyway you try to control, force
or manipulate others you create endless alternate and
parallel realities to help you SEE the outcome or what
result comes from your action. In alternate and paral-
lel realities you work out the many dark ways a given
event or action will progress and end. This is to help
you decide to keep doing what you are doing or increase
your awareness to come up with a different point of
perception.
Along with alternate realities we create parallel reali-
ties when we have a choice to make that would be life
changing. So you can experience a variety of outcomes to
gather wisdom from. Multidimensional realities represent
different or varying vibrations of the same experience.
All the various realities are nested and intermingled all
around us so that we can have easy access to the informa-
tion and each other in the current lesson. Our past, future
and concurrent lives exist as a series of electromagnetic
receptors, all strung together and held in the crystalline
portion of the physical brain and in our MENTAL BODY
around us. All those situations, roles or characters are
designed in HOPE that just ONE of you can come up with
a compassionate response for the self. The compassionate
response helps you to start evolving out of the cycle of
alpha or beta brainwaves, fear, negativity and adrenaline
rushes.
The grids or electromagnetic codes or DNA around
us are in a constant state of flux. We are continuously
scripting what happens next in our reality as long as
we have ISSUES. If there is fear there are issues to be
resolved or rebalanced or aligned with universal law.
The past is no more fixed than our future is. There is no
linear time, all is happening in present time. The biology
160 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
is only anchored physically in the fourth dimension and
WHERE your awareness or consciousness is located, is
up to you. If there is fear, guilt, worry or mean spirited-
ness the law of physics is holding you in third or fourth
dimension and your reality is outside of you.
When you objectively observe you, WHAT are you
doing? After consulting with other versions of YOU, it is
time to converse with your soul aspect that has a great
deal more information than the little human or ego has
or other multiples of you posses. Our soul aspects DROP
clues and line up synchronicities instead of telling us
straight out. When you decide that A THING can’t hap-
pen or a thing is not possible YOU LIMIT what you can
experience or are willing to accept into your awareness.
Are you noticing clues or synchronicities you are
experiencing BUT disregarding them? This is HELP
from your soul aspects. Ask your soul to double check.
Ask, did you set that up for me? You will get a yes or no
answer. When you get yes AND no, that requires you to
create two more questions. What part is no? What part
is yes? What is set up will not be for other people; it will
be for you to awaken to your compassion.
How does the invisible realm, our soul aspects and
the elementals know what goes on with us? With every
thought, feeling, word we speak or heartbeat we have,
there is a TINY LITTLE electromagnetic emission ema-
nated out that modern technology can even detect. All
your electromagnetic emissions are read and the Law of
Attraction and Entrainment are triggered and all know
EXACTLY how it is with you. Self-judgment, and very
limited thinking and lack of compassion for the self is
generally the reason we are not very aware of what is
always going on within and around us.
When you can drop or evolve out of emotion and
drama and you can move to being the: Objective observer
Awareness Heals Me | 161
in Theta brainwaves, 5th to 6th dimension and your
“inside world.” The pineal gland is activated when you
have and use compassion with your self.
In higher vibrations our many parallel and alternate
realities start coming together or meld, as we keep our
awareness focused on being the objective observer. We
have gathered the wisdom we needed and no longer
need to experiment in parallel and alternate realities.
As we learn or see the big picture, the realities converge
and unite into a whole. On the individual level, the little
human or ego is in process of merging with their other
selves and soul aspects to become one whole again. We
needed to separate out to experience and create a very
personal understanding of how the dark thinks and feels.
5
OUR ESSENCE
Quantum mechanics is about the relationship
between the observer and the observed the human and
the subatomic particles. When scientists quantitatively
measure any aspect of the subatomic particle, like the
momentum, position or energy, the act of the scientist
observing and most likely anticipating an outcome,
changes the state of the particle. It is at the subatomic
level that creating, manifesting and transmuting origi-
nate. Subatomic particles structure themselves based on
the observer or the thinker’s thoughts because they are
aware, conscious or sentient. They move the way your
thought does.
High frequency photons charged with particles of
ultraviolet, gamma rays and other subatomic particles
are waking up the 97% of our “junk” DNA. Giving us
162 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
more light, compassion and improved self worth. Our
thinking, emotions, biology and awareness are being
restructured one subatomic particle at a time by our
own thoughts and increased light. We are starting to
value the self enough to be compassionate and become
hopeful enough to stand in our truths without fear of
something negative happening to us or our biology or
those we care about.
Our perceptions change when we have a more posi-
tive spin on life. We see different possibilities and viable
options we never saw before. Gradually we are becom-
ing less responsive and reactive to dark truths, they are
no longer tolerable or acceptable because we no longer
are content to allow others to control, manipulate, USE
and tell us what is best for us. As we ignore and walk
away refusing to engage in dark behavior patterns we
become more responsive to compassion with our new
lighter point of perception. We are demanding honesty
and clarity from those we choose to lead and run our
families, organizations and governments.
As we continuously hold the line of compassion and
honesty for the self we will eventually perceive the dark
physical world or reality only in flashes as we depart
that vibration and those truths. Increasingly more
compassion and honesty in our dream world and real-
ity becomes our predominant point of perception and
vibration.
The Universal Law of ENTRAINMENT or RESO-
NANCE or FREQUENCY or VIBRATION is another way
to see how mass consciousness can evolve into a higher
vibration. This law says that when two or more vibrations
or LEVELS of AWARENESS or consciousness exist in the
same space, they will adjust to each other and combine
to create ONE resonance. This law applies to everything
even your family members and ancestors.
Awareness Heals Me | 163
Especially, the laws of attraction and entrainment
govern personal relationships.
The Universal Law of ATTRACTION or “like attracts
like,” reflects with CLARITY your beliefs. What emanates
from you AND is attracted back to you. You can easily see
that demonstrated when a new student enters a classroom
and they sit with the troublemakers or choose to sit with
the serious students. Or a new employee gravitates to the
groups in the organizations that grumbles and complains
or they gravitate to the hard workers. Or when you enter
a party in full swing, who do you, join? What vibration
does the group you join or entrain with, have?
Negativity and unconsciousness create certain
expectations, experiences and beliefs. Raising your
expectations to align with universal law, directs your
perceptions and manifestations to a higher vibration or
greater compassion. When you are in a space of compas-
sion your expectations change and because of that your
reality has a brighter outlook and has been changed. It
is even easier to forgive yourself for the darkness you
have created. If you cannot master self-compassion your
essence will not be able to navigate out of or leave dark-
ness to move into the higher fourth dimension realities.
Your awareness leads your biology and thoughts out of
low vibrations and density. Continuously we script and
rewrite what is happening next in our reality or life as
long as we have unresolved ISSUES.
When you live resolving one crisis after another you
are “crisis managing” or REACTING or your awareness
is in a low vibration not controlling much of anything.
Reaction is your point of perception and that is your
belief that you are powerless to manage your own think-
ing. Maybe you thought your “crisis management” proved
your were needed and loved. It means you DECIDED
to not allow others their path. Keeping your adrenaline
164 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
flowing means you are ready to run or force your reality
on others and you perceive reality as being outside of you.
There are more than two choices available to make, you
can react, respond, interact, or ignore. When you see a
crisis you can offer support or share information without
taking control or creating a larger drama. An interaction
might mean taking steps to prevent a crisis. When “dark
ones” are busy creating crisis’s they are doing that to dis-
tract or amuse them self, being rescued is NOT what they
want. It is always wise to walk away from victim predator
confused innocent games.
The following levels found in the fourth dimension
is one way to view the progression of moving to greater
compassion and light and to THINK about and decide
whether you want to react, respond, interact, or ignore
what is in your current reality.
FOURTH DIMENSION ASTRAL PLANES
The fourth dimension is “out of phase” with our physi-
cal visual perceptions and can only be perceived while you
are in a state of compassion. The lowest sub-plane of the
fourth dimension lies partly on the surface of the earth and
partly beneath the surface of the earth. It is filled with emo-
tions of fear, anger, sorrow, guilt, and pain. These negative
emotions carry little light and visually look similar to look-
ing through an infrared camera where you see only black,
gray, and dirty red. The Lower Astral Plane is real and
often referred to as Hell. Next, is the Land of Faerie.
To move THROUGH this reality you must calm all
your fears. The Land of Faerie appears very bright in
contrast to The Lower Astral Plane. Much of Faerie
looks like the physical plane, but there are also plants,
beings, and humans there that do not exist on the third
dimension. Fairy tales, fantasy novels and movies can
give a true representation of life in Faerie. Next is The
Emotional Plane.
Awareness Heals Me | 165
The Emotional Plane is lighter and brighter colors.
Objects are much clearer and sharper. You can see the
etheric bodies, aura, and prana breathing of all the life
forms. You can see and perceive the lower astral and
physical worlds from the Emotional Plane. The emo-
tions are happy cheerful ones.
Summerland is a sub-plane of the Emotional Plane
for those not aware of or accepting their physical death.
They can finish whatever they need too or gain more
awareness. They can create a “dream life” to gain a
sense of fulfillment and completion of what they need
completed. When or if they go negative their vibration
would put them into the Lower Astral Plane.
The Mental Plane is less dense and emotions are
muted because they are becoming more balanced. When
you have only SUPPRESSED or denied your negative
emotion instead of melding the extremes you would be
found on the lowest sub-plane of the fourth dimension.
The Mental Plane emotions are perceived on a con-
tinuum encompassing all extremes. Without polarity
of emotions there is no longer an emotional charge to
disrupt your “feeling body” or “pain body” THAT low-
ers your consciousness. Therefore, you can think about
your emotions without the judgment, blame and criti-
cism that is so common to humans.
On The Mental Plane the combination of thoughts
and emotions quickly manifest objects and experiences
BUT perceptions that were bright and distinct on the
Emotional Plane are muted, like looking through a gauze
veil. Matter on the Mental Plane is fine because objects
are created to last only temporarily. Change your focus
and they disappear. This is a place to release OLD core
beliefs and prepare for new beliefs.
The Causal Plane resonates an octave up from the
Mental Plane and is infinitely more beautiful filled with
166 | Bonnie Baumgar tner Awareness Heals Me | 167

light, compassion and truth. Abstract thought and wis- the corridor is harmonic resonance and colors to activate
dom enter our awareness more often here. Every thought genetic or DNA restructuring and higher vibration skills
you release or emanate out is quickly returned to you. like the ability to travel and communicate with all entities
The Spiritual Plane and highest frequency of the using light language.
fourth dimension is the vibration or where your soul
aspect is. From here you can lift your vibration or con- 5
sciousness or essence into the fifth dimension and your
light body and the New Earth, BUT your biology stays
put.
The Arcturian corridor is also available for those
working on their personal ascension. The ARCTURIAN
CORRIDOR is not a place: it is a corridor or portal or
vibration encompassing several vibrations from high
fourth to sixth dimension for all entities to gather, con-
nect, learn and remember the process of transmutation.
All entities include humans, animal, plants, extraterres-
trials and aliens. A corridor, portal or vibration is a way
station for your essence or the nonphysical conscious-
ness to become accustomed to being physical OR for the
physical to find its way back to being nonphysical.
Entering the corridor allows your soul to be trans-
ported to another incarnation or planet or move out to
other solar systems and dimensions. We enter the corri-
dor during sleep or in a meditative state to slowly evolve
and raise our vibration. Clearing unconscious and con-
scious beliefs of limitation and feelings of separation
happen also.
On September 9th, 2002 an inner portal in the Arcturian
Corridor was intensified and opened for all 3rd and 4th
dimension people, planets and realities to enter to start the
process of increasing their vibration, releasing and healing
pockets of density. This portal has been in place for eons
but is only opened during dimensional alignments. Inside
 twelve
Earth Ship

Our biology is an earth ship the same as the majority of

Spacecraft or Starships are. They are not machines. They
are large, organic, sentient computers. The walls provide
soft, natural luminescent light. No doors because you
communicate telepathically with the wall to open and
it accommodates you. Walls and floors are organic and
self-cleaning. When we see spacecraft around the earth
they look like machines that fly to match our beliefs. Just
as the individuals inside the craft will appear in a form
that is not too frightening to human beliefs. Spacecrafts,
portals and planets can put shields around themselves
that cannot be penetrated by anything on earth or any
lower vibrating dark entities wanting to invade.
Your current container for your awareness, our biol-
ogy, is only one of many containers that we have in our
many alternate and parallel realities available to us.
Spacecrafts and humans are piloted with THOUGHT.
As the pilot and or passengers merge their thoughts
with the ship they move to new locations, vibrations or
realities. When human thoughts merge with its biology
we do things and go places. The essence will shrink or
expand itself as needed to match the vibration of the
reality they want to be in, at or experience.
Consider the ARCTURIAN STARSHIPS, they are
actually a collective being. All components of its form are
individual members of its group mind. The entire “ship”
169
170 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
is a large organic sentient computer. The Arcturians cre-
ate form or a pattern or design like the patterns we use to
sew with, to create the components of their spacecraft.
The “pattern” is created by their collective mind as they
all join in one thought. The elementals take that thought
to summon the subatomic particles to create a structure.
Arcturians glide instead of physically walk and they take
sonic showers.
There ships are some of the most advanced in the
galaxy. We have not been attacked on earth by extrater-
restrial because most civilizations fear the advanced
Arcturian ships. They only allow their vibration to drop
to the higher fourth and fifth dimension to make con-
tact with those of a lower dimension. No starships are
needed above the sixth dimension. They travel “psychi-
cally” with only their awareness or consciousness.
We enter an Arcturian ship by going within the self
first, through your awareness. The first stop is generally
the Restoration Chamber to heal YOUR physical, men-
tal and emotional ills by healing the SOURCE or earli-
est incident of those wounds. Crewmembers also use
the Restoration Chamber when they need rebalancing.
The Ship is biological and communes with every visitor,
reading their thoughts and feelings. The spacecraft feels
more like a planet than a machine or spaceship.
Then you allow your astral bodies (spaceship) to
adjust to the higher frequency of the Starship or portal
or planet. Our astral bodies are 4th dimension and the
Arcturian ships exist in the upper 4th to 8th dimension.
Humans are brought on the ship when they vibrate high
enough or have compassion for them self.
Some humans have decided to take command of
their current personal spacecraft, the body and expand
its awareness. First you need to explore and heal your
personal old issues, situations and beliefs that lead you
Awareness Heals Me | 171
to think you are not in charge of you. Each thought is an
individual entity expressed in images having vibration,
color, shape and movement. Every thought we have cre-
ates energetic ripples in the galactic pond. All the dif-
ferent thoughts and all the entities in the universe are
grouped together by category or vibration or the law of
attraction. The law of entrainment holds them together.
After we become awake and aware and compassion-
ate with the self, the NEXT expansion we undertake
is moving into our planetary consciousness, melding
our awareness with Gaia. We expand deeper into our
atomic, subatomic and quantum levels of awareness
into earth AND far beyond physical earth to our genetic
seed or DNA groups. As our awareness expands so do
our perceptions, skills and creator abilities. When you
believe your higher perceptions are “real” that activates
the neural activity of our entire DNA system. We will
remember to be good stewards to our host Gaia.
STEWARDSHIP is the honor and responsibility of
the most advanced species or kingdom on a planet or
world. The entities on a planet are responsible for the
planet. Long ago, dinosaurs were Earth’s stewards, as
they were the dominant species. They managed Earth’s
resources quite well, until their size created an imbal-
ance that could not be righted.
We are slowly returning to the ancient system of
balancing power and responsibility with Gaia. Entities
that live on a planet are to offer stewardship, taking
care of the planet in exchange for the physical worlds
RESOURCES used by the people.
The Universal Law of DIVINE MANIFESTATION
is win-win-win-win to benefit all involved and harm to
none. Any harm to another in the process or outcome of
manifestation is not DIVINE and carries karmic debt.
Honesty and transparency create trust and cooperation
172 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
with individuals and groups. All life and consciousness
strives to increase their awareness about them self.
The universal principle of POVERTY is that you
are “in spiritual poverty” to the degree that you with-
hold your productivity or energy in hope that someone
else will offer his or her energy instead. You will have
unfairly claimed the energies of another and squan-
dered them by forcing others to do what you have
failed to do for yourself spiritually, mentally or physi-
cally in present time. The galactic community wants
to help humans relearn the higher truths and how to
restore Gaia to balance. The Earth does not belong to
humanity or the reptilians. Gaia is regenerating herself
while her humans remain on her, because that is what
they all agreed to do.
As we ascend we are transmuting our biology, our
awareness and our planetary body. When we merge
with Gaia we act as a team or one unit. As we awaken
to our cellular consciousness we will be able to merge
deeply with Gaia and the wisdom of higher dimensions.
We will live in the constant feedback loop of compas-
sion. When you resonate or emanate compassion you
receive, perceive and experience compassion.
The Universal Law of CAUSE and EFFECT or
RECIPROCAL ACTION says that nothing happens
by chance or outside of universal law. The fact that you
cannot identify the cause or effect is irrelevant. For
every action there is a reaction or consequence some
place. You get back what you give. Its not personal it is
just physics. Within the NOW moment of fifth dimen-
sion your every thought and emotion is instantly cre-
ated. The more compassion you have for you the higher
your consciousness goes.
5 OUR universe with the belief that they had an inherent
Awareness Heals Me | 173
ALL ALIENS
We are all aliens when you look into our history. 5
billion years ago entities in their “light bodies” entered
the Milky Way Galaxy and the Pleiades Star System to
experience lower vibrations, duality and being physi-
cal. 4 billion years ago they occupied the small north-
ern constellation of Lyra, considered the homeland
of humanoids in this galaxy. They were blond haired
and blue-eyed with some red-haired green eyed ones.
The Lyrians broke off into different like-minded small
groups that colonized many planets in the Milky Way
Galaxy.
The LIGHTBODY or merkabah is all 4 of our bod-
ies, physical, emotional, mental and spiritual together.
When we moved to greater density and contrast they
separated out. This field is approximately 8 meters wide
or 26 feet and serves as a vehicle to enter into the inter-
dimensional realms and acts as a protective device to
bring you into a higher or lower vibrating realm.
The other travel method is shrinking your conscious-
ness to the size of a photon and travel anywhere instantly
with your full awareness.
Approximately 40 million years ago in the Lyra Star
System, the Lyrians had adapted to the different plane-
tary environments and their natural resources found on
each planet. They created peaceful agricultural commu-
nities with abundant food, harmony and balance. They
had no weapons or plans to defend them selves because
they didn’t think they needed that. They lived to be 400
to 800 years old.
Then to make duality or contrast complete, Anchara
and his like-minded followers chose to roam throughout
174 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
right to dominate the entire Milky Way Galaxy. Draco’s
were the first race in our galaxy to have interstellar
space travel and had that capability for the last 4 billion
years. The dark one’s wanted what the Lyrians had and
attacked them destroying 3 of the 14 planets in their sys-
tem, fifty million people were killed. The survivors scat-
tered to other planets.
Meanwhile on earth, around 35 million years ago the
Cetacean, Reptilians and Dinosaurs civilizations lived in
harmony and equality together. Cetaceans originally were
a Mammalian civilization living on land on earth and were
spiritually aware, telepathic and psychic. They were 5 1/2
foot tall, covered with fur, had large snouts and ears.
A dark truth; make someone more unhappy than you
are so you can feel a bit better OR become the predator
instead of the victim. It took 10,000 years of the dark
provocateurs baiting the Dinosaur group with lies and
disinformation to create enough doubt and fear in them
to provoke them into attacking the Cetacean civilization.
The Reptilians from Sagittarius and Dinosaur’s from
Bellatrix had advanced technology and came to earth as
backup for the Dinosaur group.
The Cetacean being spiritually aware, telepathic and
psychic considered their options and decided on a pre-
emptive strike. The Cetacean used their fusion genera-
tors to implode the Dinosaurian’s stronghold. After that,
HALF of the Cetacean civilization migrated to a nearby
solar system in the constellations of Pegasus and Cetus.
The other half left the land and entered into the water to
escape the impending radiation and the nuclear winter
that would follow. They altered themselves physically
to find safety and refuge in the oceans. That transforma-
tion took 4 million years.
Eventually the VICTIMS of the Orion group joined
forces to share their resources. Creating the Galactic
Awareness Heals Me | 175
Federation, which included 110 different colonies.
Together they repelled the dark ones for a time. Like
earth wars, the winner is eventually the loser.
The planet Maldek, former 4th planet in our solar
system, currently the asteroid belt in its former orbit
between Mars and Jupiter, WAS the Orion Group base
of operation. The original Maldekians were of Sirian
descent. The Galactic Federation sent a “battle planet”
as a counterattack in response to Orion terrorism and to
prevent more attacks on a Pleiadian planet. The atomic
explosion destroyed the colonies on Earth, Mars and
Venus. The chain reaction destroyed billions of lives and
reduced the planet to rubble of various sizes.
Our Moon was one of two moons that orbited Maldek.
After colonies on Earth, Mars and Venus were totally
destroyed and their atmospheres changed so that only
earth could support life. Around 900,000 years ago
humanoid types were re-introduced on earth. The best
and the brightest from fifty different humanoid star-
nations were sent to live on Gaia, earth. They existed in
light body form for more than 5,000 years and they lasted
for more than 20,000 years after that. About 35,000 to
15,000 years ago BC the settlement was called Lemuria.
Language and communication was mental telepathy
before they needed to use cumbersome words.
Lemurians settled in the Gobi desert, northern India,
Sumer, and parts of Asia. Some of their ancestors today
are the Polynesians. They had very few children. One
lifetime could be a thousand years long. They were
not Galactic Federation members. Things moved very
slowly because time is tied to the individual’s awareness
in duality. What took a hundred years to accomplish
then, takes us a year to accomplish now.
The reptilians of LEMURIA had advanced technol-
ogy and wanted to use reptilian DNA as the foundation
176 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
for a new humanoid creation. “Let us make man in our
image” from the Old Testament, is quoting the Reptilians
that convinced the people they were gods. Both
Lemurians and Atlantians experimented with DNA and
cloning long before they settled on earth. During the
Lemuria and Atlantian eras the reptilians were visible
and worked with humans even though they fought a lot.
The Hatona Council met for decades to find a peaceful
resolution to the endless fighting between the groups.
Scientists worked in the temples of Tien (present day
Cuba) and did energy healing and a great deal of DNA
experimentation. Then a slave race was created out
of 50% of the population that wore slave bands nailed
into their skull to disrupt their thoughts electrically.
They told the human it was their crown. They also used
implants as a form of government programming sound
familiar? Atlantians killed all the dinosaurs. Some scien-
tists knew how to make themselves invisible by moving
to another vibration, the 4th dimension, but that was
still duality.
ILLUMINATI, REPTILIAN BLOODLINES or
HYBRIDS were created as a result of Atlantian scientists
experimenting with Lyrian or human DNA. After Atlantis
all humans had at least 10-20% reptilian DNA. The human
fetus starts out reptilian and turns into a mammalian
mostly. We have 2 brain hemispheres, a reptilian and mam-
malian brain a reptilian lymphatic system and on and on.
Lyrian blood is reddish because of the high iron ­content in
it. Reptilian blood is blue-green because of the high cop-
per content it has. Most of the rulers and leaders on earth
NOW are 50% or more reptilian and that is why they are
called blue bloods or HYBRIDS. At least 12 or more dif-
ferent alien or extraterrestrial groups have contributed
their DNA, with various groups of people on earth.
Awareness Heals Me | 177
The 50% or more, Illuminati hybrids conceive count-
less children to perpetuate their bloodline BUT only a
few children are given the bloodline name. The other
children are hidden behind other names in other fami-
lies and brought up by other parents. Later they MAY
find themselves in positions of power and generally have
no idea WHY they got so lucky. Not until they go against
the agenda and are forced to do as they are told.
Phillip Eugene De Rothschild says that for most of his
childhood and adolescence he lived with his Rothschild
father on his estate in France. Father and son had a phys-
ical relationship; father was one of his trainers and han-
dler. The son was held tight in the twisted drama of incest
and trauma based programming. Reptilians consider
this NORMAL and to be admired. The REPTILIANS on
earth are a species from DRACO.
5
DARKNESS IS
Over 20 million years ago, in a different galaxy from
the Milky Way Galaxy, they went through an ascension
process similar to the one we are currently experienc-
ing. The individuals that refused to move to the fifth
dimension or vibration were gathered together under
ANCHARA, the dark creator. Anchara and his like-
minded followers chose to roam throughout OUR uni-
verse with the FIRM belief that they had an inherent
right to dominate the entire Milky Way Galaxy. BUT
it was also decreed at that time, that Anchara and his
group, the Alliance of Anchara or the Orion group was
to relinquish its claims to earth before the year 2000.
178 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Most in the Alliance were Reptilian Races. They con-
tained the same amount of light and potential for galactic
harmony and balance we all started with. They carried
and lived by the same dark truths people on earth live
by. They were generally more aggressive, angry, blamed
others, and lacked positive constructive plans and emo-
tional attachment to their young. They took what they
wanted and destroyed what they left behind. These last
20 million years the dark has played victim predator
and confussed innocent are known as the Orion Wars or
Galactic Wars or the Galactic Dark Ages. Endless fierce
battles were fought perpetuating the dark victim preda-
tor cycle. Many of the victims banded together eventu-
ally to form the Galactic Federation.
The Alliance of Anchara put the Anunnaki in charge
and in control of the earth during the time of Atlantis,
13 thousand years ago. The Anunnaki have remained
in power until; in 1995 when they ENDED the galac-
tic wars with a galactic truce or the TREATY of
ANCHARA. Both sides agreed to move to greater light
as was planned originally. The Anunnaki changed their
name to ANNANUKI and are members in good standing
of the Galactic Federation currently.
Anunnaki decided to correct or upgrade the DNA of
the earth’s insects, animals and plants. They manipu-
lated the primate population. Between visitations the
Anunnaki employ small beings they call “Bear” to moni-
tor earth.
Back to the GALACTIC FEDERATION, it is cur-
rently a union of over 200,000 member star nations and
confederations that was founded 4.5 million years ago.
They are made up of the victims and their allies joining
forces against the Orion Group or the Anchara Alliance
during the Galactic Wars. 40% of the members are
humanoid and 60% are varied forms of sentient beings.
Awareness Heals Me | 179
The Galactic Federation headquarters for our Milky
Way galaxy is located in the Sirius star system.
The federation personnel with its many volun-
teers are in place and working hard to get the remain-
ing darkness left on earth to leave or transmute. They
are in positions of power within our governments,
military, religions; financial organizations and private
individuals. They are facilitating the reorganization of
our world finances and governments. Intensive reedu-
cation about our history and what is true needs more
unfolding. Federation personnel have and will put
a stop to weapons of mass destruction as the recent
“divine dispensation” allows them to do. Divine inter-
vention decrees that we have a bloodless evolution and
no more wars.
The Annanuki NOW serve the light. They are using
their former influence to send those still clinging to
dark truths and their “ill-gotten gains” down a lighter
path. The dark leaders of the Anunnaki left earth in
the 1990s and the few remaining dark fleets retreated
to their home-worlds on the far side of the Milky Way
Galaxy.
The dark underlings or Illuminists on earth, the
moon and Mars are still pushing their agendas of domi-
nation through the NEW WORLD ORDER or N.W.O.
or “FOURTH REICH” or the One-World-Government
planned for earth. Insiders call themselves the NETWORK.
They are the global government dictatorship that manipu-
lates countries, governments, world events, bankers and
politicians with their secret organizations like the CIA,
NSA, and their doubles or clones and the programmed
military and police. Don’t forget the NEW WORLD
RELIGION Programming or N.W.R. to facilitate tighter
control after Project Blue Beam has installed the new reli-
gion everyone will be forced to join.
180 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
5 You are most useful to them when you are passive, com-
INTERCONNECTIONS of LIGHT are AT WORK
Currently on earth now is a vast network or series of
interconnections of light that we are not hearing about
or being made aware of that are growing and expanding.
This is happening with the support and planning of our
GALACTIC FAMILY or GREATER COMMUNITY. The
ones we call extraterrestrials and aliens. Some are our
friends and family working to free us from the control of
the elite or illuminati. Intelligent life is on and in earth,
in countless physical and spiritual manifestations. We
all need to consciously be awake and aware so we can
think and DECIDE individually the group or reality
we want to be in or align with. Or our innocent trust-
ing ignorance will decide for us and we will get more of
what we have now.
ONE GROUP is spiritually aware, higher vibrating
and light aligned with universal law. They work with
their soul aspects to manifest whatever they may need
in the now moment. They practice individual freedom
and thought instead of technology and weapons.
The OTHER GROUP is generally considered trad-
ers, buyers and sellers between worlds and civiliza-
tions. They are very competitive and duality RULES!
Technology and weapons are needed to prevent others
from controlling you or taking your stuff. Generally the
groups come from collectives and groupthink bound
together by a common allegiance or control. These col-
lectives have competing agendas. Individual freedom is
unknown to them. They are MENTALLY manipulative
and manipulated. They get others to work for them by
telling them what they want to hear, any lie that works.
Awareness Heals Me | 181
pliant and feel worthless and guilty. Busy hands with an
empty mind, the victim predator confused and dissoci-
ated innocent. They use chemical and psychic warfare
and lack compassion.
The first group is assisting Gaia to rid herself of enti-
ties that are more dark than light or the second group
through attrition by gradually reducing their strength.
This illusion and its apparent time-line and linearity are
subject to the law of fluidity all the time BUT roughly:
1914 to 2100 Gaia as a planet started her 6th ascension
or increasing her compassion or changing her truths.
Around 1945 humanity made a course correction from
following others, or the leader, to trusting more in the
self. When a higher vibrating soul group wants to give
the earth population an infusion of light they incarnate
in large groups, coming in as infants. En mass the Indigo
babies arrived around 1975 to 1995. The Crystal children
came in 1980s to 2000, the Rainbow child arrived in the
1990s thru 2010 and the “Integrated child” is starting
to arrive. They do not experience or understand duality
and survival truths. They are one with Gaia.
In the 1980s our biology started preparing itself to
accept higher frequencies of light arriving on earth from
the sun and photon belt. The ability to think and receive
compassion is the key to the transmutation of our biol-
ogy. August 16-17, 1987 the harmonic convergence
marked the first time the earth carried EQUAL amounts
of light and dark energy and a vibration of spiritual
and moral neutrality. 1987 to 2012 marked the 25-year
Millennium Shift. We were invited to reject our karmic
set ups of dark truths and contracts. We could move to
greater light individually by aligning with universal law.
May 1998 the earth entrained with the photon belt
and the first of its twelve gigantic homogenizing vortexes
182 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
of electromagnetically charged energy to rebalance all
that enter. It takes 2,000 years to pass through all the
vortexes and rebalance the entire earth completely to
the vibration of the 5th dimension. 2001 the earth, many
humans, animals, plants and minerals moved to the
4th dimension leaving the 3rd dimension and its truths
behind. In 2007 in an effort to speed up the ascension
process for the little human, our soul aspects grouped
many of our SIMILAR dark patterns on a particular
theme together in a bundle for us to heal at one time.
By 2009 the vibration of earth is high enough to allow
the entire population to communicate with pictures or
telepathically when they believe they can. The higher
vibrations have also disrupted our ability to deny what
is true, personally and in the group consciousness.
March 2011 the lower 4th dimension stopped exist-
ing with all the lost gray souls it held locked in dark pat-
terns of victim predator and confused innocent roles.
They were moved to another location, a sort of waiting
room. May 21, 2011 souls or any entity or fetus with more
DARK than light are unable to incarnate on earth, par-
ents with less than 36% light will have soulless infants.
Dark ancestors can no longer incarnate into biology or
hang around in the emotional body of Gaia.
November 11, 2011 we moved from human law into
UNIVERSAL LAW being the law of the land and uni-
verse. “Give and receive only compassion” we are 100%
responsible for all we create or fail to create. December
10-12, 2011 was the tipping point on earth from dark to
light. Dark was displaced from their state of stable equi-
librium into unbalance and chaos.
The collective consciousness is not trapped any lon-
ger in fear. January 26, 2012 a portal was opened for all
the dark pieces, aspects and demons left on earth of those
souls that have been relocated to join their creators.
Awareness Heals Me | 183
February 27, 2012 a portal was opened to support
humans in having increased compassion for the self.
April 16, 2012 the “70,000 enlightened people”
needed to shift the entire planet into a higher state of
consciousness was reached. Their enlightened aware-
ness was put into the mass consciousness and trans-
ferred to the whole group. Many shifted from the 4th
dimension into the 5th dimension.
May 20, 2012 is the start of “booting up” a new
program for the entire Milky Way Galaxy. The solar
eclipse marked the start of a new orbit or cycle around
ALCYONE our Central Sun.
Summer of 2012 was, when various Illuminist group
leaders knew for sure they had lost control of their rank
and file. Each group assumed the other groups were still
in control of their operations but they were not. The
top of the illuminati pyramid consists of the 13 ruling
families. These are the generational bloodlines of fami-
lies that are the real decision makers in this world and
in every country. They control world traffic in money,
drugs, guns, pornography and prostitution. Each family
is given an area or function to fulfill like global finance,
mind control, military or technology research and devel-
opment, religion, media, entertainment and news.
Portal evolution in 2012 Portals are sentient and
when your consciousness resonates or vibrates high
enough to match and recognize a portal it will open
when asked.
November 13, 2012 the total solar eclipse is to help
align and adjust the little human misdirection’s on their
path to alignment with universal law.
December 12 and 21, 2012 or 12/12/12 marks the
recalibration of the sacred calendar and the beginning
and the end of multiple cycles. The history of mankind
up through 2012 will be measured as old and dark.
184 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
2013 is the turning point from old SURVIVAL truths
to more light and COMPASSION for the self. Earth is
shifting frequency from 12:60 machine “time is money”
domination or the evolution of the ego or little human
individual consciousness. Into the universal unified
consciousness of 13:20 or spiritual and mental creativity
and equality.
May 2013 Gaia is at 81% light but the human’s light
varies. SUMMER of 2013 is one of INTENSE energy
fields of HEAT to burn out pockets of density and be a
catalyst for transmutation and transition.
August 2013 the Elementals are creating a world-
wide SERVER, a centralized resource to connect those
that want to communicate or interact on the fifth to sev-
enth dimension or vibration.
The last few months of 2013 the Crystals from Atlantis
were rising and coming on line. January 2014 they will
be in full operation helping to rebalance and raise the
vibration of Gaia along with all the life forms on Her.
The physical fatigue or upset in your equilibrium you
may experience in your biology or sense of well-being is
a result of you entraining with all that is happening.
By 2016 most people carrying less than 60% light will
be gone from earth
5 Why is that significant? 70% of all those alive on
thirteen
Sasquatch
Atlantis existed for over 200,000 years. The vast major-
ity of time they were light. During the last two thousand
years and the 3rd Atlantian Empire from 17,500 BC to
10,500 BC things got rather dark. Atlantis was split into 5
islands. The three major islands were known as Poseida,
Aryan and Og. Atalya and Eyre were two smaller islands
and under the rule of Aryan Island. One of two state gov-
ernments or religions or ideologies ruled each island.
The Children of the Law of One, followed Universal
Law
The Aryan Sons of Belial worshiped a Draconian god
with dark agendas of force and control with other dark
ones from Sirian, Pleiades, and the Orion Confederation.
The Sons of Biel became the DARK ROBES of Atlantis
and the group that was responsible for the fall of Lemuria
and then Atlantis.
earth now were alive then and at the end of Maldek.
They made the same moral choices. Many experienced
lifetimes in both ideologies. The memory and lessons of
Atlantis left deep impressions and scars. The past can be
rewritten because it is not fixed. The same experiments
continue in US Government Bases like Dulce.
20,000 to 25,000 years ago the Atlantian scientists cre-
ated DNA humanoid animal genetic blends. Hundreds
of animal-human genetic or DNA experiments were
185
186 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
engineered in Atlantis and continue today with no con-
cern for what is created. There were (are) test-tube
humans being lobotomized to be robotic slaves and ser-
vants. Essentially they are genetically and biologically
lobotomized. They are unable to effectively tap into
their higher self or their soul aspect. Drugs were used to
regulate their hormones, and electric shock was used to
direct their behavior.
Genetic blends of human and ape DNA created what
we call Sasquatch, Yeti, Bigfoot and the Abominable
Snowman. These are genetic blends without choice or
free will and have no purpose. All OTHER mammals are
here by choice. Genetic blends of human and ape are
what remain of what was created to be powerful crea-
tures, capable of extremely heavy labor to work in mines,
farms and forests. These are entities created without free
will and able to be controlled remotely electronically.
Why would soul aspects choose to inhabit a Sasquatch?
Fewer are choosing to do so. Less than a 1,000 are still
alive. Life expectancy is 80 to 90 years of age. Less than
25% of the females can reproduce and in a few centuries
they will all be gone.
They live in caves, on remote mountains, deep for-
ests and swamplands. They evolved thick hair and thick,
oily skins to allow them to live in extreme climates and
are taller than the average human. They are noctur-
nal beings. They can travel 300 miles a day on foot and
live in well-lit underground housing. Their sleep cycle
is 30 to 35 hours of sleep for every ten to twelve hours
awake. They have great strength and natural animal
survival skills. They live in small groups and nurture
their young. They are not aggressive. There are no alpha
males. When their space is invaded they will attempt
to frighten an intruder but won’t attack them. They are
not red-meat carnivores and subsist by eating plants,
Awareness Heals Me | 187
some bark, insects, flowering plants, grubs, roots, and
some fish. They can’t change dimensions or go invisible
but excel at camouflaging themselves, are cautious and
move fast.
Sasquatch sense of smell is superior to the bear and
smell humans 20 miles away. Their ability to perceive
sound and vibration is well beyond any other land mam-
mal. They sense humans by picking up their brain wave
as far as 1.242 miles or two kilometers away. This is
enhanced telepathic sensing of thought and sound simi-
lar to sonar the dolphins have.
The Sirius binary system DNA, genetic code is found
in dolphins, Sasquatch and many other species on earth.
Sasquatch cannot express a wide range of emotion and
joy like the dolphin can. Unlike the dolphin, Sasquatch
is trapped between having group soul awareness with
instinctual thought patterns like animals do and some
individual awareness. They are more human than ani-
mal and intelligent without emotion, which is similar
to autism. During their sleep cycles they are capable of
a fleeting connection to their soul, but blocked in the
waking state.
They cautiously watch and desire to be closer to
humans, but are intelligent enough to know it is risky.
They have been known to help people in distress (cars
caught in mud, children that are lost, animals that are
injured, etc). Sasquatch may use their infrasound to help
people relax before they make their presence known.
They can read, write and project their voice. They cre-
ate Infrasound that affects the environment.
The Yeti is most powerful and intelligent and found
in the Himalayas. Sasquatch or Bigfoot is in the Pacific
North-west and Siberia. Skunk or Swamp Apes have dif-
ferent primate DNA and live in the swamplands of south-
ern United States. They are smaller and less intelligent.
188 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Other animal-human genetic or DNA experiments
involved birds, reptiles, horses, bovines and felines.
Another example of playing with DNA is ANUBIS
Romulus and Remus born from a wolf mother, were
the founders of Rome. In Atlantis the scientists always
experimented with DNA and to them the WOLF was the
height of MALENESS in a mammalian. They created
an Anubis with half human and wolf DNA to guard the
scientific temples and the Anubis were used in sexual
magic rituals resulting in many pregnancies. The Anubis
had more wolf DNA than human and shape shifts into
werewolves.
After the destruction of Atlantis the wolf creatures
became known as Anubis in Egyptian deism. Anubis is
Greek for a jackal-headed god associated with mummi-
fication and the afterlife. The oldest known mention of
Anubis is in the Old Kingdom pyramid texts where he is
associated with the burial of the king and was the most
important god of the Dead.
Some information is from Archangel Metatron -
Channeler:  James Tyberonn http://www.earth-keeper.
com/
COVERT WAR
Forgiving your predator does not heal YOU, until
you FIRST have compassion for the suffering of the
wounded child you were. The ONLY way to log out of
this game, illusion, matrix or duality is self compassion,
aligned with Universal Law, “receive and give ONLY
compassion,” to you first.
The game plan drafted on Draco and tested through-
out the galaxy and applied on earth also. This plan is
Awareness Heals Me | 189
slow and steady and takes centuries to unfold. They use
religion to control the hearts and minds generation after
generation. Make prophecy or predictions aligned with
their agendas. Only allow the clergy or priests, raised
with trauma based programming and installed pro-
grams for the future to receive and deliver THE WORD
as God’s will. When others get the word NOT aligned
with Illuminist agenda, say it came from the devil or is
evil, discredit or kill them.
The popular or famous are created and supported or
taken out to serve the Illuminist agenda. Our popular or
famous television personalities, programs, books, films,
science fiction writer’s and world leaders WERE raised
with trauma-based programming and programmed with
UNCONSCIOUS awareness of the future agendas the
Illuminists want us to get accustomed to. “Resistance is
futile.” “It’s God’s will.”
The purpose of psychological warfare is to create vic-
tims. Victims STOP THINKING for themselves. Victims
stop noticing cause and effect and do what they can to
avoid more pain and suffering. The New Age mantra
is “suspend your thinking,” nothing is real so don’t be
concerned with the implants we get and the biological
warfare we are suffering with. Religious ones won’t go
against God’s will for fear of greater retribution.
Reptilians, Anunnaki and Illuminists hybrids
told humans they were gods and we bought into the
DECEPTION because they were so technologically
advanced. From that point on generation after genera-
tion we have handed down the reptilian deception and
killed those that didn’t at least pretend they believed
it also. Reptilians continue to covertly control us with
layer upon layer of lies, micro management and kill-
ing or relocating those that upset them too much. They
create fearful events and shortages to then “make it all
190 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
better” the victim needs to trust the predator to keep
their biology alive.
The Illuminist Pavlov fed dogs’ everyday training
them to sit in special places before he fed them and lav-
ished praise when they did what he wanted. Then one
day he used cattle prods on them. Similar to his trauma
based programming as a child. To make them sit else-
where, then lavished praise again. After repeating this
technique a few times, the dogs, eyes down cast would
quake and shiver in fear of more abuse.
HALT Programming is the FIRST command every
trainer learns. The “halt” command is a combination
of numbers, such as “354” (not a real one) or a German
word and number combination. This code freezes the
child or adult in place and is constantly reinforced.
Trainers learn the HALT code first, before working with
a person because there is a real risk the person may try
to kill them. Remember this is a person trauma-
tized from birth on; they are carrying rage towards their
tormentors and abusers. At age 5 years they are taught
to shoot on command with real guns, and practice
using Virtual Reality equipment. They are repeatedly
told that eliminating the ‘’enemy’’ and the WEAK ones
brings them glory and helps the “family.” When a per-
son becomes very unstable, they might be considered
“expendable” and eliminated. Or sent to a state hospital,
where no one would believe their “paranoid fantasies”
of being taught to assassinate others. 
 point. Frequently not remembering how they acquired
ILLUMINATI JOBS available inside their reli-
gious structure of demon worship. The child’s trauma
based programming makes them so well TRAINED and
FEARFUL that they can do their tasks without thought
or MEMORY of doing what they did.
Informers are trained to observe conversations with
photographic recall of what EACH individual said and
Awareness Heals Me | 191
how they said it. Informers attend top-level meetings in
political and financial circles and afterword they down-
load large amounts of information and what each indi-
vidual said including documents read under hypnotic
trance. None of it is consciously remembered. They will
be food and liquid deprived and electrically shocked
to change their focus. They may remember the coke or
fries they ate afterwards.
Breeders are chosen by their bloodlines or given
in arranged marriages or cult alliances to elevate the
infants DNA or have babies for sacrifice so there will be
NO birth certificate or record of the birth. Their fam-
ily keeps some breeders prisoner or some were kept
underground.
Prostitutes or sex slaves go into training and use
at 2 years of age to accept any person that wants to be
serviced in anyway you can imagine including bestiality
with a male or female child. Child pornography or snuff
films are made to watch a slow and painful death. Child
couriers around the world run guns, money, drugs, sex
or illegal artifacts across state or national boundaries.
Media personnel, performers, actors, and musi-
cians are tested and trained in a particular direction
from 4 years on. Writer’s and news people are bright,
verbal people sent to journalism school and will work
for local or regional media upon graduation. They write
books and articles sympathetic to the Illuminati view-
the ideas they have. The creation of “FALSE MEMORY
syndrome” is to discredit those that do sometimes
remember.
Preparers set up tables, cloths, candles, and para-
phernalia quickly and efficiently. Readers read from
books of Illumination or local group archives of their
family and keep copies of sacred literature in a safe. They
192 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
are trained in ancient languages. Cutters are taught to
dissect animal or HUMAN sacrifices and are known as
the SLICERS and DICERS. They kill quickly, emotion-
lessly and efficiently.
Chanters sing, sway or lead choruses of sacred songs
on high holy occasions. High Priest / Priestess hold
this job for a few years as it is changed in most groups.
They lead their local group as well as coordinate jobs
within the group. Trainers teach local group members
their assigned jobs and monitor them. Punishers bru-
tally punish / discipline or kill members caught break-
ing rules or acting outside their authority and are uni-
versally despised by other cult members.
Trackers will track down and keep an eye on mem-
bers who attempt to leave their local group. They
are taught to use DOGS, guns, tasers and stun guns.
Teachers INDOCTRINATE the philosophy and lan-
guages to groups of children. Childcare workers care
for the child less than 2 years of age when adults are
at local group meetings. Commanding officers over-
see MILITARY training and train paramilitary groups.
Behavioral scientists oversee the training in local and
regional groups and are intensely involved in data col-
lection and human experiments.
5 the dark one and is against universal law.
MORAL CHOICES
Some were unhappy with the harmony and balance
in Lemuria. They were more aggressive and carried less
light; they wanted other people’s stuff and slaves. They
created their own cities called Atlantis. This civiliza-
tion existed for thousands of years, from approximately
Awareness Heals Me | 193
15,000 to 10,000 B.C. in four different locations. Atlantis
was the THIRD galactic colony on earth, to sink itself by
its own spiritual misdirection and miscalculation some
12,000 years ago. Atlantians harnessed sea energy. They
were powered with crystals that monitored the air qual-
ity and light. It became the model for slavery and deca-
dence along with their misused technology.
There is the old Atlantis and the SAME souls reincar-
nated into the young Atlantis or America to see if they
can gather the spiritual wisdom or keep repeating the
victim predator innocent victim cycle. The end of the
cycle on Maldek, Atlantis and America are separated by
time; the bodies and settings have changed. The same
soul aspects and their beliefs recreated the same spiri-
tual lessons or morality plays in duality. All are third and
fourth dimension illusions or matrixes. Atlanteans took
by force what they wanted and destroyed Lemuria and
Atlantis with the help of their technologically advanced
renegade allies from Pleiades and Alpha Centauri.
AGAIN those in Lemuria and Atlantis had spiritual
choices to be made. Go with the flow of the dark ones or
raise your individual vibration. This is the same dilemma
we currently face. The Illuminists are willing to destroy
our world to stay in power. Remember that engaging
DARK in any way lowers your vibration to entrain with
Horizontal or parallel realities exist on different lev-
els or vibrations within the same space or planet. Each
dimension has a horizontal or parallel flow that is spe-
cific to its frequency of reality. The Lemurians went
into the Inner or Hallow earth and maintained the 5th
dimension or vibration. Those on the surface of earth
remained in third and fourth dimensions and duality.
When the Atlantians with strong direction and sup-
port from the Anunnaki blew themselves up they lost
194 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
their technology and scientific information because
the few survivors were mostly slaves. BUT the reptil-
ians or Illuminists lost no information and it has been
kept and maintained a secret in their mystery schools
or societies. Like Skull and Bones, a secret society and
all its predecessor groups. After Atlantis fell, the reptil-
ians or Anunnaki or Illuminists divided up the humans
scattering them across the earth giving them different
languages and religions to prevent easy communication.
The illuminists didn’t want the people to band together
and support each other against them.
The LEMURIANS or PAA TAL or TELOSIANS or
AGARTHANS are more advance spiritually and tech-
nologically. Many Lemurians moved into the Inner or
Hallow earth with full approval of Gaia before Atlantis
fell. The settlement called Agartha built more than a
hundred crystal cities inside the earth. Peace and higher
vibrations of the 5th dimension reigned there for over
800,000 years and continues to survive in cavern worlds
located throughout the globe. They want to help or
mentor and get to know the surface population. There
is about a billion of them overseeing the earth and its
shift into consciousness.
The capital of Agartha is Shamballa. Petiti lies under
the Amazon jungle, Catharia under the Aegean Sea
and Mt. Shasta, under the Nevada desert. At least one
entranceway near the North Pole is showing up on
Google Earth photos. They have a central sun with a dif-
fuse glow. The outer sun’s energies determine how the
inner-core energies are dispersed. There are mountains
taller than Everest and oceans wider than the Pacific
and rivers like the Nile, Mississippi, and Yangtze with
wide-open sky and pure air. The environment conforms
to the people’s wants and creativity.
Awareness Heals Me | 195
Agarthans have high-speed, non-polluting tunnels
with ports under most major cities that already exist and
will be available quickly after the dark ones get phased
out and we are ready psychologically to accept them.
The Agarthan transportation system lies 800 miles deep
and has been in use for eons of time. The Agarthans also
operate a fleet of cigar-shaped ships known as the Silver
Fleet, stationed at Telos.
Having awareness about your own personal programs
will give you the knowledge you need to CHOOSE if
that is what you want to continuing thinking and doing.
People go into therapy to understand what motivates
their thoughts and behaviors especially the self destruc-
tive ones. Sometimes even what is considered desirable
“in excess” can be considered self-destructive. Since
these patterns start in childhood and concurrent or past
incarnations you might not be aware of how they got
started or why you sustain them. Therapy, to get at the
origin of your belief’s and thought patterns might need
to go back a lot further than you realized.
Key to the SUCCESS of the Illuminist programming
and the earth’s population is that the individual NEVER
has conscious awareness of what “runs them.” They have
been sold and bought the “illusion of deciding” what they
want to do, but that is not true. The Illuminati consider
humans a lower, less evolved form of life to be used any-
way they want to use us and we have allowed that.
SOME HISTORY to CONSIDER, the ANCIENT
WORLD is filled with many stories of royalty; kings,
queens and emperors who claim they have a right to
rule because their bloodline is from “serpent gods” or
reptilian blue bloodlines. When many kingdoms joined
together in battle they appointed a king of kings or The
Great Dragon. The Egyptian gods were called Neteru,
196 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
“the WATCHERS.” The Watchers came in their heav-
enly boats (spaceships) to found civilizations and bring
knowledge, light years ahead of what existed at that
time.
BIBLE HISTORY the 1st bible put together was by the
secretary to Pope Damasus around 382. The secretary,
JEROME gathered together the various religious texts
he liked into one book that reflected Jerome’s orthodox
beliefs and what he learned during his “trauma based
programming” and training. The additions and subtrac-
tions by Jerome and others created a contradictory mess
that is present today. The Holy Bible, especially the Old
Testament, made Jehovah a vengeful god like the extra-
terrestrial or the ancestral bloodline of the Illuminists
were and are.
Jerome LED the campaign against mediums and
those that channel their soul and others in the invisible
realm. Communicating with the invisible realm would
be your death sentence because you were speaking to
the DEVIL. Only PRIESTS were allowed to be the mid-
dlemen between god, your soul the invisible realm and
humanity. Fortunately some THEMES of TRUTH have
survived by being written in numerical symbols and
codes that the original Bible texts contained. You need
to discern what is a high level truth for yourself.
Emperor Justinian in the 6th century created HIS
truth when he had references to PREEXISTENCE and
reincarnation removed from the Bible totally. Pursuit
of all knowledge outside of the Bible was sinful. Eve
tempting Adam to eat from the tree of knowledge made
all FEMALES evil and having no worth. In 1545 the
Roman Church officially agreed that women had souls.
ALL religious groups claim the MALE is superior and
needs to be in charge of females and children. Satanism
and Christianity have little to offer a higher vibrating
Awareness Heals Me | 197
individual especially when female. You need to be your
own savior. NO one is coming to rescue you.
KING JAMES BIBLE is from the 1st king of England
and Scotland that took the joint throne after the death
of Elizabeth 1st in 1603. Most NEW Bibles are updates of
the King James Version. The king removed a lot of mar-
ginal notes and he wanted to revise the Bible because
like his mother, Mary Stuart, he believed in the divine
right of kings to rule answering only to god.
James was a Satanist of reptilian bloodline going
back to Egyptian pharaohs. His sexual desires were for
young boys and his lust for blood was insatiable. When
he killed an animal he would roll in its blood, he was
responsible for the death and torture of thousands.
Seraphs in the King James Version of the Bible are
translated as “fiery serpent.” Sir Francis Bacon over-
saw the translation and was from the reptilian blood-
line and a high initiate in the secret society network
and Grand Master of the Rosicrucian Order. He was a
Knights Templar an inspiration behind the creation of
Freemasonry and the Royal Society, and a key member
of the team of initiates under Lord Draconis, Edward de
Vere, which compiled the Shakespearean plays.
We infer that ANGELS in FLIGHT found in reli-
gious texts is protecting us. The flying angles are also
symbolic for reptilians that have wings and can fly just
like the gargoyle fly. You find the gargoyle on Illuminati
homes, cathedrals, churches, and buildings like the
British Houses of Parliament.
Our top politicians and all our presidents were
Illuminati Satanists raised with trauma based program-
ming. They have multiple personalities and are active
Sorcerers in the satanic mystery religions. The Mormon
Church especially the operation in Salt Lake City is a
major mind control center. The overwhelming majority
198 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
of Mormons have no idea what their organization is
really about. The Mormon Temple in Salt Lake City is
covered with Illuminati symbols like the all-seeing eye
that stands over a large underground Reptilian hive that
can be accessed from the temple. Joseph Smith came
from the Illuminist bloodlines and was a hybrid.
Sex is important in Satanist rituals because human
semen is considered the most potent booster of mam-
malian genetics to hold Reptilian form. Sexual activ-
ity, hormones, blood, dramatically affects the reptil-
ians resulting in some uncontrolled shape shifting. The
excitement can UNLOCK mental focus that holds OPEN
human DNA codes.
WWI was the biggest Brotherhood or Illuminist
project so far led by Rothschild’s and the Rockefellers.
The main themes of any given war is known and planned
well in advance.
WWII President Franklin D Roosevelt knew at least
forty-eight hours before the attack on Pearl Harbor
that the Japanese were going to strike. He did nothing
to warn the American public. The Illuminists knew the
public would be so outraged that they would agree to
enter the war in Europe.
Communist dictator Joseph Stalin, and his underlings
and successors murdered millions of their own people in
this “WORKERS paradise.” Germany began to promote
the idea of a master race that has surfaced again among
the mind controlled human fodder that supports the far
right including the POLICE, military, and intelligence
services like the American Central Intelligence Agency,
Homeland Security and the NATIONAL SECURITY
AGENCY (NSA) in the United States was designed to be
the liaison between the Grey aliens, and humans. NSA
is a government unto them self exempt from the United
States laws, like our Indian Nations. Some members of
Awareness Heals Me | 199
the NSA are considered part of “The Grey Group Mind
Complex” and Communication System. BLACK MONKS
are from the National Security Agency and been on the
moon since the 50s. The moon was a jumping off point
to colonize Mars.
Government CONTRACT allows ABDUCTION by
alien Grey’s. They can do what they want with us. But,
many abductions are DONE by the military and blamed on
aliens. Our government and the Grey’s give brain implants
seen on X-Rays There are electrodes that receive and trans-
mit signals and can produce VISIONS and hallucinations
in humans and have complete control of our biology. Both
can create and follow the intentions and THOUGHTS of
a human, create and take away hostility, memory, sexual
behavior and, emotions by remote control. The knowl-
edge of psychic attack is standard training in the illuminati
programmed slave.
The FEDERAL RESERVE BANK is PRIVATELY
OWNED by Illuminati members and has never been
audited since the day it was formed. Money is moved
and counted with BOOKKEEPING entries only. The
funds have nothing backing them. In 1910 The Federal
Reserve Bill was presented as a way to limit the power of
banking interests. The Federal Reserve Bill was pushed
through Congress in the last few days before Christmas
of 1913. Congressman Charles A Lindbergh senior, the
father of the aviator, recognized this sleight of hand for
the deception it was. Financial insiders had opposed the
Federal Reserve legislation to promote the fiction that it
was a bill to protect the people. This Act established the
most gigantic TRUST on earth and a Central Bank.
BARTER or BANKING is one thing exchanged directly
for another or with coins. Throughout history the purchase
of GOODS and services has been through barter. People
feared theft of their gold and silver so it became custom
200 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
to deposit these metals with those that could keep it safe
and that was generally the Goldsmiths. They gave receipts
to the customer for the value of the deposit and when the
receipt was returned they would hand back that amount
of precious metals.
The customers began to use these receipts as forms
of exchange because they were more convenient than
moving the metals around. Goldsmiths realized that
people coming to collect their metal deposits came
infrequently so they could issue receipts to people that
DID NOT actually own any of the metals and charge
them interest for the privilege. The receipt or money
was worthless if all the owners of metal wanted them
returned at the same time. That never happened unless
you issued far too many notes. Today’s banking system
CONTROLLED by the illuminati invented money well
in excess of their actual assets and charge interest on
that money. Governments and individuals of the world
are now drowning in debt.
When you fall behind on interest payments you don’t
own anything because it doesn’t exist BUT they can take
your home and possessions that DO exist. The illuminati
lent invented money to both sides and charged interest
on it. The first major bank of this kind was the Bank of
Amsterdam set up in the early 1600s and lent invented
money to the Dutch government to finance more wars.
The Bank of England followed in 1694 and became the
model for all other banks.
5 ask for the help. Your light soul aspects are your indi-
fourteen
Programs
We are programmed so frequently and pervasively that
we do not even notice it. There is informal and formal
programming. Informal programming is the program-
ming handed down to us generationally through our
family, extended family, genetic bloodline, religions and
nationalistic belief’s. Then there are endless ads and
commercials. Our training that says one is superior or
more valuable than another because of a skill or physi-
cal look they have. Programming is more easily honored
and reinforced when we dissociate or follow instruc-
tions or training our moral code does NOT agree with.
When you CHOOSE to stay awake, aware and follow
your moral code, you can BREAK your programming,
informal and formal. Trauma based programming that
is not aligned with your core personality does not have
as strong a hold on a person. But, you need to be con-
sciously aware of what and WHEN you are triggered to
dissociate and move into automatic or robotic responses
or alternate personalities. Your soul aspect or core per-
sonality can help you with that awareness when you
vidual and very personal mentors at your side always,
to explain and reassure you. Remember free will. YOU
must DISCERN the direction you want to take or a dark
one will do it for you.
201
202 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
TRAUMA BASED PROGRAMMING or MIND CON-
TROL is FORMAL PROGRAMMING designed, developed
into a fine art and brought to earth by the oldest reptilian
race in our universe located mostly in the Orion system and
came to our universe from another universe. The Alpha
Draconian reptilian bloodline is found in the Illuminist
bloodline. They are the ones that control and run the earth
through their hybrid human with 50% or more, reptilian
genetics. The serpent gods of Draco are Satanists and so
are the Illuminati.
SLAVE BANDS were nailed into the skull of 50%
of the population during the time of Atlantis to create a
slave race. Those still being negatively impacted by the
slave band (not physically present any longer) are 50%
of the population living on earth today. They told the
human it was their crown.
The band acts as a DISRUPTER of the persons elec-
trical system like a cattle prod disrupts cattle from the
direction they want to go. The band prevents thought
and communication with their soul aspect and puts the
human into fear and dependence. The same way an abu-
sive parent or spouse or the illuminati does, they con-
tinuously create and reinforces fear.
The hybrids or Illuminists are the generational, trauma
base programmed, satanic bloodlines in power that rule
earth’s secret societies, most governments, the earth’s
financial systems, media, religions and education. They
began to expand across the galaxy-conquering planet after
planet with deadly force and or psychological control by
creating fear in the population on the planet just as they
have done to the earth population. They create fearful
events and have their hybrids in place to “make it all bet-
ter” and help you give up more and more freedoms your
money and energy. The system is falling apart as we take
Awareness Heals Me | 203
back our awareness of what is going on and refuse to play
nice with the dark ones.
“Trauma based programming” or “training” is what
the Illuminists give ALL THEIR children and slaves.
This programming is exactly the same the world round.
Trauma based programming uses electric shock, endless
drugging, isolation, abandonment and punishment to
reinforce their programs or training. The goal is for the
infant to dissociate and carry our orders, not being con-
sciously aware of what they do. The Nazi behavior and
beliefs of creating a Master race is in alignment with the
Illuminists and trauma based programming or “train-
ing” or “mind control” was optimized and expanded
during World War 2 in the Nazi concentration camps. Dr.
Joseph Mengele, (Dr. Green) was the lead Programmer
smuggled into the US in 1945 by the Illuminati. All pro-
gramming is anchored upon some type of trauma.
FEAR is installed and always reinforced to achieve
involuntary robotic compliance in the child or slave. The
trauma, drugging and electric shock never end. Mind-
controlled slaves are given multifunctional program-
ming are ALSO used to help program and train the chil-
dren, especially the parents. These children will often
receive lavish experiences as well as talks to convince
them that they are part of the ELITE they are not really
a part of. They are lied to and manipulated endlessly.
By 4 years of age the child has been tested many times
in many ways. The child’s weaknesses and strengths are
charted and the child’s destiny in life is determined and
sealed. The chart has the occupation the child will be
CREATED for and what their function will be in the
overall Illuminati plan. Their programs are determined
and the appropriate alternate personalities will be cre-
ated. The map of the Land of Oz in the Wizard of Oz
204 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
books was frequently used for the front alters of a sys-
tem built as a city of entities having unity and multiplic-
ity, one of the many lies.
Attempts to program people with low intelligence
or no creativity were discovered to be a waste of time
and not possible. They used those children or adults as
expendables; to be sacrificed in a ritual, eaten, put in a
snuff film, practiced on or as a breeder. Humans born in
the 1980s or before have their Illuminist programming
located in the physical brain. Programming was done
with radio and television waves, a lower vibration and
easier to install into the low vibrating human. Those
born in the 1980s and later have Illuminist program-
ming located in both the human brain and in their men-
tal body or mind surrounding the biology. To program
the mental body a higher wave like ELF, extremely low
frequency, VLF, very low frequency and LF, low fre-
quencies are used. It is harder to program the mental
body BECAUSE you need programmers that function
on a higher level to be successful and the reptilians do
not have so many of them.
Those born after 2004 have Illuminati programming
only in their mental body surrounding the biology.
5 much as they were directly responsible for the creation
A book written by Carroll Quigley called Tragedy and
Hope: A History of the World in Our Time published in
1966. Concludes the following.
There really is a “world system of financial control in
private hands” that is “able to dominate the political sys-
tem of each country and the economy of the world.” I call
this system the World Trade Federation. It is an ultra-
secret group of the most powerful men on the earth. They
now control every major international institution, every
Awareness Heals Me | 205
major multinational and transnational corporation both
public and private, every major domestic and international
banking institution, every central bank, every nation-state
on earth, the natural resources on every continent and the
people around the world through complicated inter-locking
networks that resemble giant spider webs. This group is
comprised of the leading family dynasties of the Canada,
United States, Britain, Germany, France, Italy, Japan,
Russia and China. This self-perpetuating group has devel-
oped an elaborate system of control that enables them to
manipulate government leaders, consumers and people
throughout the world. They are in the last stages of devel-
oping a World Empire that will rival the ancient Roman
Empire. However, this new Empire will rule the entire
world, not just a goodly portion of it as Rome did long ago,
from its ultra-secret world headquarters in Germany.
This group is responsible for the death and suffering
of over 180 million men, women and children. They were
responsible for World War I, World War II, the Korean
War, and Vietnam, etc. They have created periods of infla-
tion and deflation in order to confiscate and consolidate
the wealth of the world. They were responsible for the
enslavement of over two billion people in all commu-
nist nations—Russia, China, Eastern Europe, etc., in as
of communism in these nations. They built up and sus-
tain these evil totalitarian systems for private gain. They
brought Hitler, Mussolini, Stalin and Roosevelt to power
and guided their governments from behind the scenes to
achieve a state of plunder unparalleled in world history.
They make Attila the Hun look like a kindergarten child
compared to their accomplishments. Six million Jews
were tortured and killed in order to confiscate billions of
dollars in assets, gold, silver, currency, diamonds and art-
work from the Tribe of Judah–a special group of people.
206 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
The hope of the twentieth century rests on its recogni-
tion that war and depression are man-made, and needless.
5 continue in that direction to prove your commitment.
BREAK PROGRAMS
When your awareness or essence or core personality
goes away or leaves so does your INVESTMENT with
your soul and biology. When your awareness is gone so
is your RESPONSIBILITY to yourself gone. This is still
a planet of free will so NO ONE is trapped in a particu-
lar thought pattern or behavior. To break your program-
ming or any Illuminist programming you were subjected
to as a helpless infant or child you need to be AWAKE
and AWARE of your programs. Your higher self or soul
aspects and various others in the invisible realm are ready
and able to support you in evolving OUT of any thoughts
you want to stop giving your energy. The issues that need
addressing are always presented to you, generally one
at a time and when one is resolved, healed and you have
gathered the spiritual wisdom, another challenge will be
presented for you to own and release. Your job is to notice
your issues or programs, DECIDE what you want to do
and take action. You need to be your own super hero. You
are the only one that can rescue you.
May you become aware of your programming, your
triggers and automatic behavior in the now moment.
That would be “the LIGHT force” being with you!
The Universal Law of ACTION says the human
must ACT FIRST to make any changes. When your soul
aspects have followed you into “darker thought patterns”
they line up your synchronicities in the low vibration
of victim predator and confused innocent to show you
Awareness Heals Me | 207
what your thoughts are currently creating for you so you
can decide to change or not change. To move to greater
light you need to consciously change your thoughts and
If you have had formal programming or have been so
abused that you split from your core personality your
aspects, pieces and alters need to be reintegrated again.
What you have allowed a human to separate in you, YOU
need to put back together again.
The universal principle of PROJECTION is that you
create your own personal STORY or reality by projecting
your thoughts into your reality. If you have allowed or
allow others to create on your behalf you are the creator
by default. Our biology is never the enemy we created it
to help and support our soul aspect gather wisdom. Your
story can only be changed or rewritten from within you
and by you. Being upset, angry, cynical, skeptical, pes-
simistic and impatient or addicted are ALL YOUR cre-
ations. If you want to see joyful experiences instead of
reruns and trash or multiple personalities or alters, it is
your responsibility to create them for you.
A PROGRAM is a neutral concept. The intent of the
program is what matters; do you want a robotic slave or
to give compassionate support and direction for one to
become self-actualized or something in between? When
a program no longer serves you or it has outlived its use-
fulness, break the program by no longer feeding it your
energy, focus or awareness.
You BREAK your PROGRAMMING by staying con-
scious and aware in your biology and use YOUR brain,
think and decide. Every second you are in a dissociated
state or create drama or chemically alter your aware-
ness; you default or fall into old training or program-
ming or allow “another entity” to use your biology. Light
workers, star seed, religious and spiritual people say, “I
208 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
want to help others” and “live my passion” but they do
not THINK for themselves or maintain a healthy mind
and body. So what do they have to offer another: dark-
ness, entertainment, distraction and or take them off
of their path? Like a robot or message loop, they chant
their leaders phrases and do as they are told. Only when
you are aligned with universal law, receive and give only
compassion and are AWAKE and AWARE do you have
something of value to offer another.
The universal principle of AUTHORITY means that
the one that is aware, worthy and capable of accepting
responsibility for an act has the authority to act. Many
want authority but will not take the responsibility for
their actions.
The universal principle of RESPONSIBILITY is that
you respond when you have the ability and enough light
to respond to the needs of others without energy feed-
ing cords or dark contracts or running a program. You
receive energy from all those you respond to because
you are creating energy together synergistically or your
combined effort of give and take.
5 mature birth insure that the child is traumatized. The
FIRST HANDLERS
The creation of an infant is never something that is
left to chance in the Illuminati family. The genetic lines
are the first consideration and then the intelligence and
skills of the sperm and egg donor are factored in to cre-
ate what is needed in the way of service to “the family.”
Programming starts with manipulation of the fetuses
genetics, a hostile uterus environment, forced premature
birth and abuse and trauma of the new born. A person
Awareness Heals Me | 209
in a dissociated state is highly suggestible. Success and
control depend on your ability to alter the infant’s five
senses and put them in a constant state of fear.
FETAL TRAUMA and Programming are used to
encourage dissociation and demon possession before
the baby is even born. The parents torture the fetus in
the womb with thin needles that are inserted through
the mother’s belly and uterus into the fetus. Specialized
drugs and certain food and drink are used to cause
trauma and upset also.
Mother and fetus can be SEVERELY traumatized
during pregnancy by the spouse or cult members. For
example the father may purposely abandon the preg-
nant mother in the middle of a forest or desert, blast
the mother with loud frightening music and then follow
this up with loving actions or physical abuse and loving
actions. The mother’s trauma is passed on to the fetus
when her fear makes the uterus contract squeezing the
fetus and the chemicals that are fed through the umbili-
cal cord will change with her emotional changes.
A premature birth is important to the illuminati
because the naturally occurring events around a pre-
mother must push the baby through the birth canal
because the baby is not able to help the mother in the
small ways that a full term baby can. The strain on the
heart of the mother is EXTREME. The Illuminati have
learned that a mother can usually give 2 or 3 preemie
births like this before she risks death.
Generational satanic families are given to Satan along
with all their children and all the family CURSES. The
Moonchild rituals are to demonize a fetus. The demons
that are invoked are large and very powerful and include
layering in of demonic forces with blood ritual. All are
low vibrating demons and sustained with human energy
210 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
and feeding cords to give “the little human” or “ego” the
illusion of power.
DAYTIME ABANDONMENT Programming starts
at birth for ALL children born to illuminati parents. The
environment itself is programming. No matter how the
infant behaves it is IGNORED and ABUSED physically
and emotionally in the daytime. Nurturing and care-
taking by the parent or cult happens only at nighttime.
Night is the important time; it is for Illuminati training,
activities, rituals and positive reinforcement.
The neglect and abusive treatment leads to core
personality splits, which are what the illuminati wants
and rewards. They want an infant that feels invisible,
abandoned and worthless unless they are doing a job
for their cult family. The child is forced on all fronts,
at home, socially with all the relatives and frequently
at school to deal with adults that are inconsistent and
unreliable, they have DID, dissociative identity disorder
and act robotically. This is a child that is trained to never
THINK for them self but trained to robotically carry out
orders. The Illuminati alter system is coded for training
and execution of programs with 13 different colors. The
infant will eventually have 13 x 13 x 13 = 2,197 possible
alternate personalities or alters or splits in one person.
ANAL RAPE is a training method also used by the
illuminati parent on a daily basis. Raping male and female
infants and children makes them go unconscious. As the
child gets older and doesn’t pass out you slap them so all
they remember is the physical abuse. They have no con-
scious awareness of their daily sexual abuse or training.
The slap is a FOCUS CHANGER to bring in a different
alter that only remembers the slap and never the violent
sexual assault.
All 13 meridians that connect humans to their invis-
ible aspects meet in the rectum, the illuminati want
Awareness Heals Me | 211
to destroy the child’s’ connection to the higher self or
their soul aspect to keep their slave in fear and easily
controlled. They want to keep their slaves from bonding
with anyone or anything BUT “the family.”
BABY TALK Program is when the parent and child
or two adults, baby talk to each other so it appears there
is an intimate relationship and nurturing - it is only
programming.
NOW the Illuminists collect many more infants for
various criminal uses. For babies that are NOT born into
the illuminati bloodline or family there is the following
screening process.
WOODPECKER GRID Programming is located in
airplane hangers on military bases. The grids or little
cages are just large enough for 1,000 to 3,000 human
babies from ceiling to floor. The cages are HOT WIRED
or electrified on the ceiling, bottom and sides so the
BABIES locked inside can receive horrific electric
shocks. Some babies go into a fetal position and die. The
others get a flash of light when a high direct current volt-
age is applied. Later this flash of light is used with hyp-
nosis to let them think they slipped into another dimen-
sion. In the Peter Pan program it is called RIDING the
LIGHT. After endured the Woodpecker Grid Cages for
days the infant is BRUTALLY raped anally.
A MARBLE SLAB serves as an altar where black-
hooded robed people take a bone-handled knife and
sacrifice little children in front of the other children in
the cages. Charles Manson was a programmed Monarch
slave that received initial programming at China Lake
and his cult was located 45 miles northwest of China
Lake at the remote Myers and Barker ranches.
One location of woodpecker grids was NAVAL ORDI-
NANCE test station or NOTS. The California INSTITUTE
of Technology at Pasadena is intimately connected to China
212 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Lake’s research and the Illuminati. Most of their work is
for the intelligence agencies and not the military. They
also developed the red / green color programming.
A list of major programming centers with each site’s
programming specialties is kept. Infants are brought
into base by trains, planes and cars. The lumber mill
had an agreement to secretly house the children who
had their mouths tapped. Neighbors in the area were
bought off and warned that if they talked they would be
in trouble for broaching national security. Tied into this
network was a Catholic Monastery between Sheridan
and McMinnville, close to the rail network. The Union
Train Station in Portland, OR has underground tunnels
where children were temporarily warehoused in cages
before continuing on their journey. The Jesuits were
active in this part of the child procurement. Catholic
adoption agencies, pregnant nuns, third world parents,
and parents who will sell their children were sources of
children for programming. Procuring batches of 1,000
or 2,000 children is no problem for the Illuminati work-
ing through intelligence agencies such as the CIA, NIS,
DIA, FBI, and FEMA.
A HANDLER is a neutral concept. The intent of a
handler can be dark or light, compassionate or dominat-
ing or anything in between. A handler is something or
someone that controls another that has the ABILITY to
be conscious and chooses to follow the handler’s lead.
Handlers, trainers and enablers can be another human
or addiction or belief or religious teaching or demon.
It is EASIEST to handle the individual that is uncon-
scious or dissociated or possessed or programmed. We
are handled by our LOYALTIES. Loyalty to country, a
head of state, religious leader or religion or to our family
and friends need to be reconsidered and reevaluated to
determine their value to you in present time.
Awareness Heals Me | 213
The illuminati put alternate personalities in their
“mind controlled slave system” that acts as internal han-
dlers, which will be a combination of dark and light. For
example one man had two dark internal handlers that
happened to be the cults concept of his father and grand-
father that taught and enforced “family loyalty” FIRST,
not the blood family but the cult family. The same man
had an internal handler hiding out waiting to help him.
Along with the three internal handlers the man had
seven human handlers and trainers to control him in his
dissociated state while working for the Illuminati fam-
ily. Handlers will frequently change, be added or taken
away depending on work to be done for the family.
It is common to have one of the external human han-
dlers that come and go, to create the illusion or run pro-
gramming of being a LOVER. When the job is over the
illuminati slave feels that a lover has abandoned them.
That is all they have conscious awareness of happening.
This is the same principle as the father (handler) daily
raping (training) his toddler (male and female) and when
the abuse is over he slaps (focus changer) the child. All
the child has conscious awareness of is the slap.
Our various religions (created for us by the Illuminati)
teach that any voice in your head or communication
with our soul aspect is THE DEVIL. We even burned
witches at the stake for communicating with their soul
aspects. When you commune with your soul aspect or
higher self they can help and guide you out of dissocia-
tive reactions, habits and programs. They can give you a
“heads up” or explain the program and how it works to
you. That way you control and decide what you do.
The Illuminati is so fearful of you thinking for your-
self and working with your soul that they have created
many programs to interfere with and keep that com-
munication from happening. For example: When you
214 | Bonnie Baumgar tner Awareness Heals Me | 215

start communication with your soul that triggers one of with arm rests and it will have restraints for arms, legs
your alters or a member in “your committee” to flood and neck to prevent movement while a person sits in the
your awareness with a stream of rapid negative fear- chair.
ful thoughts. The negative thoughts put your biology TRAINER TOOLS include steel instruments to
and visual field into RED ALERT and you stop trying insert into orifices to cause pain, STRETCH machines
to reach for compassion for you, because you have been used as punishment stretches a person without break-
traumatized (as an infant) into the belief that it is dan- ing bones and is extremely painful. Comfort objects for
gerous and physically painful to THINK for your self. victims or oils for massage. Warm towels, beverages as
The universal principle of the UNCONSCIOUS the trainer bonds with the person they worked with.
MIND or BRAIN is that it is unable to distinguish Trainer grids and projectors to project grids on wall or
FACT from FICTION and follows what it is told. If it ceiling, Journals with indexed copies of the slaves sys-
is convinced a piece of ice is red hot it will experience a tems and command codes.
burn. If you keep operating on the principle that you are
a victim, that is exactly what you will experience. 5
When you receive, think or give conflicting data to
your brain you produce conflicting results or if you are
programmed you don’t even TRY to think. You just move
into a habit or program.
The programmed individual suppresses or denies
what they hear from the invisible realm because in their
awareness it has always brought on pain and confu-
sion. Running your programs, dissociating and numbing
yourself are safer and easier than the confusion and pain
of going against it. You discredit your awareness and
higher truths. Thinking for your self and doing what is
most compassionate for you PREVENTS you from being
a compliant illuminati slave or dutiful child. When you
stop getting triggered and running your programs or
“training” the Illuminati has no use for you. You will
experience that as being abandoned. Then you have a
chance to create what you want for you.
TRAINER TABLE is a large frequently steel table
covered with plastic or easily cleaned material. On the
sides at intervals are restraints for arms, legs and neck
to prevent movement. Trainer’s chair is a large chair
 fifteen
Toddler

Those on the WORLD STAGE were raised in a differ-

ent manner than you were. The leadership level of the
Illuminati controls the world traffic in finance, politics,
drugs, guns, pornography and prostitution. These are
the generational bloodlines of families that are the real
decision makers in this world. An illuminati member
has won every American presidential election and was
raised with trauma-based programming. How many in
the congress were raised this way? They easily dissoci-
ate, have multiple personalities and are active Sorcerers
in the satanic mystery religions. Their cover stories are
always religious upstanding members of society, other
Illuminists write their biographies. Its all a big giggle at
our expense with them.
For example they all had TODDLER Programming
given to them by their frequently dissociated, robotic
parent that administers training and trauma in the
Illuminati family. A parent is often the “trainer” and
“handler” at home. At 15 to 18 months of age there is con-
tinuous fragmenting and dissociating. The toddler gets
to experience over and over again. The parents endan-
ger their life and rescue them, over and over again. The
parent uses electric shock on the toddler’s fingers, toes
and genitals and then sooths and bonds with the child.
The toddler and parent play this game over and over
intermittently soothing, bonding and traumatizing.
217
218 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
The infant may be dropped from heights to a mat and
is TERRIFIED and crying. Then the adults laugh at the
infant’s pain and distress. The child may be placed in
CAGES for periods of time at home and during rituals
and training. It is important for the child to know there
is no escaping this nutty irrational reality except possi-
bly with death, but they frequently reincarnate into the
illuminati over and over again.
This game is also played in all Illuminist families; a
parent will hold the child’s head under water in a sink,
tub or pool, until they are all but drown and then the
parent rescues them. Ah! Again you have the predator,
trainer, parent and hero to the rescue, of an infant and
child.
The toddler is trained at home and at 2-years-old
the more formalized training by other Illuminati fam-
ily members takes over and reinforces that there is no
escape and no choices except to do things the Illuminist
way. The toddler has never experienced another reality
and is unaware of any other REAL choices available to
them.
STEPS of DISCIPLINE Programming starts at 20
to 24 months old for toddlers trained EXACTLY the
same way all around the world. There is little reason to
wonder WHY these infants and toddlers grow to be dys-
functional children and adults, sexually addicted and
EMOTIONALLY arrested at around the age 2 or 3 years.
You don’t need a lot of education to figure out that if you
traumatize, drug, electric shock, sexually stimulate and
abuse an infant and child repeatedly throughout their
childhood to “TRAIN them” you create a dysfunctional
child, adult, parent and member of society that does not
THINK for themselves.
Our political, religious and financial leaders, con-
trolling and stealing our wealth natural resources and
Awareness Heals Me | 219
health were trained like this. Those that are well known
in movies, television and music stars are placed and
supported or taken out by the Illuminati to reinforce
their agenda. Most of our violent criminals are a result
of Illuminati programming. Most of the people trying to
rid the earth of the Illuminati at this time are primarily
those who have managed to defect from the “Illuminati
family.” Leaving them is NEVER clean or easy there is
always waffling. It is always a struggle.
The beauty of this training system is that the person
has mastered dissociation to such a fine art that they
remember almost none of the training. Remember the
illuminati are generational Satanists. The cult does not
want their members THINKING for them self. One who
thinks, feels or bonds with another is harder to control
and force. When an illuminati raised person starts hav-
ing compassion for them self, their programming starts
to crash, their alternate personalities start to integrate,
they start to heal and become useless to their handlers.
Below is just a small amount of programming all tod-
dlers get and are unable to remember if they ever get
into therapy.
The STEPS of DISCIPLINE programming comes
after fetal trauma programs, Woodpecker Grid Cages and
abandonment programming. This programming is to train
easy and fast dissociation resulting in UNCONSCIOUS
loyalty to the local Illuminati family and the worldwide
network of these families.
1st step is NOT to NEED - The toddler is placed in a
training room without any sensory stimulus with gray,
white, or beige walls and left alone for hours or all day.
If the child begs the adult to stay or screams the child is
beaten and told the periods of isolation will increase until
they learn to stop being WEAK. The child is often found
rocking itself or hugging itself in a corner occasionally
220 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
CATATONIC from fear. The trainer RESCUES the child
giving food, drink and bonding. The predator becomes
the SAVIOR and tells the child THE FAMILY told the
trainer to rescue the child because the family loves him
or her.
THE ADULT version of this training has learned
to shut down massages from their own biology. They
are generally not aware of THEIR own hunger, stress
or need for rest their entire life. They do not trust their
senses.
2nd step is NOT to WANT - Similar to the first step
and gets reinforced the next few years. An adult enters
the room with a large pitcher of ice water and food. If
the child asks for either as the adult is eating or drinking
in front of the child he or she is SEVERELY punished
for being WEAK and NEEDY. The child shutting down
awareness of their bodily needs is reinforced.
THE ADULT version of this training has learned
they are not worthy of being treated in a compassionate
loving way. They understand their priority in the hierar-
chy. When someone tries to help them, their response is,
“I don’t need any help” “I am OK” “I’d rather do it alone.”
The toddler has more control over their environment
than the infant does so that increases the child’s options
for ways to get what they want or need by stealing or
telling a lie. Immediate gratification is what they strive
for when there is an opportunity to binge on something,
they do. When they can destroy something someone else
might enjoy they do. Guilt over sneaking, destroying and
stealing can create purging or maybe not. They fear lack.
In our leaders it is stealing and hoarding other people’s
money, goods and services. They feel ENTITLED to
verbally, physically or sexually abuse anyone they can
when they can get away with.
Awareness Heals Me | 221
3rd step is NOT to WISH - The child is placed in a
room with their favorite toys or objects. A KIND adult
comes into the room plays with the child. They engage in
fantasy play about the child’s secret wishes or dreams to
develop TRUST in the lonely isolated child. Later the child
is severely punished for any aspect of wishing or fantasy
shared with the adult and the destruction of the child’s
favorite toys or ANY illusion of safety the child may have
left. This step is repeated often with many variations.
THE ADULT and child believe the illuminati fam-
ily knows all its thoughts and their fear increases. They
have learned the pain will stop when they please their
trainers and handlers. They feel powerless and strive to
please in all areas of life instead of create and enjoy.
4th step is SURVIVAL of the FITTEST and starts
at age 2 to create perpetrator alters in the child. ALL
cult members are expected to be good perpetrators. A
child, trainer and another child of the same age are put
together. The child is severely beaten for long periods of
time by the trainer and then told to hit the other child or
they will be beaten further. If the child refuses it is pun-
ished severely the other child is punished too and told
to punish the first child. If the child continues to refuse
or cries or tries to hit the trainer instead they continue
to be beaten. This is repeated until the child finally com-
plies and beats the other child.
THE ADULT and child have learned this as NORMAL
healthy behavior and what the family wants. This rein-
forces the victim predator confused innocent dark cycle
or survival of the fittest that has dominated the earth the
past 13 thousand years.
5th step is the CODE of SILENCE - As a child
becomes more verbal and after a ritual or group gath-
ering, the child is asked about what they saw or heard
222 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
during the meeting. They tell what they saw and get
severely beaten or TORTURED creating new ALTERS.
The child is to guard the memories of what was seen on
pain of death. Setups, role-playing and double binds go
on endlessly to reinforce this lesson.
THE ADULT and child have learned they are always
being “set up” the puzzling part is they never REMEMBER
for what because they never remember all the steps they
have experienced. There is no escape or anyway out. The
dissociation comes so easily to them that the events in
their life do not have a beginning, middle or end. There
are only a lot of small pieces not connected to anything
else. There is no flow or pattern to “what they remember.”
It is easier to move into dissociation, respond robotically
and unconsciously.
6th step is BETRAYAL and TWINNING - Starts
in infancy and is formalized at ages 6-7 continuing into
adulthood. Betrayal is an important dark SPIRITUAL
principle. The child is placed in situations where an
adult who is kindly rescues the child and gains its trust
several times. After months or a year of bonding with
the child, he or she will turn to the adult for help. The
adult backs away MOCKING the child and abusing it.
TWINNING set ups are CREATING twin bonds in
children that are NOT twins. The child is allowed to play
with and become close to another child in the cult from
earliest childhood. At some point early on the child is
told that the other child is actually their “twin” and they
were separated at birth. It is a great SECRET and do not
tell.
Cult children are lonely and isolated and are overjoyed
to have a friend to do everything with. Later they will be
FORCED to hurt each other. If one “twin” is considered
expendable, its twin will kill him or her. When one twin
refuses to kill, hit or hurt the other they will be brutalized
Awareness Heals Me | 223
by the trainer and the refusing twin will be told that the
child was hurt because of their refusal to comply.
THE ADULT and child have learned not to trust
their family or anyone else for that matter. Bonding and
trusting is dangerous and painful. Asking for help means
getting “set up” once again. They are angry and feel
powerless so when they get a chance to vent or torment
another they do. The easiest mark will be their own chil-
dren with the families blessing. If they become leaders
of groups, countries, religions, families or worlds, they
vent on them for no logical reason with the Illuminist
family blessings.
5
NURSERY RHYMES
Western nursery rhymes are not cheery or uplifting,
in fact they are frequently scary. The baby falls from the
treetop, Jack fells down and breaks his crown and the
sky is falling. Why do we teach such tragic themes and
knowledge in song to the very young child? So much
can be inferred. There are planned sets of puns embed
in the language that come to life during trauma based
programming.
The Illuminati creates imaginary worlds for many of
the deeper alternate personalities to live in. They keep
these alternate personalities living in such unreality and
nonsense that deeper alternate personalities have a dif-
ficult time separating subjective reality from objective
reality. Often the nursery rhymes are distorted to serve
programming purposes.
Nursery rhymes are constructed to activate certain
alternate personalities that are usually sleepers. A Tisket A
224 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Tasket, Baa, Baa, Black Sheep is used for money laundering
scripts, and drug money or drug carrying scripts. Bye, Baby
Bunting is used with actual rituals where the slave child is
placed within a skin, cocoon programming with a butter-
fly coming forth or near death experiences. Diddle, Diddle
Dumpling, Ding, Dong Bell, Dr. Mengele liked to use this
message: don’t disturb the mouse that runs the internal
system clock. Fa Fe Fi Fo Fum is about movement within
the system’s bean sprouts and is also a death threat.
Nursery rhymes are steeped in images and words that
can reveal a hidden meaning morally or politically. Old
Mother Hubbard first printed in 1805. It is about pov-
erty or Cardinal Thomas Wolsey refusing Henry VIII’s
divorce from Queen Catherine of Argon. Ring a Ring o’
Roses or Ring Around the Rosie in print in 1881 existed
in the 1790s was about the Bubonic plague. The ring of
roses was a circular red body rash, the posies contained
herbs to cover the smells and or prevent infection.
“Atishoo” was the violent sneezing and “all fall down”
was a reference to death. All symptoms of the Great
Plague, or Black Death killing more than half London’s
population in 1665.
Mary, Mary, Quite Contrary, published 1744. Mary is
Mary Tudor, daughter of Henry VIII, the Bloody Mary
of 1553-58 and a staunch Catholic. The garden in ques-
tion is a graveyard of martyred Protestants, the silver
bells are a euphemism for thumbscrews and cockle-
shells were also tools of torture. The little maids are
derived from “The Maiden” an early English version of
the guillotine. Or is Mary, Mary 1 of England. How does
your garden grow a reference to her lack of heirs? “Quite
contrary” is said to be a reference to her unsuccessful
attempt to reverse ecclesiastical changes effected by her
father Henry VIII. “Rows and rows” is said to refer to
her executions of Protestants.
Awareness Heals Me | 225
“Jack” aka King Louis XVI who broke his crown or
was beheaded and “Jill” or Gill is Antoinette who was
executed later. Playing the game “Oranges and Lemons”
as you skipped under the joined arms of your friends for
the final “here comes a chopper to chop off your head”
the arms represented the infamous Tyburn Tree where
executions were carried out and heads were literally
chopped off.
“Pop! Goes the Weasel” first published 1855. The
rhyming slang and poverty of the East End of London
at that time POP was another word for PAWN and
stoat was rhyming slang for coat. A coat was taken to
the pawnshop to get some extra cash. It is commentary
about poverty and money being wasted on drink. Jack
Sprat: Jack Sprat could eat no fat, His wife could eat no
lean; And so, between them both, They licked the plat-
ter clean. This rhyme poked fun at Charles I of England
and his greedy wife, Henrietta Maria. When Parliament
refused to finance Charles’ war with Spain and left him
“lean,” he turned the tables and dissolved Parliament.
Together, he and his wife imposed an illegal war tax and
forcing the people to house their troops. They licked
England clean to feed their own bloodthirsty appetites.
NEAR DEATH Programming or “resurrection cer-
emony” has always been used by the Illuminati. The
Phoenix, symbol of death and new life, is one of their
highest symbols and symbolizes the coming of their
New World Order.
One version of near death programming is drugging
a 2 or 3 year old, seriously traumatizing, beating, shock-
ing and almost suffocating the child to create a near
death state during an occult ceremony or satanic ritual.
In extreme pain they are brought to consciousness and
asked to choose, death or to invite a powerful demon
inside. The demon enters, the child goes unconscious,
226 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
and awakens later in clean clothing and a soft bed. They
are extremely weak and shaky, and are told by a kind,
caring, soft voice that they died, but the demon brought
them back to life. The child is told that if they ask the
demonic entity to leave, that they will revert to the near
death state they were in. The child feels marked and
chosen.
Another near death programming the Illuminati uses:
the child has arms, legs, waist and neck tied down. Then
wrapped in a cocoon with soft gauze, to limit movement
or any feeling or sensation in the limbs. They are fed
intravenously, and undergo severe sensory deprivation.
Glaring white light and loud noise are used to help disori-
ent, then they are electric shocked and drugged possibly
given paralytic drugs. This goes on for days. The anxi-
ety level is extreme. They are told that they are dying.
Then a trainer with soothing voice says, I won’t let you
die. But, you owe your life to me. Recorded messages are
also played over and over the child is allowed to come
out of unconsciousness, with the constant message of
being “reborn” for the “family (Illuminati) group” being
played. They are extremely vulnerable and receptive to
the messages placed in under trauma.
A third version is putting the child in a large recently
killed animal, like a horse and letting them stay there a
few days. They get saved and rescued same MO, modus
operandi.
5 will call or tell or nark to their handlers that the slave is
PTSD and DID
POST TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER or PTSD
is a severe anxiety disorder that develops after exposure
Awareness Heals Me | 227
to any event that results in psychological trauma. The
experience overwhelms the individual’s ability to
cope. Diagnostically symptoms of PTSD include re-­
experiencing the original event as flashbacks or night-
mares, avoiding things or people associated with the
trauma, difficulty sleeping, hyper vigilance and anger
causing significant impairment in social, occupational
and personal interactions.
PTSD is shared by all mind-control slaves that are full
of shattered hurting alters, alternate personalities, and
the slave is UNAWARE of all of them collectively. Self-
punishment and social withdrawal are natural symp-
toms of PTSD and programmed slaves. Programmers
enhance the low level emotions of fear and anger into
the alter systems because they all work to the advan-
tage of the trainer and the programs they are installing.
Different alternate personalities will hold the ANGER,
fear, social withdrawal, GUILT, promiscuity and
DESIRE for self-inflicted punishment. Illuminati slaves
are self-absorbed, judgmental, blame and criticize the
self in endless loops that lead to further hopelessness
and the pervasive feeling of powerlessness.
These negative and self-destructive feelings are held
in check and balanced by other parts of the programming
and become part of their artificially created ­personality.
When the slave considers leaving the illuminati, the con-
trol systems of fear, negativity and suicide come forward
to keep the slave trapped. Some alternate personalities
trying to leave. When you DISSOCIATE you ARE pow-
erless to change anything.
When your awareness or essence or core personal-
ity goes away or leaves so does your INVESTMENT
with you. When your awareness is gone so is your
RESPONSIBILITY to yourself gone. When a slave or
228 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
traumatized individual feels SAFE their alternate per-
sonalities can start to integrate themselves. The best
way to facilitate this process is the core personality stay-
ing AWAKE and AWARE all the time.
ASK just ask out loud for your soul aspect or higher
self to give you a sign when you start to dissociate. Only
seeing and becoming consciously aware of your behavior
can you choose to do something differently. If you want
to understand the origins of your dissociation ask your
soul aspect to give you feelings or pictures of the first
time. One way or another they will get them to you. Just
because a family member can’t remember this informa-
tion or is unable to relay it doesn’t mean its not there.
Another way to release trauma or PTSD from the
body is Trauma Releasing Exercises. During danger an
intricate interaction of biological, neurological and ner-
vous system reactions occurs. This interaction causes
the muscles to contract to protect the organism from
harm or death. Once the danger has subsided the body
is designed to SHAKE OUT excessive muscular ten-
sion. We have deadened this shaking mechanism from
the muscles or fight / flight muscles and they are the
only ones that connect the back, pelvis and legs and as
they relax the natural shaking of the body reverberates
throughout the entire body looking for tension and nat-
urally dissolving it.
Trauma Releasing Exercises are simple and pain-
less exercises designed to release the tension of chronic
muscle contractions, yoga positions can also provoke
shaking out of our biology. Lying on your back knees
bent and a bit apart to allow knees to fall out until shak-
ing starts. http://www.consciousmedianetwork.com/
members/dberceli.htm
5 also. This abuse is generally NOT ORGANIZED as cults
Awareness Heals Me | 229
DISSOCIATIVE IDENTITY DISORDER or DID is a
common, naturally occurring defense or coping mech-
anism against severe trauma during early childhood.
Usually extreme, repetitive physical, sexual, and or
emotional abuse that is too violent, traumatic, or painful
to assimilate with her or his conscious self. When faced
with overwhelming abuse, the child dissociates from
full awareness of the traumatic experience. This can
become a defensive pattern that persists into adulthood
and or full-fledged dissociative disorder. Dissociative
identity disorder was previously known as multiple per-
sonality disorder.
Mild forms of dissociation, are daydreaming or get-
ting lost in the moment while working on a project.
Dissociative identity disorder is a severe form of disso-
ciation, a mental process that produces a lack of connec-
tion in a person’s thoughts, memories, feelings, actions,
or sense of identity.
ALTERS is short for alternate personalities that
are created during trauma-based programming. Mind-
control programmers use triggers or codes to call up a
dissociated part of the mind trained into the infant. An
ALTER is a compartmentalized personality within a
matrix of programming that is organized or not. ALTER
FRAGMENT is a dissociated part of the mind that serves
only a single purpose. An alter has a history to insure
shadow alters will provide a full range of accessible
emotions. Sometimes the distinctions between alters
and alter fragments is VAGUE. An A-coded alter on
some levels is actually 3 alters spinning together, which
must be locked in place to communicate with, and then
rotated to communicate with the other two.
Children raised in abusive homes and traumatized
generally have alternate personalities and get triggered
230 | Bonnie Baumgar tner Awareness Heals Me | 231

are and does not serve an organization controlling our normally, they have hallucinations and delusions. OR
world like the Illuminists do. The abuse serves the small they are interacting with the invisible realm or the fourth
group the child is a part of. When an alternate personal- dimension and mainstream society does not believe in that.
ity presents itself it may be any age, need glasses, have
diabetes, feel pain, be drunk or drugged, be easy to get 5
along with or NOT.
While dissociating the person has a sense of being
detached from one’s body and is often referred to as
an “out-of-body” experience. They may feel the world
is not real or looks foggy or far away. They may fail to
recall significant personal information or the content of
a meaningful conversation is forgotten. They may expe-
rience distortions in time, place, and situation. They fre-
quently lose time.
The DSM-IV criteria for diagnosing dissociative
identity disorder is having: Two or more distinct identi-
ties or personality states that are present, each with its
own relatively enduring pattern of perceiving, relating
to, and thinking about the environment and self. At least
two of these identities or personality states recurrently
will take control of the person’s behavior. The person
has an inability to recall important personal information
that is too extensive to be explained by ordinary forget-
fulness. The disturbance is not due to the direct physi-
ological effects of a substance or substance abuse (such
as blackouts or chaotic behavior during alcohol intoxi-
cation) or a general medical condition (such as complex
or partial seizures).
Those raised in the satanic ritually abusive illumi-
nati families, when given tradition psychological tests
frequently show up as Schizophrenic instead of having
Dissociative Identity Disorder.
The differences between Dissociative Identity Disorder
and Schizophrenia or recurrent psychosis is that schizo-
phrenics hear or see things that aren’t real or visible
 sixteen
Trainers

Trainers and programmers of the Illuminati were raised

in the same way they are training and programming the
next generation of children. It is helpful to understand
what shapes them all. Our leaders and “head of house-
holds” and religious leaders frequently seem nutty, irra-
tional, cruel, hard to understand and even harder to get
along with. The specialized training they received as
children creates the insensitive dissociated bully they
generally are, except when they run their programs to
“set you up” or “suck you in.” During those times they
APPEAR to be loving and compassionate and under-
stand where you are coming from. It is all a program,
theater or running a con.
To break their programming they would need to
want to do that. THEN they would need to get their core
personality to REMAIN conscious and in control of the
biology all the time. Some have succeeded in doing that
and many waffle back and forth.
The CORE PERSONALITY is the essence of what
and whom you are, the soul aspect and its thoughts
and belief’s in this matrix or reality. YOUR essence was
designed to work in concert with the biology to experi-
ence duality. For the soul to have a deeper understand-
ing of how darkness works, functions and operates or
to experience living with dark truths or beliefs. Truths

233
234 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
that are NOT in alignment with universal law “receive
and give only compassion.”
Dark survival truths have overwhelmed the soul
aspect generally speaking. Generations after generations
of not honoring our children have created some pretty
greedy, nasty, dissociated, mean spirited humans that do
not believe that they have a soul or deserve compassion.
The purpose of Illuminati training and programming
is to KEEP the CORE PERSONALITY from interfering
with their creation of a human robot. The human robot
does as it is told and triggered to do and doesn’t remem-
ber what they did most of the time. That way they can’t
tell or “nark” on themselves. Most of what they do is ille-
gal and immoral. The trainer and programming trauma-
tize the core personality until it abandons the biology.
The vibration becomes too slow and low for the soul to
remain with the biology. But the core personality or soul
aspect watches all that happens from a distance, waiting
for when and IF it is ever safe enough to come back.
Those born into abusive dysfunctional families or
the Illuminati have core personalities that are difficult
to access because they DO NOT TRUST the situation
or the little human or ego. If you want to heal and inte-
grate you must convince the core personality you mean
it, FIRST and provide a safe environment. Various alter-
nate personalities in the illuminist system PRETEND to
be the core personality but are not. When the soul aspect
or core personality feels safe enough, it will start reinte-
grating the alternate personalities, aspects and pieces.
Remember this is a planet of free will. For some spiri-
tual reason the soul aspect CHOSE to be born into hav-
ing the Illuminist experience. They are not victims, but
many found it an experience that overwhelmed them.
The Universal Law of PERPETUAL TRANSMUTATION
of energy is that all sentient beings have the power to
Awareness Heals Me | 235
CHANGE continuously. Raising your vibration is hard
work that YOU need to do by staying present in your body
and clarifying your thoughts. Any imbalances you have
attracted to you as a result of your attachment to an agenda,
idea, thing, person, power or control (yes, in concurrent
lives and different realities) have to be uncreated by YOU
removing your energy cords and contracts from them.
RAISED in TRAUMA so the CORE PERSONALITY
LEAVES
For those OBJECTIVELY observing the actions or
behaviors of programmers and trainers it is violent physi-
cal, sexual and emotional trauma, total domination, drug-
ging and electric shock of an infant and child. That passes
for “love” and sexual activity in the Illuminists circles.
The mothers of these abused children around the world
do not defend or protect their children. The father “han-
dler and trainer” puts a considerable amount of his “love”
sexual activity, time and energy into the infant child,
making mom feel abandoned and neglected. Her easiest
target to vent on is the child with her cruel fingers, nails,
teeth, cigarettes, genital torture, alligator clips, straps,
whips, dildos, electric shock, punching and kicking.
Seriously abused children find being an adult of any
age an overwhelming challenge. Their main concern
throughout their childhood was surviving ONE more
TRAUMA from the people they depended on for their
existence, guidance and survival. With all this “training”
there is NO TIME for a child or the core personality to
develop the basic life skills needed for a mature well-
balanced adult. These adult children have not learned
how to integrate information from their experiences in
life. The adult child has not the faintest idea of how a
relationship of equals works.
Usually they have an alternate personality that can
hold down a job in service of the Illuminists agenda.
236 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Many are just too dysfunctional for a 9 to 5 job. Being
compassionate or in “present time” is generally out of
the question. The adult abused child finds it real HARD
to know how to function when they are not following
orders or a program. The average cult member functions
socially and EMOTIONALLY at the 2 to 4 year old level.
Other people in the life of an abused child use them
all the time. They are programmed to comply to ward off
further abuse. EARNING love, acceptance and reducing
physical injury runs their life. Each alternate personal-
ity experiences a small part on an event and is unable
to put together cause and effect. Each alternate person-
ality keeps experiencing the same thing over and over
and does not remember how the experience started or
ended. Each alter is unaware of what the other alters do
and the alters are designed NOT to communicate with
each other.
For EXAMPLE A dissociated individual realizes that
Mary ripped them off. In fact EVERY time they interact
with Mary they get ripped off. BUT each time it is a sur-
prise. The dissociated individual is surprised each time
and keeps interacting with Mary. When you view that
behavior you keep WONDERING when are they going
to put it all together but they never do. They keep going
back for more. Even when you explain it to them, noth-
ing changes. Each time Mary rips them off it is a NEW
surprise. When you ask them WHY do you keep doing
that they say, “She didn’t mean to do that.” IF I continue
to be loving to Mary she will RETURN the love. That is
denial, emotional immaturity and self-defeating behav-
ior. No integration of learning happens.
The programmed human robot avoids THINKING.
Abused children throughout society also LACK bound-
aries. The abused know they have NO rights or bound-
aries and anyone can do to them what they want to do.
Awareness Heals Me | 237
Illuminist children also comply with all sexual demands
placed on them. There is no one home the core person-
ality is absent.
5
SECRET SOCIETIES
The secret societies that have always been present are
designed to HIDE SPIRITUAL INFORMATION so the
Illuminists could perpetuate and build on the false real-
ity they created for us their cattle. BROTHERHOODS
or SECRET SOCIETIES or MYSTERY SCHOOLS or
KABALISTS are organizations formed for those want-
ing to know more about the soul or our spiritual side
and its interaction with the little human or ego. This
information has always been cloaked in secrecy from the
common woman and most men. Ignorant, suppressed,
dependent people are easier to control and manipulate.
Typical dark behavior is to create a hierarchy, make it
for men only and make it a great deal more complicated
than it is, to master. Distorting the truth makes it all the
more fun and entertaining. That way the ones at the top
feel more important, special, entitled and amused.
Some of the schools started out lighter but got pro-
gressively darker as the Illuminati infiltrated or took the
schools over. All these organizations like the Freemasons,
Knights Templar, The Order of the Knights of St John,
The Round Table, Order of the Quest, Knights of Malta
and the Jesuits have rigid hierarchies to manipulate and
control their members. The names and people change
or reincarnate into these organizations and the numbers
have increased since ancient times but the agenda is the
same. Tempting little humans or the ego with personal
238 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
power and or financial wealth with piles of lies and
deceptions to ultimately enslave them. They use hyp-
notism, brain wave manipulation, hallucinogenic drugs,
sexual orgies, human sacrifice to maintain the fear level
and keep all members entertained, entrained and con-
trolled with threats and blackmail.
The modern versions of the brotherhoods would be
groups like Theosophy; A Course in Miracles, the New
Age movement and some “spiritual groups” with their
hierarchy and structure having the Illuminati’s bless-
ing and support to keep people from THINKING for
themselves and separated from their soul aspects. They
present conflicting and inaccurate messages to confuse
you so you will stop trying to figure it out yourself. Just
pay your “love offering,” parrot what the EXPERT says,
and enjoy the GROUP activities and parties, you are one
of us. Individual thought and alignment with universal
law, equality and balance, I think not.
Around the world ILLUMINISTS worship Lucifer
or Satan or any number of different reptiles and practice
what they call “enlightenment.” They claim and are very
proud of their roots in the ancient mystery religions of
Babylon, Egypt, and Celtic Druidism, Atlantis and before
that Draco. The Sons of Biel became the Dark Robes of
Atlantis and were responsible for the fall of Lemuria and
then Atlantis. Their dark acts never seem to end they are
now known as the Illuminati and have represented the
“DARK” since they came to Earth. These are a collection
of entities from different planets and star systems that
had not ascended when their home worlds did. They
found each other and banded together. Unfortunately
these groups were not just physical they also chose to
maintain forms in the lower very dark astral plane of the
bottom of the 4th dimension.
Awareness Heals Me | 239
The SCARLET COUNCIL from Babylon 1894 BC
was a major illuminati center and they were the ones
that created the plans for world conquest or the New
World Order. They created the various religions. The
scarlet council was the black magicians from Atlantis
and then Egyptian schools around 3150 BC that became
the Freemasons in Europe. They paralyzed the intellec-
tual and SPIRITUAL activities of the individual. They
demanded one’s complete and unhesitating acquies-
cence to the DOGMA the PRIESTS in all religions cre-
ated. The Pharaoh in Egypt became a puppet for the
scarlet council. The same bloodlines found in the scar-
let council planned and set into motion our World Wars,
9-11 and the war on terrorism.
These practicing Satanists are our politicians, medi-
cal doctors, high ranking police officers, lawyers, adver-
tising gurus, decorated military men, famous singers
and actors or media personalities, fashion models and
social workers. Amongst the lowest are the disenfran-
chised and generally temporary members are prosti-
tutes, minor drug dealers and a number of High School
students.
ILLUMINATI GODS and their subordinates, the
Masons and Satanists honor a deity of countless dif-
ferent names to keep those of lower rank hoodwinked.
Many Illuminists at the local level worship ancient
deities like El, Baal, Isis, Osiris and his son Horus, Set,
“The Sun” the “Central Sun” Lucifer “Hiram Abiff”
the “Great Architect of the Universe” Satan “Abaddon,”
“Mahabone,” and “Jahbuhlun.” All are front names and
“pretend Christians” for the worship of power for the
human or ego. Power over others is the goal or reward.
Methods used to obtain this power are deception, lies,
dissociation, fear, force and blackmail.
240 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Dark entities believe they are doing their “god’s work”
by going through the universe dominating and assimi-
lating INFERIOR creatures and slaves, like humans are.
Their god is a large white winged dragon with icy blue
eyes that must be obeyed. That belief is similar to “the
Christians” or “missionaries” on earth saving the hea-
thens or pagans to please their god and create personal
wealth. Americans did that to the Blacks from Africa and
made them slaves. The American Indians were killed off
and their children were taken to steal their land. If the
reptilians are our genetic parent and handlers we have
grown up just like them as a society.
GOLEMS are artificial soulless beings used as a slave
force in Kabalistic Black magic. This alternate personal-
ity didn’t exist like real people do, so the logic is, it could
be abused or used as a robot. Programmed alternate per-
sonalities may have a musical cord to call them up, and
the reverse of that cord will disintegrate them. Scholem
a Satanist writes “In this circle the Sefer Yezirah was
nearly always interpreted in the manner of Saadiah and
Shabbetai Donnolo with a guide for both mystics and
adepts of magic.
The more talented Illuminists are all created, con-
trolled and backed by “the family.” They pay dues or
“kick backs” to the Illuminati. They have lifestyles based
on criminal activity with a thin covering of respectable
professionalism. They are placed in positions of power
in finance, law enforcement, government, local authori-
ties, coroner’s offices and healthcare workers that all
working together hide the evidence of their satanic
activity and protect the guilty. In the middle of the night
members are picked up to attend a ritual or meeting and
the only thing they will remember or feel in the morning
is fatigue. Satanism is the religion that holds the system
of control on earth together.
Awareness Heals Me | 241
They have excellent lawyers who are well paid to
help cover their tracks. There are also people in the
media paid to help keep stories from coming out. They
attack and discredit therapists who work with Ritual
Abuse Survivors. They consider humans their property,
chattel, slaves, cattle, something to experiment with, to
use or eat as they see fit.
The ILLUMINATI has 13 RULING FAMILIES at
the top of the pyramid Each family is given an area or
function to fulfill like global finance, mind control, mili-
tary or technology research and development, media,
entertainment and news or religion. Number 13 is con-
sidered the highest level of SPIRITUAL knowledge, the
dark kind. Each ruling family has a council of 13. All 13
families are shape shifters. When you are a hybrid 50%
human and 50% or more reptilian genetic code, shape
shifting is a case of shifting the hologram from one
genetic code to another. ALL their infants are raised as
Satanists with trauma based and mind control program-
ming. The committee of 300 is the layer below the 13
ruling families in the hierarchy and supports the ruling
families.
At the WORLD and national level, they are the
extremely wealthy people who do as they are told. They
finance Illuminati goals and interact with the leaders
of other countries to ensure orders are followed. They
are intelligent, well educated, and the COVER STORY is
that they are active in their churches and communities.
Children that aren’t able to comply with the rules or are
deficient in some way get eaten or sacrificed at rituals.
Many babies are born in secret so there is no record that
they existed.
Regional councils dictate what is to be done to the
groups below them and are told HOW to form the ­policies
and agendas for each region. The families are 1. Rothschild,
242 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Bauer the Pindar 2. Bruce 3. Cavendish - Kennedy 4. De
Medici 5. Hanover 6. Hapsburg 7. Krupp 8. Plantagenet 9.
Rockefeller 10. Romanov 11. Sinclair, St. Clair 12. Warburg,
Del Blanco 13 Windsor, Saxe, Coburg, Goethe
The COMMITTEE of 300 is second in command and
supports the 13 ruling families on earth. The committee
of 300 use PRIVATE institutions to further the Illuminati
agenda including Council of Foreign relations, Mafia, CIA,
NSA, Secret Service, Federal Reserve, the International
Monetary Fund, International Affairs, Internal Revenue
Service and Interpol to name only a few.
Some ILLUMINATI CORPORATIONS are Rand
Corporation, Hughes Aircraft, Northrop Corporation,
General Electric, AT & T, Sandia Corporation, Stanford
Research Institute, Colorado School of Mines, and Walsh
Construction, Bechtel the major Illuminati Corporation
that has won a massive contract to rebuild Iraq after it
was bombed by the liberators.
5 of alternate personalities.
COLOR PROGRAMS
Color programming CODES and systems of the
Illuminists consist of 13 different colors are found in a
standard 13 x 13 x 13 = 2,197 possible alternate person-
alities or alters or splits in the Illuminati alter system.
Each computer inside the SLAVE was given a color.
Color codes within the Illuminati Mind Control system
are consistent and predictable like the Illuminists are.
The hierarchy of color from the top down is Platinum,
Gold, Silver, Purple, Black, Red, Green, Brown, White,
Orange, Yellow and Pink. Each color has its own mean-
ing and rank.
Awareness Heals Me | 24 3
Joseph Mengala and his programmers used a large
dollhouse with 26 rooms. Each room was painted one of
the 13 different colors for the child to visualize and be
programmed with. 13 fronts, for public deception and 13
back computers or rooms, to serve Illuminist agendas
were in the dollhouse. Generally the illuminist agenda
are the opposite of what the public sees and is told.
The toddler “focus changer” was electroshock and
then a different colored scarf was shown to the child to
call out those colored alters or to build colored ribbons
or rooms for the internal alters. The alternate personali-
ties would be dehumanized into being a colored ribbon.
Ribbon programming represented their location, what
color they were and what they protect.
The color tells you what your job is and who inside
of the alters is a friend and who is not. There are some
“light alters” to balance out all of the “dark alters.”
When an internal or external handler or trainer wants
the slave to do something, they call out that color group
Color programming is one of the first programs to be
“laid in.” It is done the same way all around the world
and universe so any trainer or programmer can activate
your programming and get CONSISTENT results. Each
level of programming is built on more suffering and tor-
ture, drugging, electroshock and hypnosis to create a
skilled obedient slave that does not think for them self
and seldom has conscious awareness of what they do or
what has been done to them.
CLEAR is a secret or shell alternate personality to
DECEIVE the outside world. It is a fake alternate per-
sonality to cover for others like “Guardian of the Vail.”
Internal programmers or handlers can switch colors to
protect the programming, but not the slave. Clear can
take on any color.
24 4 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
PLATINUM is the ultimate. NO ONE is superior and
they remain hidden until you find them. Beware if you
do. You must die before you can see the Seven Seals. Not
all “Illuminated ones” have Platinum. This power and
control must be earned generationally and genetically.
SILVER represents the satanic alternate person-
alities that perform high-level satanic rituals like the
“Mothers of dark.” These are dark souls using the para-
normal and astral projection to communicate with.
GOLD is in control when platinum isn’t. Gold inter-
nal alternate personalities are organizers, administra-
tors and judges. Gold is perfection if not done perfectly
there is torture and suffering. The All Seeing Eye is here
and the shutter of the All-seeing eye of the computer is
“child alters” that open and shut the eye. It knows what
goes on in all of the system subconsciously but if it is dis-
covered by a therapist or other type of intruder the eye
shuts and the human slave cannot talk. They are at top
of the pyramid unless they decide to flip it. Gold is the
supreme leadership in the system and the “Grand Druid
Council.” Gold talks mainly to purples.
PURPLE is the INTERNAL ABUSERS in the system
and feel superior. They are invisible to the other colors,
watch and control the others. Purple is the mafia con-
nection, drug dealer, and politician; the Illuminated one
and only take orders from the gold council. One purple
alter is on the Gold Council and purple gives orders
throughout the system. BUT NO ONE realizes or has
conscious awareness they were given an order.
The human has the ILLUSION that what they did was
their choice and it NEVER was. An internal and external
handler control all their choices to move, change jobs,
marry, have a child, meet someone, go someplace or call
a number. Purple tells the BIOLOGY when it needs to
be cut or die. The slave is not capable of questioning
Awareness Heals Me | 245
what they are not conscious of. The Illuminati teaches
their slaves to forget abuse and reframe it in their mind
as “training.” Purple is programmed to DENY the tor-
ture they have suffered to get to the purple level and it
doesn’t hurt purple if the biology dies.
The dysfunctional family not illuminati members;
calls their ABUSES discipline or for your own good or
to toughen you up.
VIOLET-PURPLE are FRONT alters used to make
the slave appear “normal and cute or sexy.” Small CHILD
alters are placed into boxes.
BLACK does what Satan wants or you FEEL the pain
instead of giving it to other colors. Black performs cult
rituals, reads and memorizes details about the Illuminati
locally and nationally. Black is born out of the “moon-
child ritual.” Black takes orders from purple.
The Delta and Beta alternate personalities are coded
black and do the DIRTY work for the cult like blackmail
and assassination. Delta Teams are part of the CIA’s psy-
chic warfare tricks. The army is an occult fighting force
that practices witchcraft. Black Nexus alters are con-
necting links between systems.
RED alternate personalities get raped and sexually
abused but deny it. The black alters lie and trick red
ones telling them red is superior and in control. Red
altars see themselves as witches and believe they have
great spiritual power. RED are sexual arousal alternate
personalities.
BROWN is disguises or chameleon-like. A “hidden
system” and may hold CIA programming and high-level
governmental programming. In the beta system they
are the courier, operations, learning to tail a subject, or
“drop a tag.”
GREEN gets most of the cult pain and abuse that
happens at home like being raped daily to “train you”
246 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
being mentally and physically tormented. Green are cat
alters denying abuse to “protect their cult family.”
LIGHT GREEN are god and goddess alters formed
in triads that function in the Illuminati ceremonies and
rituals.
EMERALD GREEN or dark green are Satan alters
or the Anti-Christ alters and are considered the most
sacred occult color. EMERALD CITY LIBRARY some
alters in the illuminati system only function as photo-
graphic memories and store pages and pages of infor-
mation including the codes of the their entire internal
system. The libraries contain the historical genealogies
of satanic DNA from early ancient times like Atlantis to
the present.
BLUE alternate personalities are clone armies. They
self injure or kill itself to keep from leaking information
or being deprogrammed. Suicide programs are to have
a heart attack, use a weapon or physically exhaust the
biology to death.
DARK BLUE alters protect the cult and are on the
dark side.
LIGHT BLUE ones are in charge of how the system
runs. They protect the biology and have some light alters
but mostly dark alters.
WHITE are from Atlantis, Aryan Sons of Belial and
feel superior. They are internal programmers wearing
white robes; believe in genetic engineering and a master
race. The Nazi plans of WW II have never left and are
the guideline for the New World Order and New World
Religion.
ORANGE is a special protector with strong obedi-
ence to the Illuminati and warns of internal or external
threats. When a slave is committing a criminal act in
society they may be tipped off internally that the police
are coming or they are in danger. When the children
Awareness Heals Me | 247
are forced into prostitution rings at age four years and
up the guard will let them know when a “John” plans
to hurt them and they should run. The prostitution
and “drug running” earn money for cult operations.
YELLOW alters are ritually and sexually twinned with
alters of other systems that have OPPOSING spiritual
beliefs. The alters that believe in Jesus and that he will
SAVE them get tormented by the black, purple and red
alters that are mad that God didn’t do anything to help
them or rescue them. The alters argue continuously. In
the system there are a few strong Christian, FRONT
alters acting as a balancing point and they HIDE the
Satanism.
PINK THINKS they are core personalities and hold
the true feelings of the human apart from the cult. Pink
are tattletales and report or nark of the self. They are the
confused innocent ones and emotionally fragile.
The REAL core personality is waiting for the little
human to get tired of being an illuminati puppet and is
in hiding until the little human is brave enough to leave
their programs, trainers and handlers by staying con-
sciously aware all the time deciding what they want to
do for the self.
5
 seventeen
Psychic

Psychic Programming starts early. About 10% of the tod-

dlers that also have a genetic parent with psychic abili-
ties have their psychic abilities enhanced during their
first two years of life. Then they are put to work by their
controllers or handlers “remote viewing” at age 2 to 3
years. They spy for the illuminati in the universe, on and
in the earth and within their cult families. They scan
and are aware of other’s thoughts and feelings and then
report back to their handlers and trainers what they see
and hear.
A normal toddler isn’t very grounded. Psychic tod-
dlers are so OPENNED to the UNIVERSE or BUTTERED
OVER the universe (Scientology term) that they receive
information easily BUT find it hard to know what are
their thought or feeling and what feelings and thoughts
belong to others. They are not able to integrate all the
information they collect and remain confused. They
have left many aspects and pieces of themselves scat-
tered all over the universe. They compulsively reach
for the clarity their handlers do not want them to have.
Psychically programmed toddlers on into adulthood
remain fragmented. They do not know, understand or
honor their own needs.
Psychic toddlers also get the Delta assassination pro-
gramming designed to kill enemies psychically. They spy
with remote viewing on enemies and friends. So much
249
250 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
of what the psych toddler, child and adult read is nasty
dark abusive thoughts of control, hate and manipula-
tion. BUT, the psychically programmed child and adult
are generally the ones most likely to break their pro-
gramming enough to leave the cult and their biological
family, which is what generally needs to be done. As the
programmed individual leaves the abusers it encourages
others to leave. Let’s them know it can be done.
For EXAMPLE: One psychically programmed child
was so overwhelmed by the dark insensitive cruel
THOUGHTS of her rapists that she wanted to com-
mit suicide and tried many times. Her rapists were her
father, 8 family members, some of the relatives and the
Mormon Church elite. At 4 years of age. She put herself
in dangerous situations like standing in front of a bull.
She tried running away from home on her tricycle but
needed to be home by dark. She begged her parents to
be rescued from older brothers but was ignored. It was
all part of her training.
At 4 years old she split off an aspect of her trauma-
tized, betrayed, angry frustrated self that she disowned.
That aspect of her carried her powerlessness, anger and
upset over the many trauma and feelings of rejection
and betrayal she felt and read psychically. The 4-year-
old aspect HANDLED her powerlessness; anger and
upset experiences into her 50s when she was integrated
and the core personality took control.
At twelve years of age, she and her mother cared for
her satanic grandpa that was dying. Grandpa felt sexual
lust for the 12 year old, which is typical in pedophiles
and Satanists. The mother of the 12-year-old daugh-
ter was very jealous and felt betrayed by her daughter
- not her father. Mom thought she had EARNED the
“love“ grandpa showed the granddaughter. Mom hated
her daughter so intensely that the daughter decided at
Awareness Heals Me | 251
that time to stop feeling or reading what humans felt or
thought. And she did stop, becoming useless to the illu-
minati. She was almost too old to be the sexual slave she
had been to the cult and her family members that were
TRAINING younger children.
The 12 year old however did maintain her psychic
abilities with nature, Gaia, plants, animals, rocks and the
electric fields around earth.
5
ALPHA and BETA
Alpha and Beta Programming for ILLUMINIST
CHILDREN, we all originated from light and the com-
munities and societies we came from were compas-
sionate and aligned with universal law. There were
no serious behavior problems or criminals because
children were honored and valued. It is pretty easy to
stay compassionate when everyone is similar to each
other. We CHOSE to incarnate on earth to increase our
knowledge or spiritual wisdom about how THE DARK
ones function and we fell into behaving just like them.
Experiencing and learning is a good thing. This was an
experience to gather the wisdom and SEE if we chose
light again. The VAST majority of us got stuck in the
darkness. There was an end date to this experience in
darkness that has already past. This reality has ended
in a fuzzy, long drawn out way and it is time to move on
to light and compassion and universal law or continue
another round of darkness and power over others.
When you were born into a dysfunctional or Illuminati
family that was your soul’s choice. There was a spiritual
lesson to master and if you haven’t figured it out yet you
252 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
will remain in place until you do. Experience the same
lesson with different people and settings. Universal law
says what you individually created with the choices you
made. You individually need to uncrate with different
choices you make in present time. There is no way to
leave an Illuminist family without staying conscious
and aware. All the programs, triggers and codes work
because the human moves into a dissociated state. Being
dissociated allows a handler or trainer to control you.
You surrender ALL YOUR CHOICES to them. Below is
a few more programs the child raised in an Illuminist
family has experienced BEFORE becoming a cog in the
dark machine of those controlling the earth:
ALPHA Programming is the easiest brain wave to
reach and include the youngest and easiest alternate
personalities for programmers and handlers to pro-
gram. Alpha programs are considered the foundation
for all other programs of Illuminati slaves. Infants and
children live in alpha states and need “training, drug-
ging, physical trauma and electric shock” to enter other
brain wave states for long periods of time to serve their
handlers and programmers. There are systems of alter-
nate personalities, generally in groups of three created,
and access codes are installed for programmers and
handlers to use.
Different alternate personalities are installed in the
child to service adults sexually, especially to convince
the adult that the child REALLY wants sexual activ-
ity and frequently physical and emotional abuse from
adults. Pedophiles like to maintain the fantasy and illu-
sion that the toddler desires sexual force and perversion
from adults. Guess who’s faulted if the ADULT doesn’t
have an enjoyable experience?
Because the child is too young to read the Illuminati
uses COLORS as codes and triggers, alpha states may be
Awareness Heals Me | 253
coded RED (woman in the red dress) in some alter sys-
tems. In the alpha state trainers also program in how to
torture, use espionage, increase the slaves visual acuity
and develop photographic memory.
BETA Programming is built on Alpha programming
in infants and children. The 3rd dimensional vibration or
calibrations of brain waves at BETA rhythm or 12 to 30
Hz or cycles per second. At the beta vibration your real-
ity is perceived, as “outside” of you and you feel sepa-
rate. The core belief is that you are a victim. BETA is the
2nd easiest brain wave to reach and is associated with
aggression, survival and sexual impulses.
The beta programs holds cult PROTECTORS, inter-
nal warriors and MILITARY systems. They may be
coded BLUE. All children in the illuminati are “trained
sex slaves” from birth and at 2 years are programmed
to have charisma and be seductive. Beta alternate per-
sonalities are used as Black Widows for espionage and
blackmail.
Beauty is in the eye of the beholder. A trainer can use
most any kind of body as a sex slave. They are used in
the crime syndicate, pornography, snuff films, and mov-
ies or in Internet pornography. Some films are of having
one’s head chopped off while having sex or aborting a
fetus. Early sexual abuse events will be used or created
to anchor the beta programming and the many alternate
personalities. Beta altars frequently see themselves as
cats.
The SCORPION Program was a government pro-
gram installed into the Monarch sex slaves both male
and female. The BETA model can ONLY have sex with
those their handler’s allows them to have sex with. They
CANNOT refuse sexually servicing another. Slaves
are consistently belittled and compared unfavorably
to others. The children are available and taken to be
254 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
used sexually around the world, as party favors and for
blackmail.
Alpha and beta programs along with the Steps of dis-
cipline are not humiliating enough I guess, so children
also get dehumanization programs.
DEHUMANIZATION Programming creates alter-
nate personalities that are animals or things or objects.
Like a bird, cat, dog, alien, horse, earth element, gem-
stone or rock to insure the alternate personality con-
tinues to believe they are not human. All the Disney
­productions from the early 1900s until present time
have been designed and used for this type of program-
ming and triggering of children and adults. The children
shows on television reinforce a child being the wind or
water or dragon.
To create a cat alter bring on the drugs, electro-shock
and hypnosis. The child “in its cage” drugged and elec-
tro-shocked. Over and over again the child is asked, if it
wants to become a cat? They are told cats never get killed
and tortured like CHILDREN do. In the same space as
the trainer and child are, there are cages with little girls
that are dirty, being tortured and ill fed. When the child
“agrees” to be a cat, they are forced to eat like cats, with
cats and are repeatedly SHAMED and degraded and
told it is because, they are cats. Adults have trouble with
double speak, how does a child deal with it?
A lie detector is hooked up to the child to determine
if the alternate personality believes it is a cat. A great
deal of simple torture is applied to make sure that the
correct answers are given to the trainer and believed.
No one is trusted and nothing is left to chance.
High-speed films or DVDs of kittens playing and
having fun are shown in one eye, while the other eye
is forced to see little girls having to undergo the worst
of tortures. This viewing is forced upon the child as its
Awareness Heals Me | 255
eyes are held open and the child is strapped into a view-
ing chair. Like in the film A Clockwork Orange 1971, the
future or a fiction, I think not. More hypnosis and drug
induced states are used.
The painful rape of a child with its legs held in a but-
terfly configuration is used to get a butterfly alter. To get
a puppet, the body is given a drug to paralyze the child.
Then electro-shock is applied to certain muscles upon
the command of the programmer. The effect is that the
child has no control over his or her body, and the pro-
grammer can make the child’s body parts jerk and move
by shocking them.
BRAIN WAVE Programming is started at 8 years
of age depending on the child’s skill at dissociation and
the country he or she lives in. Before 8 years of age the
cerebral cortex and neurological development are not
advanced enough to train and will cause neurological
damage. EEGs are used to determine if they are in a
particular brain wave state. Hypnotic drugs and electric
shock are used to increase fear and arousal.
COLOR Programming is a simple system to orga-
nize codes for nonreaders like most 2 year-olds are. The
COLOR Programming or CODING will be used the rest
of their life. Training starts with drugging through food,
drink, “Kool-Aid” or injection, the child is hypnotized
and traumatized. Then strapped down naked on a cold
metal table. All this is done before the “training” gets
underway.
The training is done over and over again to lay in
each and every traumatized alternate personality. For
example training in the color code blue. The child is
put into a room of neutral color like white or beige. The
trainer will dress in all blue there will be blue lighting
and blue objects in the room. The 2 year old child will
awaken from the abuse still in a trance and is told that
256 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
blue is GOOD and blue will PROTECT them from harm
and blue people don’t get HURT. The trainer calls up a
young child alter or core split from the child’s internal
system of alters and tells the child they will learn how to
BECOME blue. The child is asked if it wants to be blue.
That way the child has the illusion of choice and culpa-
bility, they deserve to be blamed, that installs a lifetime
of feeling GUILTY.
If the 2 year old says yes, it wants to be BLUE like
the trainers they continue on. If the child says no it is
re-traumatized until it says yes. The naked child is told
it cannot wear clothing until it EARNS the right to wear
beautiful blue clothes. They are forced to act in blue
ways. To access the child’s blue system and alters the
trainer will “trigger them” or call them up with the blue
color or wear a piece of clothing in the color they want
to call up. Or on television the blue-faced men or blue
popsicles will trigger their programming and that alter
will be called out to DO or KNOW something.
5 Being conscious and aware, of how they feel does not
FRUSTRATION
TRY to converse or communicate with an alternate
personality or a dissociated one, it is frustrating and
goes nowhere. Having a MEANINGFUL conversation
with an Illuminist, “trauma base programmed” individ-
ual is predictably FRUSTRATING and confusing when
you want to know and understand them better. Pity the
therapist. It is hard for an alternate personality to share
their feelings, because they do not have any REAL ones.
They only have the feelings programmed into them.
Awareness Heals Me | 257
You would need to communicate with the core
personality that trusts no one and has learned to keep
secrets. When no one has ever cared about what they
think or feel. EXCEPT to torment them further, until
they give the right response. It is hard and possibly dan-
gerous to share anything.
All their waking hours have been devoted to survival
and accomplishing tasks perfectly and automatically
without conscious awareness. Knowing how they feel
might not be much of a priority.
To give you an honest answer, they would need to
STAY in present time AND you need to have the REAL
core personality trust you. When you trigger them
with your question, they are thrilled to give you their
unconscious “programmed response” from one of their
FRONT alternate personalities. That will impress you
with how well trained they are. Compliant robots or
slaves find it easier to dissociate than risk more pain and
suffering or know how they feel. Lies and denial is key
to surviving so much abuse.
improve their lot any. Like the politicians that are sexu-
ally inappropriate and explain their behavior as “I was
being affectionate and they misunderstood.” They never
get it, because the core personality is not present. You
are reasoning with a human robot looking for the right-
programmed response or lie to give you. You confuse the
robot with your inability to accept their canned responses.
When the essence or core personality is absent, save your
breath. Always check the eyes to see if anyone is home.
Engaging a human robot is not satisfying.
Paying attention to what they actually say ultimately
leaves you guessing about what you heard and what it
could mean. Asking simple question could make you
258 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
more confused and when you repeat your question you
may get the same response repeated with anger.
You ask a simple question, “How did your brother
feel?”
A very long pause or silence and then an answer, “In
the ancestral line there was always competition even
competing against the self.”
The long pause before answering is the human robot
mentally running through a large number of misdirect-
ing things or lies they can say because they know giving
a straight answer could lead to physical punishment in
their experience. Illuminists are trained and taught to
consistently lie, give disinformation or misdirect to the
one asking questions. While the answer may be factually
accurate, it does not answer the question and will gen-
erally STOP efforts to get the individual to share their
thoughts and feelings. It is difficult to impossible for you
to get their honest feedback.
To get any honest answer the core personality needs
to be present AND trust you. Then you might learn
something about them that hasn’t been programmed in.
As the small child is being “trained” they also try mak-
ing some logical sense out of the way they are treated
or abused continuously. I doubt they ever think OH!
“They want a compliant robot to abuse, do nasty unethi-
cal, illegal things to ME and to other people.” No they
realize if they say and do what is wanted and keep their
thoughts to them self or dissociate, there is less pain and
confusion. Telling the truth “straight out” has ALWAYS
meant being “set up” and greater suffering and drug-
ging. So why do it?
They go for the politically correct broad answer and
hope that makes you happy. The answer you get is one
they hope will please you so you can leave them alone.
Even when they are allowed to go to a therapist, they
Awareness Heals Me | 259
try to please the therapist and give the RIGHT answers.
One lady went to two different therapists working in
the same building with problems two different alternate
personalities were having, BUT no one was working
with the core personality. She didn’t get better.
DENIAL Programming is designed to disorient and
confuse what is real in the mind. Monday the child is hor-
rendously wounded and traumatized, Tuesday morning
everyone connected to the abuse acts as if nothing hap-
pened. How can a toddler EVER know what is real. The
family models a lifestyle of DENIAL and dissociation
for the infant and young child most of the time.
There are drugs always present in an illuminist’s life.
Fetuses, infants and children are drugged all the time.
The CIA and Illuminati programming centers have more
than 600 to 700 different drugs at their disposal. They
can make a person feel like he or she is in heaven, or
burning in hell or make the person vomit. If they want
a little girl to have breasts they give her hormones. To
create a raving paranoia in a person, the handler gives
too much dopamine or too little dopamine.
Reduce serotonin and they will be unable to under-
stand cause and effect of anything. Thorazine was used
regularly at the CIA’s Jonestown Guyana group control
experiment in mind control. Many drugs especially
experimental ones are only known by code names. The
drugs can be used with elaborate light, sound and motion
shows that produce whatever effect the programmer
wants to produce like SHRINKING or dying.
Drugs cause us to focus closely on the physical as a
method for acquiring increased spirituality but they get
us stuck in the physical body.
Electroconvulsive Therapy or ECT creates seizures
and drugs can do the same. Which is used is the personal
taste of the trainer or handler. Amnesia can be caused
260 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
by an intra-cerebral or under the skin shot of puromyx-
cin, cyclohexamide or Acetoxycycloheximide. A more
sophisticated technique incorporates the drug seconal
that creates a hypnotic state or dissociation. After com-
pleting a mission these are used to prevent conscious
awareness of what they have done.
NEAR DEATH Programming or “resurrection cer-
emony” has always been used by the Illuminati. The
Phoenix, symbol of death and new life, is one of their
highest symbols and symbolizes the coming of the New
World Order.
One version of near death programming is drugging
a 2 or 3 year old, seriously traumatizing, beating, shock-
ing and almost suffocating the child to create a near
death state, during an occult ceremony or satanic ritual.
In extreme pain they are brought to consciousness and
asked to choose, death or to invite a powerful demon
inside. The demon enters, the child goes unconscious,
and awakens later in clean clothing and a soft bed. They
are extremely weak and shaky, and are told by a kind,
caring, soft voice that they died, but the demon brought
them back to life. The child is told that if they ask the
demonic entity to leave, that they will revert to the near
death state they were in. The child feels marked and
chosen.
Another near death programming the Illuminati uses:
the child has arms, legs, waist and neck tied down. Then
wrapped in a cocoon with soft gauze, to limit movement
or any feeling or sensation in the limbs. They are fed
intravenously, and undergo severe sensory deprivation.
Glaring white light and loud noise are used to help disori-
ent, then they are electric shocked and drugged possibly
given paralytic drugs. This goes on for days. The anxi-
ety level is extreme. They are told that they are dying.
Then a trainer with soothing voice says, I won’t let you
Awareness Heals Me | 261
die. But, you owe your life to me. Recorded messages are
also played over and over the child is allowed to come
out of unconsciousness, with the constant message of
being “reborn” for the “family (Illuminati) group”
RESUSCITATION Programming or ritual includes
drugging, electric shock or tortured until their HEART
stops beating. Then the head priest will resuscitate
the child with drugs, CPR and incantations. When the
child comes back or is resuscitated they are told that
they were brought back to life by the demonic entity
the group worships and now the child owes their life to
that entity. Rejection of the demon or reptilian or family
means death or activation of a suicide program.
Sometimes the carcass of a large animal like a cow or
horse is opened up and the child is placed in there for a
day or more so it can be REBORN into Satan’s legions.
Sometimes the child dies, but if they live they are told
the demon saved them and will preserve them as long as
they do not upset Satan.
being played. They are extremely vulnerable recep-
tive to the messages placed in under trauma.
A third version is putting the child in a large recently
killed animal, like a horse and letting them stay there a
few days. They get saved and rescued.
5
 eighteen
Jumped In

Getting jumped into the Illuminists gang becomes

more formal by four years of age and the direction they
will serve is crystallized. The generational Illuminist
child has been tested many times in many ways physi-
cally, mentally and emotionally. Including Gittinger’s
Personality Assessment System or PAS designed to eval-
uate current and future personality. Gittinger’s original
formulation defines three primitive dimensions, consid-
ering general ability level, gender and age.
The first dimension is Internalizer-Externalizer or
intellectual dimension meaning the child has an ability
to manipulate internal stimuli or symbols without being
distracted by the external world.
The Regulated-Flexible or procedural dimension is
a child that can see details within a whole, but not the
whole. They are more stimuli bound.
The Adaptable-Role Uniform dimension is a child
skilled in meeting demands others make on them, with-
out awareness of all that is involved.
Based on the PAS results the 4-year-old falls in program-
ming charts are labeled with a suitable occupation like
Environmental Activist or Pentecostal church reformer
or Consumer Advocate or Activist. Programming follows,
with 6-month goals to support and develop strengths. The
appropriate alternate personality will be created. The map
of the Land of Oz in the Wizard of Oz books was frequently
263
264 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
used for the front, socially appropriate; alternate person-
alities. A system built as a city of entities having unity and
multiplicity. Illuminists love opposites, unity is forced in
their reality. Light is dark. Up is down.
To execute the plans of the illuminati, it takes many,
many handlers, trainers and controllers. The older disso-
ciated ones need to control and instruct the younger dis-
sociated ones and there is your unity. Slaves controlling
each other, a dissociated society operating with controlled
minds and thoughts passed on to the young. You just need
to call forth the right alter to get the desired job done.
Parents do the earliest sexual training for all the chil-
dren even all the sexual positions are taught and drawn.
Teachers in schools wonder where very young students
learned to draw explicit sexual acts. They learned it at
home of course. There is no free will or thinking for
your self. The continuous use of drugs, electric shocked
and trauma affects their small-undeveloped biology’s
and brains and who cares about that? It is not uncom-
mon for trainers to give too much electricity and destroy
programming and the child’s ability to be a good slave
and sometimes stay alive. How many have died from too
many drugs? Most all of the children died that they used
to test radiation on. The few that lived have many chal-
lenges to deal with daily.
Since the 1940s the Atomic Energy Commission had
been sponsoring tests on the effects of radiation on the
human body. Such experiments were not limited to hos-
pital patients, but included, orphans fed irradiated milk,
children injected with radioactive materials, prisoners
in Washington and Oregon state prisons.
METAL and JEWEL Programming The parent’s
status, the child’s DNA, the region it is born in, the group
it is born into, and the trainers that work with it deter-
mine what level the child is put in and when.
Awareness Heals Me | 265
METAL Programming is what many Illuminati chil-
dren are given. Metals are bronze (lowest) to platinum
(highest) and are laid in the same way jewel program-
ming is. JEWEL Programming is similar to metal pro-
gramming but a higher level and more difficult to obtain.
JEWEL programming is started at 2 or 3 years of
age and is considered higher than metals to achieve.
Higher levels mean more abuse, drugging, hypnotism
and electro shock. The child is shown a piece of jewelry
or a large example of the jewel (or metal) and asked isn’t
this amethyst, ruby, emerald or diamond beautiful? The
child will be eager to look at it and touch it. To become a
jewel you need to EARN the right with TRAINING and
systematic abuse and trauma to create full alters inside.
Amethyst is usually 1st earned and linked to KEEPING
SECRETS.
Ruby is next and linked to SEXUAL ABUSE and
sexual alters laid in. As the child is repeatedly sexually
traumatized and survives they CREATE sexual alter-
nate personalities to please adult perversions.
Emerald generally comes at ages 12 to 15 years and
is linked to family loyalty, WITCHCRAFT and dark
spiritual achievement. Emeralds often have a black cat
linked to them.
Diamond is the highest gemstone, and not all chil-
dren will earn it. “Family jewels” are often passed down
internally during training sessions with trainers and
family members. All high Illuminati families will have
jewels hidden in secret vaults, which have been passed
down for generations.
Triads of three elders may be seen in the alter sys-
tem. Platinum’s may have a head council of three. Jewels
will have a triad of ruby, emerald, and diamond in many
systems, to rule over the others as an internal leader-
ship council or System Above or Ascended Masters or
266 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
supreme council, regional council, world council, etc.
may be found. It is not uncommon for the survivor to
incorporate a parent, both parents, and grandparents,
into their internal leadership hierarchy in a genera-
tional survivor. High priests and priestesses may sit on
ruling councils inside the internal system of alternate
personalities.
THE WHOLE GANG gets MILITARY Programming
MILITARY Programming for all is emphasized
and installed as part of their plan to takeover the
world. NEW WORLD ORDER or N.W.O. or “FOURTH
REICH” or the One-World-Government planned for
earth. Currently all children are undergoing some form
of military training at 3 years with simple exercises.
Parents take the children to a training area that may be
a large inside auditorium or remote outside area to mas-
ter training maneuvers. They march in time and keep
straight lines and what fun would any of this be with-
out being PUNISHED by being kicked, electric shocked
with cattle prods or beaten with a baton when you don’t
do it right or fast enough.
They are dressed in small uniforms like the adults.
The adults have ranks, badges and insignia indicating
their level of achievement in the illuminati hierarchy
and military. They spend hours learning to aim, sight,
and fire guns to condition them to KILLING. They are
shown violent films of warfare more explicit and graphic
than normal movies, video games and virtual reality
play. Killing techniques are shown in slow motion “kill
or be killed” gets ground in over and over.
War games for older youths are used and the losers
are punished. We are so surprised. They are taught to
leave behind the weak or slow members. Unfit mem-
bers are killed. The goal is to create, creative cognitive
Awareness Heals Me | 267
leaders inside the military systems who DISSOCIATE
under stress, to trigger particular programs of destruc-
tion and insensitivity. An honorable soldier will take his
life rather than reveal secrets or leave his unit.
For the children selected to work for and or spy on
governments there is
GOVERNMENT Programming installed in illumi-
nati slaves to infiltrate local political parties and those
running for leadership positions locally and nation-
ally or working for top leaders as ADMINISTRATORS,
financial advisors funding governmental races and back-
ing the person sympathetic to the Illuminati or putting
their person in to win. Eventually causing the downfall
of all major governments in the world and then install-
ing the New World Order and New World Religion.
They already control our financial markets, the media
and most religions.
CIA Programming uses brain wave and color-­
coding. These programs were developed through mili-
tary research and funding in 1950 - 1960’s. Alters were
trained to become hyper aware of conversations even
when whispered. INTERNAL human recorders are
taught to download these conversations. Photographic
recall is emphasized and downloaded.
VIRTUAL REALITY Programming uses a virtual
reality headset, suit and illuminati produced VR discs
using holographic images, scripted programs and tar-
gets with practice sequences for assassin training. Under
hypnosis and drugs the person thinks it is real. Virtually
any scenario can be recreated and reinforced over and
over. The VR disc is more advanced than any video or
arcade games.
5
268 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
ACCOUNTABILITY
Denial and lack of responsibility or claiming to not
know PREVENTS movement to higher vibrations. You
need to be very aware of your thoughts and how chari-
table and compassionate they are. Especially when it
comes to thinking about YOU. With more awareness
comes more accountability. We are realizing the pro-
found influence our thoughts and emotions have on us.
Start thinking negatively, blame or judge and your vibra-
tion lowers along with your mood. Victims are always
unhappy people.
Keeping high vibrations allows flashes of perception
from the fourth and fifth dimension to enter your aware-
ness and change your mood. Spending time in compas-
sion leads to hope, enjoyment and conscious choosing.
Our brain works best when in sync with our mental
body or DNA that surrounds us. Our mental body adapts
to the version of reality we choose to be in. The realty
you choose to perceive you create.
As long as we have biology we need to be aware of
what is best for it and support our biology on a cellular
and molecular level. Because we have biology we still
need to do chores, drive and deal with darkness which
all can lower our vibration. The faster you identify your
negativity or density the easier it is to release it. For
example our biology needs to continuously adapt to the
increasing pollution, chemtrails and genetically modi-
fied food. At some point our biology reacted strongly,
now unfortunately, it is adjusting.
We are adjusting to higher vibrations in the same way
and that is very fortunate. Filling your life with creativ-
ity, some exercise and compassion helps us create higher
vibrations as the main state of awareness. We are slowly
Awareness Heals Me | 269
raising our baseline vibration and skill at telepathy, sight
and hearing. Senses of smell and taste are providing more
information about food that feeds you when you believe
and trust your senses. Your discernment is always being
tested. If you abandoned your biology or are living in the
past or future you aren’t getting the sensory information
you need to assist your changing biology.
NOT KNOWING or denial or claiming your associa-
tion with rituals is on another dimension, time or place
is not going to help you integrate your various parts and
pieces. Own what you are all about and set about chang-
ing what you want to change.
EXPENDABLE Programs, Illuminists and other
organizations use trauma-based programs on individu-
als who THEY consider to be expendable. Like sex
slaves used up and killed very early in life. One-time use
saboteurs, breeders that are forced have undocumented
babies in a prison setting, soldiers to experiment with
and insert implants in, drug couriers that are frequently
very young children and so forth. The expendable ones
are the children of parents who were blackmailed into
turning their children over to the CIA and hadn’t been
programmed since birth.
Picking a parent to blackmail, the CIA and Illuminati
watch for porn in the mail and now on the Internet.
Those who are found abusing their SMALL children
they give a choice, go to prison or cooperate with them
by selling their children to them. This method was used
to study radioactivity in children also. The vast majority
of those children died.
The National Security Act hides the information
about who was blackmailed and who was purchased.
The CIA is a front for the Illuminati and they set up
fronts like that in many state mental hospitals and
McGill Psychiatric Training Network that consists of
270 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
eight Montreal hospitals, especially St. Mary’s, NASA
in Huntsville, Alabama, the Presidio in California;
and NOTS at China Lake in California, to name a few.
Satanists within the Network and the CIA took over
Boy’s Town in Nebraska in the early 1950s, to be sure
of a constant supply of boys for programming and sex-
ual use. This information is taken from Bloodlines of
Illuminati by: Fritz Springmeier, 1995.
MONARCH Programming / Nazi Marionette
Programming is built on the same trauma-based program-
ming all Illuminist children receive. The same drugging,
hypnotism, electro shock, physical, mental and emotional
abuse designed to make the slave perform their tasks in
a dissociated state with no conscious awareness of what
they did or suffered. Dissociative Identity Disorder or DID
is created. The standard Illuminati alternate personality
system is 13 x 13 x 13 = 2,197 possible alternate personalities
or alters or splits. Men and women are used to spy, relay
secrets and deliver sexual favors or perversions. Illuminists
use humans to relay their secret information they do not
trust other methods to deliver their messages.
The elite in the U.S. and other governments, intel-
ligence agencies, the entertainment and news media,
in the Catholic hierarchy, Mormon and KKK leader-
ship around the world, use monarch slaves. There are
40,000 actively monitored Monarch slaves. Over 2 mil-
lion Americans have experienced this programming.
When the slave is able to remain in present time they
can start to break their programming by NOT dissociat-
ing or going into denial. They can stop reacting to THEIR
triggers, handlers, trainers and programs by not allow-
ing them self to dissociate. They need to stay consciously
aware of what they do. When a slave feels safe and is
away from their external handlers, which are generally
Awareness Heals Me | 271
family members and dark friends, they can start inte-
grating their alternate personalities little-by-little.
MONTAUK PROJECT is a US government 1983 ini-
tiated experiment and an extension of the Philadelphia
Experiment of 1952 and scientific manipulation of
space-time continuum, time travel and psychological
warfare techniques.
Messages from implants, angels, guides, aliens, or
ascended masters can be from your controller or handler
or the government with a device or psychically. With
all the drugs, abuse, hypnosis and low frequency vibra-
tions with messages hitting us how can we know what
is real and from what source? How do you know what
is true, when you are getting a sound and light show
mostly you are being entertained. As your attention is
diverted outward and you hold your attention outside of
you. Go within to discern your truths. To make consis-
tently LIGHT choices and align with universal law you
will need to be very alert at first until you get the hang
of who is saying what in your head and who is your soul
aspect and how light are they.
Several more programs to distort and twist a slave’s
reality and make them dissociate are “upside-down”
and “silence” programs.
UPSIDE DOWN Programming is hanging or being
suspended upside down for one or two hours. That will
play TRICKS on the MIND and it starts to dissociate and
reverse PAIN and PLEASURE. This is often done with
Beta alters to get them to think that painful sadistic rape,
an illuminati favorite, is pleasurable. After reversals you
get PAIN IS LOVE and the sadomasochistic kitten alters
beg for more abuse to rationalize the predator guilt and
to prevent the predator from remembering when they
were programmed and how much they suffered.
272 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Remember that the vibration of terror, pain and suf-
fering FEEDS energy to the reptilians in the illuminati.
That energy siphoning creates the illusion that they are
powerful because they can terrorize the helpless.
SILENCE Programming is trauma to force SILENCE
by repeatedly killing humans of all ages in front of the infant
or child being programmed while telling the mind-control
victim the people are being sadistically killed because they
talked. Nice way to keep people terrorized and confused.
5 call and report to the trainer or cult leader. These are
JUMPED OUT
Leaving the GANG and your programs, triggers and
focus changers is a considerable challenge. Illuminists
are designed to monitor them self INTERNALLY, exter-
nally and each other the way Hitler Youth controlled
them self and each other. Hitler youth in Germany 1922
to 1945 were a paramilitary organization of the Nazi
Party. MALE youths aged 14 to 18 years. For boys and
girls aged 10 t0 14 was the League of German Girls.
They were viewed as future Aryan Supermen. Greater
emphasis was placed on physical and military training
than on academic study. The youths were used to break
up Church youth movements, did anti-church indoctri-
nation, spied on religious classes, family members and
neighbors. Cruelty was encouraged to weed out the
unfit and harden up the rest. The same principles are in
play when trying to leave the FAMILY.
Breaking programming or deprogramming is hard
to do when your handlers are still able to access you
physically, by any electronic means and or psychically.
In therapy “confuse and scramble programs” will take
Awareness Heals Me | 273
over the therapy sessions and blockers, block and shut
down therapy. The Illuminati wants to keep what they
have invested so much time and training in. They have
always threatened death or psychosis to those trying to
leave. Leaving has a ripple affect of breaking some pro-
gramming in other members and encourages others to
defect. A person leaving is considered a training failure
and the trainers, family and friends get punished.
PHONE or RE-CONTACT Programming each
Illuminati slave has personalities whose only job is to
the young children alternate personalities eager to
please, starved for attention and are rewarded for call-
ing back in. Resist calling most everyone if you want to
leave. Do not phone friends, parents, siblings, cousins,
or aunts. Wake up and notice that the people you call are
urging you in code, to come back. The trigger or com-
mon phrases used are: your FAMILY loves you, misses
you, and needs you. You are so special to us. Someone is
ill and needs to see you. You are so valuable. You need
to come see us. Why haven’t we heard from you lately?
Why are you being so distant?
Concerned family members, friends, and other
Illuminists flood the survivor’s phone and answering
machine. Hang up calls as many as six in a row. A series
of tones may be used to trigger internal programming.
Birthday, holiday, miss you cards, letters or e-mails have
codes in them to trigger you. A certain number of flow-
ers or daisies may fire off daisy programming. The inter-
nal possibilities are almost endless. When NICE fails to
get you to comply, guilt, accusations and hostility start
is used. If that fails than isolation programming may be
activated and attention is withdrawn for a while.
Siblings are cross-trained to access each other with
special codes like REMEMBER WHEN... or I love you,
274 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
or your family loves you, certain clothing or jewelry can
be used to draw on the loyalty system or programs. To
prevent inadvertent popping out of alters by anyone
wearing a color or gem, the cueing is based on sight rec-
ognition of a particular person, plus the color or jewelry
worn a certain way.
DOUBLE SPEAK or bluff or double meanings are
placed in the person during training sessions. Sweet, kind
phrases and other messages are triggers for re-contact
programming. This programming is layered in as most
programs are with drugs, hypnosis, electric shock and
torture. Until one of your alternate personalities tells on
you by calling the trainer, you will feel restless, shaky,
weepy and afraid. If that doesn’t work suicide programs
get triggered. Then internal arguing goes on with PTSD
symptoms or flashbacks of trauma, flood programming,
and internal self-punishment sequences.
FLOOD Programming is a sequence used to punish
a system or group of INTERNAL alternate personalities
if they have been allowed to degrade or be accessed by
an unauthorized person, internally or externally. The
alternate personality or fragment will be “flooded” with
wave after wave of memories of mental and physical
trauma to create fear and force compliance.
SPIDER WEB Programming is a linked program
having a spider or internal programmer that continu-
ously reweaves and reinforces internal programming
and punishments. The web also communicates with
other systems and can represent demonic linkages
internally.
SOME TRIGGERS or CHANGE in FOCUS, a trigger
or a change in focus is a subliminal message to switch to
an alternate personality or program. It is always helpful
to be conscious of your triggers and changes in focus so
Awareness Heals Me | 275
you can consciously decide what you want to do. When
you dissociate you move right into running your program
and no THINKING or choice will happen. Triggers and
focus changes can be words, actions by others or actions
within your internal system. Certain behaviors, seeing a
particular thing paired with a person, a particular smell,
sound, message or phone call or e-mail and psychically
contacted is common.
Many popular movies, jingles and songs have triggers
in them: “A stare into your eyes” or a punch in stomach
is a CUE to be submissive. Some noises or car noises are
a CUE to be fearful. A hick-up can be a cue for you to
go into CONFUSION. “Lady in Red” is a trigger song to
dance and get undressed. Tiger is a trigger to go men-
tally foggy or into a state of hypnosis and act like a robot.
Kissing is a focus change to make you forget what
happened just before the kiss. Pain works well to change
focus, pain in the head and stomach. “You like it wild.”
You are a Wildcat, Tiger, and little girl, Bitch, Kiss me
are all sexual triggers to become aroused and sexual in
different ways. You where beaten after the sexual abuse
to forget what was really going on, all you remember is
the physical abuse or the focus change, possibly a kiss.
Oh those eyes or you have beautiful eyes, you are so
beautiful, he or she is so sexy ARE TRIGGARS to make
the slave feel safe, trusting, loved and sexually excited.
SOME triggers start a series of actions. A SLAP is a
trigger to close down the receiver program, to SHUT
the file and open another program. BIRD BEAK to sing
or talk, like a bird or report back programming. The
VICTIM program is used to make the slave feel they have
lost a love when all that has happened is their handlers
were switched. Stories you tell yourself about what has
happened are YOU programming yourself.
276 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Sexual behavior or lust programs can be started or
intensified with a bite on the ear, a whisper of demean-
ing remarks in the ear or prolonged kisses.
A nurturing program is baby talk, back and forth to
your children and they baby talk back but no intimacy,
caretaking or nurturing is really experienced by either
end of the exchange. For adults FAKING INTIMACY
with “Hi Honey” and the response “Hi Baby” program-
ming is two dissociated adults doing a stimulus-response
act for each other.
5 in life is determined and sealed. Programs are deter-
nineteen
Land of Oz
By 4 years of age the child has been tested and the child’s
weaknesses and strengths are charted and their destiny
mined and the appropriate alternate personalities will
be created. The map of the LAND of OZ in the Wizard
of Oz books was frequently used for the front alternate
personalities of a system built as a city of UNITY and
MULTIPLICITY. Like the New World Order is said to
have.
The map of the Land of Oz is a square divided in
four parts corner to corner making four triangles and
in the center is the Emerald city. On the top is Gillikin
Country or north, Munchkin Land to the right or east,
Winkie Land to the left or west and Quadling Country
on the bottom or south. Surrounding the Land of Oz
is Impassible Desert north, Shifting Sands east, Great
Sandy Waste south and deadly Desert west.
The EMERALD CITY LIBRARY from the Land of
OZ contains the historical genealogies of satanic DNA
from early ancient times to the present. Some alternate
personalities in the illuminati system only function
as photographic memories and store pages and pages
of information including the codes of the their entire
system.
FRANK L BAUM was a grand master mason and into
black magic. He wrote the Wizard of Oz series of books.
277
278 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
He was a member of the Theosophical Society, lived in
South Dakota and created The Wizard of Oz book as a
theosophical fairy tale incorporating the “ancient wis-
dom” of the Mystery Religions. These books have large
amounts of information about the secret world of the
Illuminati. The book The Wizard of Oz came out in 1900
the movie was made in 1939.
Wizard of Oz themes and triggers were used
for MK-Ultra CIA programming and then became
MONARCH Programming or the Nazi Marionette
Programming. Oz is the con man, Lucifer, deceiver that
says he has “no good in him.” He uses deception, magic
and grand Illusion to trick and lead the good people of
Oz. He considers the people of Oz to be SIMPLE, sheep-
like and unintelligent. The same way the Illuminists
consider humans to be. The current movie, Oz: the
Great and Powerful, released in 2013 is the first install-
ment of many to come from the Frank L. Baum epic to
create and reinforce our ongoing programming. To dis-
tract and entertain the sheep and show them what they
should believe and feel.
AMNESIA and INTERNAL WALL BUILDING
Amnesia is a total or partial loss of memory built by
you and for your use in the illuminist training and life.
Bring on the drugs, hypnosis, electric shock and more
physical trauma while moving into a deep trance state.
When you are in deep trance you are told to open your
eyes and look at: a projected image of a structure or a
three-dimension model or a holographic image using a
virtual reality headset. The image is then ground into
your awareness, using electric shock as the image gets
closer and closer to your visual field. When graphics are
available the wall will be rotated around.
The alternate personality being programmed under
deep hypnosis will be told they are entering the inside of
Awareness Heals Me | 279
a temple or pyramid or structure or box or card and they
will now “LIVE INSIDE” that structure. This is also
used to reinforce amnesia and isolation programming
internally, since the structure will be used to reinforce
walls between the alter fragment and other fragments
that live internally. 

INTERNAL WALL Programming is a large inter-
nal amnesia barrier. The walls may be very thick, imper-
meable or semi permeable. A typical use for a wall will
be to maintain high levels of amnesia between “front”
or daily living, amnesic alters, and “back” or cult active
alters that contain more of the person’s life history. The
back may be able to selectively see over and cross past
the wall, but the front will be completely unaware that
there is a wall, or what lies behind the wall.
DECK of CARDS Programming can include cards
from a deck, or a complex configuration made of hun-
dreds of cards inside the individual. Dominoes program-
ming is similar. All cards or dominoes touch each other
and if you try to dismantle one program card or domino
the deck will FALL. 


BLACK BOX Programming is self-destruct and
shatter programming that is sealed off into a black box,
to protect the system. Black boxes are not to be opened
by a therapist without careful preparation and skill
because they do not know what else is present.
INTERNAL COUNCILS and STRUCTURES of an
illuminati mind controlled slave will ALWAYS have a
hierarchy. Common structures are Temples consecrated
to the main Illuminati DEITIES and may represent
actual temples, Temple of Moloch created out of black
stone with a fire burning internally. Horus is a deity; the
all Seeing Eye symbolizes that cult or illuminists can
always see what the individual is doing and thinking.
This is really the hidden observer or file clerk or your
280 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
soul aspect. The eye may be closed, or open, depending
on the system’s status at the time. Pyramids and ancient
Egyptian symbols, especially “mystery religions” and
The Temple of Set teachings are all common structures
or internal councils.
Pyramids are placed internally for stability and as a
calling place for the demonic. Pyramids and triangles
and the number three represent calling up the demonic
in Illuminist philosophy. Sun represents Ra the sun god.
Geometric figures and patterns of circles, triangles and
pentagons are considered sacred and based in ancient
philosophy. There may be hundreds of these geomet-
ric shapes overlapping each other in a training grid for
complex systems, which house fragments or splits of
personalities in each one.
MIRROR Programming is an internal program to
reinforce other programming sequences like internal
twinning and distortion of reality programming. Mirror
programs can create shadow systems of functional sys-
tems. They may also lock in demonic programming.
Crystals, balls or multifaceted gems are used in spiri-
tual systems to enhance occult powers. Alternate per-
sonalities and fragments may congregate on facets of a
large multifaceted gem. 

 groups with different beliefs. Some shared features
CAROUSEL Programming is a sequence designed
to confuse the alternate personalities and fragments
inside. This system is often linked to spin and confusion
programming internally. This may also be used to pun-
ish internal alternate personalities by spinning them on
the carousel if they disclose information or tell anything
they aren’t supposed to tell.
SPIN Programming is used for a variety of pro-
gramming purposes including building an alter system.
Spinning tortures the victim while they are drugged
and hypnotized. All at once, whole sections of alternate
Awareness Heals Me | 281
personalities will begin spinning and get dizzy. The eyes
change and the victim will appear disoriented and stare
or grimace as if being rotated at a high speed. Certain
alternate personalities trigger the spinning internally
and certain alters maintain the spinning. The spin train-
ing and memories are then used to teach alternate per-
sonalities to spin away PAIN. Spin programs frequently
affect wide areas of a system rather than an individual
alternate personality.
TIME TRAVEL Programming Greek Doric or
Ionic columns with a portal between the two columns
frequently hold time travel programming.
COMPUTER SYSTEM Programming are very com-
plex, highly dissociated systems with alternate personali-
ties and fragments held within a computer system. Robots
are seen in older systems. 


5
SUPED-UP vehicle
SATANISM is a broad term referring to different
include symbolic association with, or admiration for the
character of Satan or the Devil or Lucifer or the Dark
Lord or the anti Christ. They all worship the power of
the little human or ego or the biology. To increase or
enhance the human power they call on the power of
darkness or the absence of light, compassion or wisdom.
There goal is to make the biology a great deal more than
it was designed to be. Biology is a vehicle for our soul
aspect to experience physicality. The soul is what drives
the biology. Satanists want a “SUPED-UP” vehicle with
a dark SOUL aspect driving.
282 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Illuminist religion is Satanism; with the same serpent
gods brought with them from Draco. The main god or
dragon is a large white dragon with blue eyes, which has
wings attached to its shoulders, long tail and is 7 to 8 foot
tall. It looks like the royal line of the Alpha Draconian rep-
tilians. A Supreme Deity that demands compliance and
obedience. The Old Testament made Jehovah a vengeful
god like the extra-terrestrial or the ancestral bloodline of
the Illuminists god is. Many royalty; kings, queens and
emperors claim they have a RIGHT to rule because of
their DNA or their bloodline that is directly from the “ser-
pent gods” or they claim to have reptilian blue bloodlines.
Illuminati Masons and Satanists honor a deity of
countless different names to keep those of lower rank
“hoodwinked” or deceived or tricked as to WHOM they
worship, a satanic reptile or many of them from Draco.
Many Illuminists at the local level worship ancient
deities like El, Baal, Isis, Osiris and his son Horus, Set,
“The Sun” the “Central Sun” Lucifer “Hiram Abiff”
the “Great Architect of the Universe” Satan “Abaddon,”
“Mahabone,” and “Jahbuhlun.” The Horned God of
witchcraft, often called Pan or Baphomet or the double-
headed eagle the Freemasons designed. All are front
names and “pretend Christians” for the worship of power
and control for the human or ego. Especially power over
the weak and helpless like children and those that are
trusting and innocent. Always using trickery, deception,
lies, dissociation, fear, force and blackmail.
The Illuminati created Christianity to fool people into
worshipping symbolic reptilian Deities while believing
they were worshipping the opposite. Many leaders pro-
fess to be strong Christians while practicing Satanism
in secret. To them there is no hypocrisy in that, because
they think Christianity is REALLY the worship of the
serpent gods.
Awareness Heals Me | 283
The illuminists PREACH that Man becomes god
through reason and “enlightenment” but practice con-
trol, force and obedience and enforce a strong caste
system on all members. Starting even before birth with
trauma based programming throughout life. The infant
is forced to accept demonic possession and dissociate so
they can serve who is currently controlling them with
no memory of what they have done. Serpent, snake and
dragon worship is the most common worship on earth.
Especially at the highest levels of the Catholic, Mormon
and Christian churches, which are fronts for satanic
activity and child abuse. They claim and are very proud
of their roots in the ancient mystery religions of Babylon,
Egypt, and Celtic Druidism and Atlantis.
The Sons of Biel became the Dark Robes of Atlantis and
were responsible for the fall of Lemuria and then Atlantis.
Their dark acts never seem to end they are now known
as the Illuminati and have represented the “DARK” since
they came to Earth. These are a collection of entities from
different planets and star systems that had not ascended
when their home worlds did. They found each other and
banded together. Unfortunately these groups were not
just physical they also chose to maintain forms in the
lower very dark astral plane of the bottom 4th dimension.
Dark entities and Satanists believe they are doing
THEIR “god’s work” by going through the universe
dominating and assimilating INFERIOR creatures.
Humans are considered inferior. This is the SAME belief
“Christians” or “missionaries” on earth have when they
justify making Blacks from Africa slaves and forcing
their religious beliefs on them. The American Indians
were killed off and their children were taken to steal
their land and destroy their culture and spiritual beliefs.
If the reptilians are our genetic parent, gods and han-
dlers we have grown up just like them as a society.
284 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Human Satanists don’t seem to notice or care that
they are only VEHICLES used by demonic or dark enti-
ties and energy to control and manipulate other humans.
How is that spiritual or morally enjoyable or beneficial
to the individual or their society?
Their religious rituals can create and collect a
“thought waveform” of sexual energy / addiction into a
vortex and REDIRECT that energy of anger and unrest
anyplace they want it. Illuminists are masters of energy
manipulation. They use their knowledge to maintain
control of mass consciousness.
For example on February 5, 2012 the “NFL half time”
was an illuminati ritual created to gather the sexual
energy of the crowd and redirect it to intensify the upset
Iran and Israel have with each other, to hopefully start
WW III. Six days later Whitney Houston was another
ritual sacrifice for the Satanists to collect energy and
money. The little human or ego keeps making the dark
choices to stay with the illuminati an all the HUMAN
perks.
5 Alpha Draconic a star in the Big Dipper. Atlantian sci-
REMOTE VIEWING
Remote viewing (RV) is a psychic skill. The Illuminists
and Scientology have always used this tool to spy on
each other and everyone else. Ten percent of the trauma
based programmed two years olds have increased train-
ing in this area. Remote viewing is a mental skill using
your consciousness or awareness to visit, see and experi-
ence another place or time. Remote viewing is related to
psychic or par psychological phenomena. It is you pro-
jecting your consciousness or awareness into another
Awareness Heals Me | 285
location in present, past or future time for all and any of
the reasons we want to know what goes on in another
place or time. Outside of this matrix there is no time or
space so the remote viewer can see the past or future.
WHEN there is NO TIME there is NO HISTORY all is
an infinite circle that never begins and never ends.
United States government decided to use parapsy-
chology for military intelligence purposes and had
a secret CIA-initiated program commonly known as
“remote viewing.” The Central Intelligence Agency
(CIA) mind research and experimentation went on in
the late 1940s. Simultaneously it went on in the Soviet
Union and China. Since 1972, the U.S. intelligence com-
munity has spent millions of dollars training psychic
spies. Admiral Stansfield Turner, head of the CIA from
1977 to 1981, has admitted as much on camera. Psychic
spies claim to have directed the Libyan bombing. They
also claim to have given targets for SCUD missiles in the
Gulf War.
Remote viewing, genetic experiments and clon-
ing go back to Lemuria and Atlantis and before that to
entists created DNA humanoid animal genetic blends.
Hundreds of animal-human genetic or DNA experi-
ments were engineered in Atlantis and continue today
with no concern for what they created and frequently
abandoned when it failed to meet their needs.
ILLUMINATI or REPTILIAN HISTORY has
ALWAYS been comingled with human history. In the
Book of Dzyan, an old Sanskrit account, tells of a reptil-
ian race called the Sarpa or GREAT DRAGON that carne
from the skies to bring civilization to earth. The leader
was called Great Dragon. The Sumer Empire wor-
shipped serpent gods. Many of the statues and artwork
in Egypt emphasized reptilian features. The Celtic title
286 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
of the leader is Pendragon as the father of “King Arthur”
was named. Merlin was described as only half human
because he was the child of an underground being and a
human woman.
Early Hebrews worshipped the serpent god of the
Sumer Empire and the Levites were called “Sons of the
Great Serpent.” Their god YHVH was a dragon called
Leviathan and was depicted as part human and part
serpent. Their sacred spiritual book the Kabbala means
“Serpent Wisdom.” Excavations have discovered bronze
and copper serpent symbols in former Levite temples.
The SCARLET COUNCIL is made up of the black
magicians from Atlantis that reincarnated in Egyptian
Mystery schools around 3150 BC. Into the Mystery
schools of Babylon around 1894 BC that eventually
became the Freemasons in Europe. Scarlet Council
members are the ones that created the plans for world
conquest or the New World Order. They created the
various religions. The scarlet council of Atlantis were
the ones that paralyzed the intellectual and SPIRITUAL
activities of the individual by convincing us not to listen
to our higher self or soul aspect. They demanded one’s
complete and unhesitating acquiescence to the DOGMA
the PRIESTS in all religions created. The Pharaohs of
Egypt became puppets for the scarlet council. The same
bloodlines or Illuminati found in the scarlet council
planned and set into motion our World Wars, 9-11 and
the war on terrorism. Our leaders are still doing as they
wish.
The Babylonians had inherited the stories and myths
of Egypt and Sumer, the Torah was written under the
Levites. Most people called “Jewish” are not genetically
connected to Palestine or Israel. They come from the
Khazars, people from southern Russia and Caucasus
Mountains that had mass conversions to Judaism in the
Awareness Heals Me | 287
8th century. The Hebrew religion worshipped many
gods and in the Old Testament they refer again and
again to god as being plural. Elohim was from Anunnaki
meaning the serpent goddesses. The plural form is used
2,570 times in Old Testament.
Illuminati’s Ku Klux Klan created by the Freemason
god in America, Albert Pike was called the Grand Dragon.
Notre Dame is covered in reptilian gargoyles. Draconian
reptilians are reported to have greater intelligence than
the Annunaki Reptilians. Draconian Reptilians created
Grey Aliens to work for them. Reptilian technology from
all the planets is more advanced than all of ours. After
Atlantis all humans had at least 10-20% reptilian DNA
that they did not have before that. The human fetus
starts out reptilian and turns into a mammalian mostly.
We have 2 brain hemispheres, a reptilian and mamma-
lian brain a reptilian lymphatic system and on and on.
Lyrian blood is reddish because of the high iron content
in it. Reptilian blood is blue-green because of the high
copper content it has. In 1954 the Grey aliens made a
CONTRACT with the United States government to be
allowed to study human development, emotions and
consciousness.
There were SERPENT CULTS of MOTHER and
SON from Babylon to Rome and these practices can
be found in the Christian religion of Mary and Jesus or
Mary or EL or the dragon queen and son Tammuz or
Balder the Son of God. The holy GRAIL is the womb of
the Dragon Queen.
SEXUAL Programming is misdirection, because
in truth all it is sexual, physical and emotional abuse.
Every aspect of it is criminal activity. This abuse creates
sexual addiction and compulsive sexual activity in illu-
minati children of all ages. The endless stimulation of
sexual centers in the brain and body anchored on trauma
288 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
creates dysfunction. The DAILY rape of and infant of
either sex done by the “trainer” generally the father is
criminal. When the infant stops going unconscious and
only dissociates there is more training. ALL the toddlers
are trained in the sexual arts especially seduction and
pleasing adults.
When the child gets angry or frustrated it is pro-
grammed to vent on the self and be self-abusive. When
they feel out of control they compulsively masturbate,
act out or have frequent sexual activity with others
or alone. This proves even MORE frustrating to the
child that has not reached puberty and is unable to
PHYSICALLY orgasm. Compulsive sexual activity is to
distract and comfort the self, it is used to relieve stress
or boredom or fear or anger.
Addictive or compulsive sexual activity is used
instead of dealing with the issues in your life. On earth
sexual addiction is the largest addiction and distraction
there is.
ENERGETIC SEXUAL ABUSE is being seductive
and treating the child as a SEXUAL OBJECT without
physically touching. The interactions have a strong sex-
ual flavor, promise or threat, flirting, and teasing mas-
querading as caring and acceptance. In reality it is a set
up to manipulate the child for an adult sexual agenda.
Seductive energy is very confusing to a child that is 100%
dependent on an adult to exist. Sexual addiction causes
conflict, anxiety and is an all-consuming addiction.
SEXUAL MAGIC Program or RITUAL is using one
or more sexual slaves of either sex to receive demonic
energy or demons during a ritual.
SCORPION Programming was given to Monarch
sex slaves both male and female. The Scorpion program
frequency promotes hostility, aggression, suicide, pain,
hurt and assassination. This programming is located at
Awareness Heals Me | 289
the root chakra and moves up into the reptilian brain.
Sex is used as a method of survival with a great deal of
trickery, treachery and deception. This vibration is fre-
quently used in satanic rituals. Slaves are consistently
belittled and unfavorably compared to others. The chil-
dren are available to be used sexually around the world
as party favors and for blackmailing predators.
VESSEL Programming a person is sexually opened
at the base chakra, drugged and sanctified to receive the
essence of a lower astral entity. Then those at the ritual
have sex with “the vessel” to get the infused energy of the
lower astral entity. Then “the vessel” or human is gen-
erally sacrificed so ritual participants can eat the blood
and hormones of the lower astral entity that entered the
vessel.
WOLF, BEAR, CROW, LION Programming for illu-
minati slaves was developed around 1977 in the north-
west region of America. This was a twisted meaning of
the “Medicine Cards” that are used like tarot cards to
discover your power through the ways of the animals.
The programs are based on HUNTING modules and
animal characteristics and symbols. The child is shown
many training films. In ”training” the groups of small
children they are all taught first what it feels like to be
prey and then how to attack their prey or each other
using mental and physical force so your prey doesn’t get
free or doesn’t tell or INFORM on you. To compartmen-
talize learning and force toddlers to do things they do
not want to do all illuminati programming relies heavily
on drugs, electric shock and trauma. The same things
are used to trigger the different stages of the programs
and programming.
BEAR basic training is to build future programs on.
First you are the prey and then you learn to be aware
of the environment and the target. They learn to hold
290 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
down the prey or each other to take what they want
from the prey.
MOUNTAIN LIONS encircle, terrorize, use intricate
verbal calls to intimidate and scare making easy and
clean kills. They will be attacked and terrorized to the
point of death by other Mountain Lion level children to
make sure they understand the fear and weakness of the
prey. You lead those below you by using fear, surprise
attack and terror. You climb great distances, observe
your prey and report back to your Clan and trainer. As
“prince of the lions” you can demand and take whatever
you choose from anyone who is in your clan.
5 with the essence of that animal to understand it. You
twenty
Shape Shift
Shape shifting is common in the fourth dimension
because you can change your outside envelop or vehicle
with your THOUGHT and EMOTION. If you wish to
take on an animal appearance you need to commune
will still consider your self a human but imagine what it
feels like to be and behave like that animal. When a form
is created from fear it appears fearful to those creating
and looking at it.
The lowest soul plane of the fourth dimension con-
sists of FEARS one has collected in all their different
realities. The law of attraction brings together the things
and emotions with slow low vibrations. Our nightmares
are OUR THOUGHTS of us being trapped in our own
fears. Instead of owning a fearful characteristic we have,
we split it off from our self-awareness and making it
scary and ugly. That is you judging the self.
The demons present in many people’s reality have
spiritual hierarchies BECAUSE dark humans have
spiritual hierarchies. Remember that darkness and the
word demon, devil or reptilian only describe someone
or something having LESS than 30% light. A dark entity
or demon or reptilian or shadow soul aspect or any
energy source or entity that carries LESS than 30% light
is DARK regardless of what name you call it by. No light
is no light. Dark is unbalanced energy, an alien, dark soul
291
292 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
aspects and frequently your relatives or ancestors. They
are dangerous because they are ignorant and live by
dark truths that seek power over others. They can have
biology or not. They love to control biology that the core
personality has left or abandoned. Those are the people
that say, “I don’t know why I did that.” Those alive on
Gaia with less than 30% light are easily 40% or more of
the population.
When you are a hybrid 50% human and 50% or more
reptilian genetic code, shape shifting is a case of shift-
ing the hologram from one genetic code to another and
then, back again. They have more advanced technology
than we do and always have.
The Illuminati SHELL Programming is used to cre-
ate a “shell” on the outside that other alternate person-
alities inside speak through. This is designed to hide the
person’s multiple personalities from the outside world
and works extremely well with a highly fragmented
system. A clear plastic or glass mask is put in front of
the subject that will be extremely traumatized; electric
shocked, drugged, and told that they (the alter in front)
is the MASK that they see. Their job is to be a voice or
shell to COVER for or hide the fact that multiple per-
sonalities exist behind it.
The ELECTRIC SHOCK equipment the illuminati
uses is a set of rubber-covered wires with electrodes
that may be connected with Velcro, rubber and steel tips
imbedded under the fingernails and toenail beds and or
gel pads for large body areas like the chest, arms and or
legs. Tiny electrodes are taped next to the eyes or put in
the genitalia and then there is a shock box to control the
amount of electricity you deliver.
SCHOLARSHIP Programming and training is revered
in the illuminati especially the ORAL tradition. Children
with good memories and natural intelligence undergo
Awareness Heals Me | 293
specific training and trauma with praise for accomplish-
ment and punishment or being shocked for not doing
well. Major areas of scholarship include, the history of
the Illuminati, especially the child’s particular branch and
memorizing genealogies. Learning and becoming fluent
in multiple languages modern and ancient, including but
not limited to: English, French, German, Russian, Spanish,
Arabic, Latin, Greek, Hebrew, Egyptian hieroglyphics;
ancient Babylonian, ancient Chaldea and cuneiform writ-
ings. They are skilled and knowledgeable debaters, and
quite verbal about it.
SILENCE Programming is to reinforce that speak-
ing about their experiences can be life threatening. To
reinforce the need to be silent or die, humans of all ages
get repeatedly killed in front of the infant or child being
programmed. They are repeatedly told that the people
are being sadistically killed and sacrificed because they
talked.
SPIRITUAL DILEMMA Programming creates
Satanic and Christian alternate personalities. Having
Satanic and Christian alters insures that if they discover
each other they would reject wanting to learn about
the other. The personality would move into denial and
dissociation.
They are told the Christian god rejected them because
he didn’t rescue the 2-year-old victim that accepted the love
of God. Rejection, retaliation and bondage are the tools of
Satan and the favorite is deception. Only the demon cared
enough and was strong enough to rescue or resurrect the
child.
SPIRITUAL Programming includes being forced
to memorize satanic beliefs, rituals, and the “Book of
Illumination.” This starts in infancy and continues
throughout life. Classes and training sessions are about
the hierarchy, rituals and worship of demons. Especially
294 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
learning about the guardian or deity demon, of your
local group. For example Moloch, Ashtaroth, Baal or
Enokkim. The child is forced to participate in sacrifices,
blood baptism and to take the heart or other internal
organs out of the sacrificed and eat them. The drugged
and hypnotized child has the hands of the leader placed
on the child’s head while INVOKING demonic entities
to enter the child’s biology.
SOUL TRANSFER Programming or ritual The
Celtic language branch of the Illuminati, that would
include Irish, Scottish, Gaelic, Welsh, Breton, Manx,
Cornish and several extinct pre-Roman languages like
Gaulish believe the soul, energy and power are passed
during the moment between life and death. Rituals are
done with small children and older adherents. The per-
son is tied down, and an animal is bled to death on top of
them so the departing soul and energy will “enter” them.
It is VERY traumatizing to have an animal go through its
death throes on top of you. Then there are threats that
“this will happen to you if you ever tell” what happened,
a win-win-win for the Illuminati.
SPIN Programming is used for a variety of program-
ming purposes including building an alternate person-
ality system. Spinning tortures the victim while they are
drugged and hypnotized. All at once, whole sections of
alternate personalities will begin spinning and get dizzy.
The eyes change and the victim will appear disoriented
and stare or grimace as if being rotated at a high speed.
Certain alternate personalities trigger the spinning
internally and certain alters maintain the spinning. The
spin training and memories are then used to teach alter-
nate personalities to spin away PAIN. Spin programs
frequently affect wide areas of a system rather than an
individual alternate personality.
Awareness Heals Me | 295
5
SOUL ASPECT
Lacking the core personality or soul aspect the
Illuminist is only a biological system split up in many
parts that get triggered into action or run a program.
A system is a group of related parts that move or work
together. SYSTEM is a term the illuminati use to refer
to two different systems. The world system or network
refers to the established social-economic-political sys-
tem controlling and micromanaging the world. And the
other system is the micromanagement of every aspect of
the growth and development of their children. Starting
by selecting the correct DNA. They manage, control and
shape every bit of the individual child’s existence and
the adult, with their unending programs and training.
Then there is all the controlling, triggering and manipu-
lation of each other.
The infant can eventually have 13 x 13 x 13 = 2,197
possible alternate personalities or alters or splits or frag-
ments in one person that is trained to dissociate being
“unaware consciously” of their automatic responses to
commands or triggers used on them by their handlers
and trainers in every bit of their life.
This system is based on a hierarchy with each mem-
ber micromanaging the ones one step lower than them
in the hierarchy. This is a system based on everyone
controlling each other to conform to whatever master
plan is being executed currently. There is no free will, no
thought or thinking is allowed, no light, this hierarchy is
the very dark controlling the dark weaker and smaller
dark ones, a system of robots that have shut down their
296 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
freedom and light soul aspects and thinking for the self.
While the core personality stands by and waits for a safe
time to return and reclaim the biology. Maybe 15% of
souls despair and walk away abandoning their experi-
ence with darkness.
ONLY by staying in present time. Staying consciously
aware, awake and present in your biology and doing
your OWN thinking and choosing can you break pro-
gramming, formal or informal programming. You need
to be the one to consciously un-create what you created.
SUICIDE Programming is always present in Illuminati
slaves to prevent information of what the Illuminati does
and how it operates from getting out into the public aware-
ness. The slaves and members have been conditioned or
forced to believe they would rather die than leave their
FAMILY, the Illuminati. Come back OR die programming
can be deactivated by your AWARENESS of it and you
staying in present time. Dissociate and you CHOOSE to
follow your programming and the handler triggering you.
Light is slowly and steadily increasing on earth and
through attrition, the dark is gradually being reduced
in strength and effectiveness by the sustained actions of
the light. Precise dates or times are hard to give because
the rest of the universe functions in the now moment.
By 2016 most people or soul aspects carrying less than
60% light will be gone from earth.
One of the acts of attrition is reduction of the dark
ones. Since May 21, 2011 infants born to parents with
less than 36% light will not have souls. The infant will
be biology with no soul. They have flat affect are one-
dimensional or appear empty; it will feel like having a
doll or robot to interact with. That way the caretaker,
parent or Illuminist will not be able to torment, steal or
harness their FEAR energy. There will be no core per-
sonality forced to dissociate and abandon the biology.
Awareness Heals Me | 297
The Illuminati forces and imprisons girls to be “breed-
ers” and have babies that never get into “the system” so
the public is not aware of them ever existing or being
eaten in ritual sacrifices.
Of course the parent or caretaker could project their
energy into the infant and it would seem to have a soul.
For example, Hitler, the devil, Santa Clause or Jesus
were soulless but seemed real because so many humans
focused their energy on them creating feeding cords
back and forth. The Grey Aliens do not have souls and
only 2 -3% of the reptilians do.
Another example is twins one could have a soul and
one could be soulless. Possibly a parent went darker after
conception? Maybe a parent went lighter. Archangel
Gabriel is the “earth parent for all souls” and moves
souls in and out of the womb depending on the spiritual
lesson the infant and parents have decided on.
Soulless children are not expected to survive past
2020 because of the higher vibration that will be on
Gaia then. These children will not make it past infancy
and will be born with diseases and other health issues.
A caretaker or parent that is unable to care for them self
cannot be a compassionate parent or able to protect and
nurture their or any other infant.
SOULS with LESS than 50% LIGHT will not be
allowed to incarnate into an infant or adult body. That
means dark ancestors can no longer incarnate into biol-
ogy on Gaia. No new dark ones are allowed to enter the
planet since 2011. There will be many frustrated bor-
derline and very dark souls waiting to incarnate making
the spiritual atmosphere dense around earth with their
anxiety, anger and tension. Mediums and ghost whisper-
ers will be very helpful if they are willing to explain to
these souls how things have changed and help them to
accept that they will not be incarnating on earth. Help
298 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
the confused souls to a portal of greater light to be cared
for, updated and or relocated.
UPSIDE DOWN Programming is hanging or being
suspended upside down for one or two hours. That
plays TRICKS on the MIND along with dissociating
PAIN and PLEASURE sensations get reversed. This is
training for Beta alternate personalities to get them to
think that painful sadistic rape, an illuminati favorite, is
pleasurable. With reversals you get PAIN IS LOVE and
the sadomasochistic kitten alternate personalities beg
for more abuse.
5 it the RIGHT way or fast enough. You get angry or dis-
EMANATE FIRST
Our senses, what we have awareness of, is projected
out. We emanate what our internal realty and belief sys-
tem is. Surprise, surprise, what we emanate is attracted
to us. Electromagnetically we pull in more of what we
sent out. What we think, FEEL and believe is our point
of perception, reality, and what we perceive to be true.
That is why awareness will heal you. The more honest
truth you know about you and your environment, which
you have helped sustain, the more compassion you’ll
be emanating for you. More compassion, means higher
vibration and a happier you even biochemically.
Project victim predator awareness or consciousness
and you will attract that and it will become your truth
and how you think and feel. Keep repeating that truth
or thoughts and you IMPRINT that on your essence.
Those repetitive patterns actually become part of your
DNA, your structure. Once your victim predator belief
Awareness Heals Me | 299
becomes your truth it strongly influences what you
want, or think you need, and the way you act.
When you feel WOUNDED:
That means someone needs blaming and
Someone needs to make it all better.
The victim waits to be rescued and eventually gets
angry.
Becoming the predator to complete the cycle
The imprint or FILTER of your belief or expectation
colors and shapes all past, future, parallel and alternate
realities. ALWAYS, someone needs blaming and some-
one needs to make it all better for you. They never do
appointed, upsetting you enough to become an overt or
covert predator.
Fear that someone can’t serve or service you to your
satisfaction creates a distortion or bias or virus that
can go viral in you. Negativity runs through your think-
ing, tainting all that you think, create and project. You
believe you are powerless to take RESPONSIBILITY for
your experience and CREATE something different for
your self. Having some compassion means less distor-
tion and the possibility that you may take responsibility
and recreate for you exactly what you want
FEEL your BELIEFS.
Third dimension FEELS like walls and boundaries
or separation between persons, places, situations and
things. There is always you and I. Duality or opposites
have strong ATTACHMENT to the physical and own-
ing, with a small range of frequencies on the electro-
magnetic spectrum. Touch, sight, talking or hearing
and we are restricted to linear time and the physical.
You need to be ALERT or fearful and aware all the time
and of most things, events and people that might hurt
300 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
the biology or wound our feelings. When people MAKE
you sad or angry that also injures the biology. Someone
needs to be blamed and make it better.
Fourth dimension FEELS when it comes online into
your waking life, similar to third dimension. It is some-
what separate. There are dream images that are clear and
change frequently as they waft in and out of your aware-
ness or thoughts. Fourth dimension sight, hearing or touch
blinks in and out of our physical life. Perceptions from
fourth dimension cannot harm the biology, but can deliver
warnings to protect the self emotionally and physically.
Fifth dimension you FEEL with your entire lightbody
and ONLY when you hold a state of compassion. No fear,
guilt or doubt. Usually this is a delta wave conscious-
ness and generally has closed eyes, until you learn to be
there for longer periods of time. The primary focus is
on your inner world and light soul aspect. Fifth dimen-
sion resonates to a frequency beyond the fear of BEING
harmed. Dark ones cannot FEEL or reach that vibration.
Compassion is safety and security.
5 sibilities. Therefore, you cannot perceive anything before
WHEN there is NO TIME there is NO HISTORY
Without a history it is hard to live in a pain body of old
wounds, worry or upset. When you are responsible for
creating your own enjoyment there is no one to blame or
a need to wait to be comforted or rescued. Incarnations
in a time-bound reality like third and fourth dimension
can be counted in a sequential, numerical manner. We
knew all the parameters of duality and that there would
be darkness before entering our first incarnation. We
knew we would be in linear time with a past and future.
Awareness Heals Me | 301
BUT never having experienced any of that previously it
held little meaning to us when we LEARNED we would
have darkness, time and therefore history.
We have had many experiences in a linear fashion
on a chain. Each reality is separate from the others but
their impact is linked. Repeated thought patterns in all
our realities remain present. Repeated patterns that are
NOT in alignment with universal law: receive and give
only compassion. The particular thought and behavior
keeps repeating in a variety of settings, until you become
AWARE of what that particular thought and behavior
pattern created in you and for you. The thought was cre-
ated in duality and is NOT compassionate. To raise your
vibration YOU NEED to correct your misdirection.
Higher realities or dimensions like the fifth flow in an
infinite circle that never begin and never end. Perception
in these realities is a KNOWING that what you desire or
think instantly flows into your awareness. Every percep-
tion already IS. There is NO beginning and NO ending in
infinite reality. Everything you could ever want is avail-
able now. Everything is stored as pure potential or as pos-
you expect or desire or think about it. When you do; your
thought creates the potential or possibility for you.
Your compassion BONDS what you think to your
energy field. That is why higher vibrating things and enti-
ties can be present instantly with you. There is no real
separation of time or space. Time and space are illusions
of this reality or matrix or low vibrations with darkness.
When you refocus to create another potential or pos-
sibility you release YOUR BOND of compassion or law of
attraction, and it returns to formless potential that flows
within the INFINATE. All your soul aspects are with
you, BUT if you do not expect to perceive them OR your
vibration is too low to find them, you won’t. When you
302 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
are dark, you only perceive your dark soul aspects and
the negativity you share with them. Your expectations
calibrate to your vibration, awareness or consciousness.
When you do not believe you will not expect anything or
communication to occur.
Light and life are synonymous in higher vibrations.
They mean the same thing. Doubt or judgments or
wounding or blame are creations of fear. You CANNOT
perceive the fifth dimension and beyond in a lower state
of awareness or consciousness because third and fourth
dimension sensory preceptors can’t pick up the higher
vibration of the fifth dimension. The amount of light you
carry is important because each level of light or compas-
sion; carries different truths or beliefs.
5 is actually YOU and your core personality and what has
A PORTAL OPENER or HOLDER wears biology while
simultaneously grounding their fifth dimension percep-
tions and vibrations into the body of Gaia. Fifth dimen-
sion perceptions become third dimension creations that
intermingle with the third dimension matrix or physi-
cality. Intermingling of the fifth dimension WITH the
third and forth dimension DESTABILIES the lower
vibrations as described in the universal law of entrain-
ment. Higher light or vibration bleeds into physical
reality and aides in raising the plant’s vibration and in
our planetary ascension.
Portals are sentient and can open, close and regulate
who comes through them. Any conscious compassion-
ate person can open a portal of greater light that wants
to, just by asking.
The illuminists had low vibrating portals they high-
jacked from the light. They put passwords on them
along with a ritual or two or more. That is also obsolete
Awareness Heals Me | 303
since we are operating with universal law on earth at
this time. PORTALS, LISTEN UP! Know that you can
stop working for the dark if you choose that, CLOSE
yourself and move to greater light or ask a fellow portal
or human to help you out.
5
BREAK PROGRAMS and or HEAL your CORE
PERSONALITY
If you are Illuminati trained or programmed OR you
are programmed by some other dysfunctional family tra-
dition OR in another manner. You need to sort out what
been forced on you. Awareness of what you have been
forced to adopt to survive in the unit you live in. Is really
breaking a program. Because once you are aware of the
truth you need to decide to keep the program or break
it: Now that you are awake and aware of your thinking.
Your FRONT ALTERS or alternate personalities,
fragments or splits or lies you keep acting out or the
socially acceptable characteristics you have been forced
to adopt are programs. Front (alters) are the “fake you”
the public and other illuminists interact with. These
socially acceptable FAKE personalities are what the
Illuminists or your dysfunctional dark family members
THINK are socially acceptable. When what you show
the public is not who you really are, those are programs
that are relatively easy to break with your awareness
that they are fake and not the real you.
Breaking fake programs or anything that is
“PROGRAMMED” means it is not yours. It has been
applied to you. You have been running it or wearing it to
304 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
please the dark in your life. Light people would be sup-
portive of you breaking you program. Breaking your pro-
grams will only upsets the dark ones in your life. Breaking
programs becomes a YOU or THEM choice. Compassion
for you or servicing the dark is the choice. Work in concert
with your soul or serve and service darkness.
The core personality that wants to serve and ser-
vice the dark has made a choice. They choose to stop
thinking and being who they are to “curry favor” with
the dark. That means they consider the self, worthless.
They are filled with self-hate because they judged the
self. So? Where is the compassion for you? Are you will-
ing to choose again?
5 is our body of consciousness or DNA that responds to the
WANTING creates FEELINGS of VICTIMIZATION
Because you do not have it yet, you can feel victim-
ized. Wanting or waiting is not having “IT” now. Wanting
and waiting results in feelings of lack or powerlessness
or despair and CREATES energy patterns that collide or
hit each other with force or come into conflict with each
other. For example: there is a love interest that has not
made contact to reassure you. And the colliding thoughts
will run like this: “something bad happened” “He or she
hates me” “ But I can’t live without her or him” “I am so
stupid or selfish “Why did I do that” Thinking that you
are not good enough to have it NOW, and needing time
to earn things and “reward points.” Are third dimension
thought patterns and truths. The colliding thoughts
make you feel unworthy; full of self-doubt, insecure,
uneasy and easy to control.
Awareness Heals Me | 305
In higher vibrations you learn to take pleasure
in and enjoy WHAT you ARE experiencing in pres-
ent time, in the now moment. There are no colliding
energy patterns. You continuously create and experi-
ence what interests you. When you create and have a
thing, your focus is on your pleasure and enjoyment.
As you think different thoughts, you create different
things or relationships. Moving into a different point
of perception changes your reality. Coming from a
different angle changes what you think. Stress from
fatigue, hungry or upset needs to be attended to and
resolved to keep from lowering your vibration and
falling back into duality.
Our mind that surrounds the biology, but not the brain,
many frequencies of reality we live in. Our chakras trans-
mute our thoughts and emotions into energy fields that
flow into our aura and out into Gaia’s biosphere. You can
deny and lie to you, but you cannot lie to your chakras or
energy field around you. Difficulty with a chakra is YOU
AVOIDING a truth. You lie to the self because that has
been a dark truth we needed to survive frequently and
keep the biology alive. Lying does not exist in higher
vibrating energy fields or in the animal kingdom and our
biology is in the animal kingdom. The biology holds your
lie until your point of perception is in alignment with
compassion. Compassion for you, will release the pocket
of density or stuck spot your biology holds.
Our physical brain has been trained to forget how
to consciously interface with the biology as other ani-
mals do all the time. It has forgotten how to read energy
fields. The young child still remembers how to read
energy and how to talk with the family pets. This is one
of the reasons why the Illuminists torment a fetus, so
306 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
they suppress awareness and consciousness and cement
the feelings of powerlessness and worthlessness.
Our ENEMY is the lies we tell the self.
YES, the world is dangerous and many still create
darkness for the self. That reality is their choice and cre-
ation. Do not engage or entrain with that vibration and
reality, walk away. Walking away shows compassion for
you. The biology is the trashcan or closet for our other
energetic layers and the trash is released through the
biology. Your biology is the COLLECTOR of all your col-
liding thought patterns. That is why your biology needs
regular maintenance and compassion.
5 and ENTRAINMENT all work together all of the time.
twenty-one
Receive
Receive only compassion and
Give only compassion.
That is UNIVERSAL LAW
The Universal Laws of ATTRACTION, ALLOWING
The Universal Law of ATTRACTION or “like attracts
like.” The vibration you emanate attracts more of the same
experiences on that vibration back to you. You get what
you give. What comes to you reflects with CLARITY the
thoughts you hold.
Forcing, yelling, hitting, gossiping, righteous indigna-
tion and or blaming are negative and lack compassion.
Blaming you, god, a child, spouse, your soul or a corpo-
ration or governing body attracts more lessons in suffer-
ing to you. Wallowing in the most pain and suffering or
being the biggest bully or the most famous or infamous
maintains the third dimension vibration, darkness, past
and future and fixed rules.
The universal principle of COMPENSATION and
the universal law of attraction both say that we receive
“like energy” to the energy we emanate in our thoughts.
When you consider your self worthless and try to deceive,
sacrifice for, or trick someone into valuing or accepting
you, that means your thoughts are of “neediness,” worth-
lessness or self pity and the ONLY one attracted to that
vibration will be a predator to victimize you. Then you
307
308 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
will feel entitled to become the predator trying to force,
trick or demand what you want, victimizing them. itual lessons you can CHANGE now, by changing your
Spouses, children, friends and followers of abusers and
predators frequently protect and enable their abuser
because they are entrained with each other in the low
vibration of codependency of self-hate and self-abuse.
The victimizer believes that no one could care about
or love them unless they were forced and controlled to
have contact with them. The victim believes they don’t
deserve anything better or more compassionate because
they think they are worthless and need punishment or
feel entitled. It is not possible to win-win-win when
using dark rules or “beat them at their own game.”
The Universal Law of ALLOWING grants individ-
uals the right to have their own reality to BE and DO
whatever they choose as long as they avoid violating oth-
ers rights or destroying any part of the collective envi-
ronment. This means that you stop trying to get others
to adopt YOUR reality that is dark thinking. When you
stop forcing, demanding, pleasing or seducing, you can
allow. Release your judgment, blame or attachment to
what you have decided YOU need to be, say or do. Free
you first. THEN you will have no attachment to what
others want you to do, say, be or think. Hating, waiting
to be rescued, seeking justice or vengeance or going to
war is your attachment to and forcing your reality onto
others.
Attachment to ANY agenda or outcome for YOU or
another goes against allowing, compassion and being
peaceful. Even when the other, is being self-­destructive,
that is their creation and their path to wisdom. Allow
them to experience the logical consequences of their
choices without your interference, or your “god com-
plex” or your agenda. Withdraw your energy, cut the
feeding cords and break dark contracts with them.
Awareness Heals Me | 309
Whatever situation you created in the past for your spir-
point of perception and having compassion for you first.
Concern your self with what is nurturing, enjoyable and
creative for you and your soul.
ABOUT SENDING LOVE or PEACE or NASTINESS
The intent to send love or any message with an
agenda, to those that are suffering or you want to suffer
MAY help them to experience brief moments of peace
or suffering. BUT having any agenda goes against the
law of allowing. You are projecting (forcing) your reality
on others and you are interfering with their ability to
heal them self. Do you carry a child when it is trying to
master walking or do you allow and support the child in
their effort at independence and their choices?
Accidents and illness are experiences your soul
aspect planned to help you master spiritual awareness
and compassion. Everything that happens to you is by
your own personal design. It is easier to learn from your
experiences when you take responsibility for “what you
create” and “whom you entrain with.” Who are you fall-
ing in sync with? Accept what is in your life and work
with it. Denial, blame or constant distractions keep you
stuck, repeating the same lesson over and over again.
The place you were born and the pathology of your fam-
ily is not random. It was your choice. What did you want
you to figure out?
There is no need EVER to go seeking out people to
help. The lessons that could benefit you both will appear
at the right moment. You need to notice when that hap-
pens. Your life unfolds just as you planned it; your dis-
pleasure or delight or suffering is your choice.
The Universal Law of ENTRAINMENT or RESON-
ANCE or FREQUENCY or VIBRATION is another way
to see how mass consciousness can evolve into a higher
310 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
vibration. Entrainment requires that two or more vibra-
tions existing in the same space MUST adjust to each other
and combine creating a single resonance and that applies
to everything, from subatomic particles to the universe. All
energy, all thoughts and all feelings vibrate or resonate at
a specific frequency and they must be harmonious when
they share space. For Example, on a scale of 1-10 if you are
at 3 and the other is at 7 you will vibrate at 5 together. Or
if one vibration is overpowering it will pull the other to
their level and both would be at 3,4 or 6,7.
Old victim predator and survival truths and patterns
of conflict cannot coexist with 5th dimension energy
patterns of compassion and unity. The universal princi-
ple of RECONCILLIATION allows different qualities
to get unified into similarities to diminish differences
and decrease conflict. As bringing the fifth dimension
into the fourth dimension is raising the fourth into the
fifth.
Predators, victims and confused innocents entrain
with each other all of the time because they share
the same vibration or darkness. Frequently they read
each other’s thoughts and FEELINGS knowing what
the other plans to do next. The two or more become
entrained AND some read the thought of the other and
dissociate. The dissociation moves entrainment into
PROGRAMMING. Being dissociated is to surrender
your thinking and control by ALLOWING the predator
to do as they wish. The dissociated reject thinking for
the self and receiving only compassion.
PROGRAMMING is a stimulus-response or condi-
tioning or associative learning sequence. A significant
stimulus evokes a REFLEXIVE response. For example
smelling something cooking you like to eat starts the
saliva in your mouth flowing. When reading the inten-
tion of your predator evokes the reflexive response of
Awareness Heals Me | 311
dissociation you are unable to change any outcome until
you get back in the biology and stay in the now moment.
It is always your choice. If one decides to dissociate
there is no one home to interact with and the bully does
as they wish, telling you that you agreed. You allowed
the bully to control you by default. You failed to stand
in your truth or consciously walk away. You can’t walk
away if you are denying what is happening.
Being entrained with darkness you both have low self-
worth, are frequently depressed and or suicidal. Some
have obsessive-compulsive disorder. Some vomit to expel
drugs or are bulimic to expel emotional upset. All are
sexually addicted or fight it to be asexual. Sexual addic-
tion and abuse are all about control. All mind-control
slaves share POST TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER.
Illuminists are full of shattered and wounded alternate
personalities. Gender Identity Disorder GID, issues are
common because the illuminati treat both sexes the
same way regardless of their sexual organs. The child
and adult do not feel a strong identification with either
sex. Females get a bit more abuse because they were
born to serve and are used as breeders, but cloning is
good too. Darkness always needs someone to blame and
punish, women and children have always been good for
that.
5
ACTION
The Universal Law of ACTION says the human
must ACT FIRST to make any changes. When your
soul aspects have followed you into “darker thought
patterns” they line up your synchronicities in the low
312 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
vibration of victim predator and confused innocent to
show you what your thoughts are currently creating for
you. To move to greater light you need to consciously
change your thoughts and continue in that direction to
prove your commitment.
The universal principle of INERTIA is that a body at
rest remains at rest until an equal and opposite reaction
happens that moves the body at rest into another direc-
tion or vibration or reality or dimension. YOU are the
only one that can be your super hero.
The universal principle of LEVERAGE is that using
a small amount of energy in present time changes the
course of YOUR concurrent experiences and conse-
quently your future and past.
The universal principle of LIABILITY says we are
RESPONSIBLE and answerable for the use, abuse or
neglect of the rights we have and the rights we have
earned.
The universal principle of PROSPERITY is you
doing well in direct proportion to the enjoyment YOU
receive in being prosperous. Your doing well is denied in
direct proportion to your feelings of guilt, envy or hostil-
ity for being prosperous or witnessing other’s prosper-
ity. Maintaining a prosperous attitude even in states of
poverty moves you to prosperity.
Abundance and prosperity are considered nour-
ishment in the now moment: Spiritual nourishment for
each day, one day at a time in the now moment. Spiritual
wealth is gathering and wise use of your resources in a
balanced way. Hoarding of any type is not abundance
and results in spiritual poverty.
The universal principle of MONEY is that it is an
artificially created symbol used as a substitute for stored,
borrowed, earned, spent, owed, claimed or exchanged
energies. To have value the symbol must be acceptable
Awareness Heals Me | 313
to the others in a society. The human is temporary, a
vehicle and creates the illusion of lack or poverty for her
or himself.
The universal principle of POVERTY is that you
are “in spiritual poverty” to the degree that you with-
hold your productivity or energy in hope that someone
else will offer his or her energy instead. You will have
unfairly claimed the energies of another and squan-
dered them by forcing others to do what you have failed
to do for yourself spiritually, mentally or physically in
present time.
Poverty comes to those fixated on penny pinching
or hoarding because ANY narrow focus is imbalanced
energy that creates lost friends, poor health and lost
opportunities. When there is inequality and inequity in
your reality there is segregation and detachment in your
thinking and behavior. You bring your thoughts and your
reality with you whether you are alone in the woods or
hanging in a group.
Poverty comes to you when you are productive and
FAIL to properly take your reward (energy) in a suitable
manner. Those convinced they are unworthy or inca-
pable of having anything of value will be in poverty as
self-acceptance and compassion is not present. Negative
attitudes or fear that someone might get more than you
got from a parent or spouse or boss or country or god,
consumes your energy through the energy feeding cords
you created to the other(s) that “prevented you” from
having what you deserve or want. Joy, peace and wealth
come from WITHIN never from an outside source.
Focus on and notice what you DO have and OWN what
is uniquely yours, feel the peace and wealth in that.
The universal principle of ENTHUSIASM is that
new thoughts make you feel enthusiastic and new beliefs
are always showing up to challenge old ones. The law of
314 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
attraction always provides us with a match to the ener-
gies we emanate consciously and unconsciously.
Stagnating in old behaviors and relationships results
in OUR robotic or habitual patterns that BYPASS our
thought process about how we feel about what we do.
Not thinking depletes YOUR energy and disconnects
YOU from your soul aspect and the always-present flow
of universal compassion.
The universal principle of JOY and INNER PEACE
increases with deeper connection and surrender of the
little human or ego to their light soul aspects point of
perception, giving up the human free will for living in
divine will and following universal law.
The universal principle of HAPPINESS says the way
you feel about WHO you are, what you do, and what you
have manifested, creates your happiness. Not the title
or role you play, what you own or whom you control or
what human law you follow. It is imperative for you to
own your creations, even when you created with some
very dark gray energy and you did it in ignorance. Never
judge yourself or others, know your truth and discern if
there is a more balanced direction for YOU to take your
thought and energy in. Deficient in love for your self
means YOU are the one withholding the much needed
love and acceptance you want, so what do you plan to do
about it?
5 jecting your thoughts into your reality. When you allow
BALANCE
The Universal Law of BALANCE is to maintain
order and harmony within the divine universe. All have
chosen to exist in this current reality and when all are
Awareness Heals Me | 315
in balance, peace is maintained. When you unbalance
the self by going against universal law and having nega-
tive thoughts, fatigue, toxic food and drink, YOU need to
rebalance you on your own.
The universal principle of PRIVACY means every
person is entitled to the right of privacy we can’t
infringe, read minds or question their motives without
their consent.
The universal principle of AUTHORITY means
the one that is aware, worthy and capable of accepting
responsibility for an act has the authority to act. Many
want authority but will not take the responsibility for
their actions.
The universal principle of RESPONSIBILITY is
that you respond when you have the ability and enough
light to respond to the needs of others without energy
feeding cords or dark contracts. You receive energy from
all those you respond to because you are creating energy
together synergistically.
The Universal Law of CAUSE and EFFECT or
RECIPROCAL ACTION says that nothing happens by
chance or outside of universal law. The fact that you can-
not identify the cause or effect is irrelevant. For every
action there is a reaction or consequence someplace. Its
not personal it is just physics.
The universal principle of PROJECTION is that
you create your own personal STORY or reality by pro-
others to create on your behalf you are the creator by
default. Our biology is never the enemy we created it
to help and support our soul aspect gather wisdom in
darkness. Your story can only be changed or rewritten
from within you and by you. Being upset, angry, cynical,
skeptical, pessimistic and impatient are ALL YOUR cre-
ations. If you want to see joyful experiences instead of
316 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
reruns and trash it is your responsibility to create them
for you.
The universal principle of ACTUALITY is that a
thought or belief is REAL and does not need to exist in
material form to be considered real.
The universal principle of REALITY is that any
measurable things like an idea; object, event or person
that can be seen, heard or felt becomes an object hav-
ing REALITY or mass. We are creator, programmer and
experiencer.
The Universal Law of COMPASSION or DIVINE
ONENESS is that all is created from compassion;
unconditional love and all are connected.
The universal principle of VIBRATION is that every-
thing in the universe, physical or not, moves in waves or
circular patterns with each having a unique color, vibra-
tion, sound and smell. Each vibration or frequency has
a FIXED level of awareness or consciousness with fixed
rules, themes or purposes. Vibrations can move and shift
like our thoughts and emotions do.
Dimensions, vibrations or frequencies are distinct
event sites and there are infinite numbers of sites that
are not stacked like pancakes and they DO NOT occupy
time or space because they are states of consciousness or
awareness. You can move to, or be a part of ANY vibra-
tion you can MATCH.
All fear or negative thoughts or emotions prevent
you from moving into higher vibrations of compassion.
Residing in compassion and getting all twisted about
something delivers you right back into the third or fourth
dimension, vibration and fixed rules. When you engage in
combat, covert or overt operations using anger or fear, you
create energy feeding cords to all involved. Your strong
fear and anger energy makes them stronger. Sorrow,
anger, guilt, revenge and doubt, attract more of it to you.
Awareness Heals Me | 317
The Universal Law of CORRESPONDENCE is “As
above, so below.” The laws of physics explaining the
physical or material world of matter, energy, space, time,
light, vibration and sound have their corresponding
principles in higher and lower vibrations.
The Universal Law of MACROCOSM and MICRO-
COSM is the first law of infinity. The whole of a complex
structure is represented more or less in all of its parts. A drop
of water has in it what the ocean has.
The universal principle of PARADOX recognizes
the movement of energies in four dimensions simul-
taneously. Cause and Effect, Inertia, Microcosm and
Macrocosm and Vibration come together in a collision
at a certain point. Paradox seen on a flat plane is like a
stone dropped in a stream with the ripples moving out.
Paradox in a cubed space would create vibrations in
all directions. Paradox touches high levels of vibration
and dense levels of vibration SIMULTANEOUSLY and
the entire area appears to be alive. What is said about
one level holds true or is untrue for all levels.
The universal principle of PENETRATION is any-
thing that is seen with great attention and quality of
awareness penetrates the heart, which emanates into all
of consciousness creating compassion.
The Universal Law of DIVINE MANIFESTATION
is win-win-win-win to benefit all involved and harm to
none. Any harm to another in the process or outcome of
manifestation is not DIVINE and carries karmic debt.
Honesty and transparency create trust and cooperation
with individuals and groups. All life and consciousness
strives to increase their awareness about them self.
The universal principle of EXPANSION or INCLU-
SION is never-ending as long as there is more to be included
in the definition or description. We are all that THERE IS
and all that can be. Moving from expansion to exclusion
318 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
or contraction you describe something as LESS and that
limits you.
The universal principle of SECURITY is that you
can express in a manner that allows your best perfor-
mance without infringing on the expression of others.
The universal principle of GRACE is that a divine
being, which we are, can apply mercy to set aside karma.
The universal principle of HARMONY and AGREE-
MENT says efforts to manipulate, trick, coerce, compro-
mise or force harmony and agreement disrupts established
areas of harmony. Between hostile enemies there is some
small area of agreement that can be increased.
Harmony may be found in conflict when standing in
your truth is essential for the welfare of all.
The Universal Law of FREE WILL or FREEDOM is
the legion of light granting each entity the right to direct
and pursue their life as long as they do not violate the
same right of others. Rights that exclude other’s rights
are not divine or free.
The Universal Law of FLUIDITY is that life is best
when experienced as a fluid substance and not as a
solid. Life has no fixed shape and needs to yield easily
to external pressure as water runs no faster or slower
than is called for and seeks its own level. Its flow is even,
unforced and fluid staying in the now moment without
hurry or standing still. Take time to feel, listen to and
notice the flow you created and are currently in.
What synchronicities are you experiencing? Be
mindfully present and peacefully alive with continuous
adjustment of energy. Suffering results when energy is
too fast or slow.
The universal principle of SILENCE is that when the
little human or ego views experiences that happen through
the soul’s point of perception it can experience chaos and
trauma with nonresistance, silence and be fully present.
Awareness Heals Me | 319
The Universal Law of PERPETUAL TRANSMU-
TATION of energy is that all sentient beings have the
power to CHANGE continuously. Raising your vibra-
tion is hard work that YOU need to DO! Clarifying and
changing all your individual and personal thoughts to
compassionate ones, takes some serious thought and
work. You must stay present in your biology, treat it well
and honor it all of the time.
Any imbalances you have attracted to you as a result
of your attachment to ANY agenda, idea, thing, person,
power or control (yes, in concurrent lives and different
realities) have to be uncreated by YOU removing your
energy feeding cords, attachments and contracts from
them. You need to be your very own super hero in pres-
ent time.
The universal principle of THOUGHT is that energy
follows your thought. Seek or wonder about something
and your thought takes you there. You need to discern
what is true or valuable for you in the information that
runs through your awareness.
The universal principle of the UNCONSCIOUS
MIND or BRAIN is that it is unable to distinguish
FACT from FICTION and follows what it is told. If it
is convinced a piece of ice is red hot it will experience
a burn. If you keep operating on the principle that you
are a victim, that is exactly what you will experience,
creator. When you receive, think or give conflicting data
you produce conflicting results.
For example you imagine a world where there is
no competition BUT you want to be “the best” or the
winner. That is conflicting data in your head. Imagine
a world free of pollution, free of want, free of disease
BUT you want a cigarette or a drug. That is conflicting
data. To rid you of confliction you need to imagine YOU
not competing and being equal with others. To rid you
320 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
of confliction you need to imagine YOU healthy without
wanting to dissociate or challenge your biology.
The universal principle of AWARENESS is to
observe the illusion of separation that duality or this
reality presents, to observe the difference between dark
and light truths and what is your truth.
The universal principle of RELATIVITY says; that
what you view and understand from your particular,
personal viewpoint is true for you. That point of percep-
tion is RELATIVE and accurate to the viewer’s point of
perception. To change your reality you need to change
your point of perception. Killers are viewing reality
through their PAIN BODY and suffering. Victims view
reality through their PAIN BODY and suffering.
5 The SEVEN RAYS or SEVEN SPIRITS or SEVEN
We all came from the highest vibration or twelfth
dimension and traveled down in vibration to the slow
third dimension of physicality and solidified light. Our
change in focus, made it hard to extricate our self out of
victim predator confused innocent truths and beliefs. At
each lower level we lost light and compassion and got
meaner, nastier and more fearful. In 2011 we officially
moved from human law back into UNIVERSAL LAW
again, “Give and receive only compassion.”
Receiving and giving only compassion to you first is
advised. Why? Because that way, WHAT you offer to
another is not tainted with your neediness or has “energy
feeding cords” or is fulfilling dark contracts. When you
are compassionate with you, what you share or pattern
for others is pure, honest, clear and aligned with universal
law. Wise use of your creative powers and realizing you are
100% responsible for all you create or fail to create for the
self is the highest priority now and the most attainable.
Awareness Heals Me | 321
Universal principles are fundamental truths, found
within the universal law. Principles are morally correct
attitudes or general scientific theorem or laws having
many special applications across a wide variety of fields.
The TEN COMMANDMENTS are Universal Law
simplified as “rules” to point out what is a dark or light
choice, incase you pretend that you don’t know. Those
that think love, affection and compassion MUST come
from an external source are misdirected and they will
always “COVET” or yearn to possess and will not allow
others their freedom. Those that worship external
“AUTHORITY” give away their energy, power, thinking,
freedom and frequently their biology and health. Jesus
said you are his sibling and equal and not above or below.
He wanted you to think for yourself as he did.
GREAT RISHIS are the 7 emanations or qualities of
“the source” or “god.” The rays or characteristics are
broken down into smaller concepts and pieces or steps
that need to be mastered, to return to source. There
are 3 major rays or aspects: Creation, Infinite Wisdom
and Unconditional Love and 4 minor rays or attributes,
Purity, Truth, Invocation and Transmutation. By break-
ing down the concept of receiving and giving only com-
passion into these pieces or steps can become very con-
fusing and easily distorted by the ego or little human.
The Legion of Light or Universal Mind or the source
has been considered in many religious and spiritual
teachings as having human characteristics that are
perfection. The Legion of Light truths and reality are
almost the opposite of the dark and distorted human
laws and truths. Outside of this matrix or illusion, The
Legion of Light exists in a quantum state of uncondi-
tional love and compassion for ALL. The source is a
partnership of light-beings that are pure consciousness
322 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
and have no shape because they are invisible particles
that exist everywhere. They never judge or force or
control anything or anyone. They are referred to as the
“god particles” or Higgs boson an elementary particle.
The ­concept of place cannot exist in a quantum state.
Discern what the legion of light is, from the religious
spiritual thinking humans have that was generated by
the dark ones controlling this matrix.
The little human or ego fascination with ITS
PERSONAL creation is self-exploration and self-com-
passion as opposed to the legion of light’s creation and
intent that is for “the good of all.” All are special, not just
your kin or your family or your country. The physical
world and our struggles with matter, biology and dark
truths are temporary challenges or educational tools
and learning experiences we designed for ourselves
to increase our wisdom. When a human holds the fre-
quency of hate, war, vengeance or anger that is what the
human creates, emanates and attracts to the self over
and over again until they change their thinking to attract
something else.
There are many aspects of our soul willing and ready
to help and support the human willing to acknowledge
that their soul exists. Will you accept the comfort and
wisdom your soul carries and shares. Sometimes you
will receive wisdom and support in your dreams, while
meditating or reflecting or while you are engaged in cre-
ate activity. Initially we perceive our information as a
FEELING through the senses.
5 compassion and unconditional love are destabilizing the
twenty-two
Compassion
Compassion for YOU is found within you. Please do not
get confused; “compassion for you” is NEVER about
over eating or drinking, collecting more stuff, being abu-
sive or suffering. Those are all about you trying to avoid
awareness of your wounds and suffering with an addic-
tion or dark truths or living in your pain body.
Compassion and healing is to feel and own your
experiences so you can gather the wisdom. You need to
be actively engaged in your thought and the cause and
affect of them in your life. Your involvement creates a
sense of worth, approval and equality for you. Viewing
your experiences from higher vibrations of compassion
you see that the victim feels worthless and powerless,
the predator feels powerless and entitled and the con-
fused innocent is ignorant, dissociated or in denial. Any
and all of those roles are dark truths or unconsciousness
or ignorance of universal law.
LEVELS of COMPASSION
The vibration or percentage of light emanated from
any sentient being indicates the amount of compassion
they have and the truths they live by. Increasing light,
darkness on earth. Compassion and light make it diffi-
cult for the unconscious to stay unaware of what is going
on inside of them. The continually increasing vibrations
create wakeful awareness of what and how you feel and
323
324 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
think. The amount of light you carry gives a clear pre-
dictable picture of what you are like to interact with.
Your personality and moral choices are PERDICTABLE
based on the thoughts that you carry, project and reflect.
The invisible realm, your soul aspects and the uni-
verse use percentages or ratios of dark to light to discern
the amount of compassion present in everything, a per-
son, a family, a country or situation or event. BASED on
the amount of light they carry and emanate you know
how ethical and trustworthy they are. How hopeful and
creative they are. How safe a child is with them. How
dangerous they are to the self and others. Your soul
aspect will give you any percentage of light of anyone or
thing you ask for. Make your question clear and simple
so you understand the answer. The ratio or probability
of something happening or not, are predictable based on
the percentages of light carried by all those involved.
The levels of compassion, love, light or awareness are
measured on a scale from zero to a 100%. Some are even
measured lower than zero and greater than 100%.
5 Level 0: carries 15 to 30% light. They operate by
DARK ONES
The unconscious, dark or negative ones carry no or
a small percentage of light and are self-hating, numb,
apathetic, dissociated and slow vibrating, they act dead
or operate in self-pity, blaming others and the self. They
have vengeful thoughts are angry, antagonistic and fre-
quently addicted to distract themselves from awareness
of their creations. To deal with their suffering they have
shut off their feelings and other senses. They make the
same dark choices over and over again and get confused
Awareness Heals Me | 325
by the fact that they create the same result. Their choices
are self-sabotaging and self-destructive. They are very
wounded, guilty, and fearful and never take responsibil-
ity for their thoughts or actions. They are dangerous to
the small and helpless. They look for magic to solve all
issues and problems.
Finding your way back to the light and alignment
with universal law is challenging but doable.
Level Below zero to zero: carries less than 0 to
15% light. There were dark leaders that carried percent-
ages of dark way below zero that are no longer present
on earth. This 10% of the dark had fully functional light
bodies and the ability to organize and control the other
90% of the “unconscious ones” to do their bidding. The
other 90% dark use each other or any other entities like
other humans and animals as servants or “worker bees”
or something to vent on and abuse, especially their own
children. They are easily possessed and the most likely
possession is a dark ancestor or relative. To carry some
light in this group you would need to work yourself UP to
resentment, anger, antagonism, acting out and SELF-hate.
abandoning their biology and their awareness. What hap-
pens in their life is “magic” there is no cause and affect
or responsibility for the self. They feel betrayed by their
biology and all else. In solidified light or low vibrations of
victim predator or confused innocent thought you attract
and entrain with dark ones and dark experiences.
As we got increasingly darker we got attached to
doing what would keep our biology alive and felt good.
We became physically and emotionally attached to stuff
or people that could keep the biology safe and satisfied
as much as possible. Some soul aspects have forgotten
that they are eternal essences and think the biology is all
there is to them.
326 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
The dark ones are great angry warriors that lack
the skills and “creative energy” needed to build and
maintain a healthy relationship, home or an empire or
much of anything else for that matter. They were good
for short bursts of destruction like the military; police,
gangs and criminals are used and trained for. Building,
creating, nurturing and supporting takes self-love, com-
passion and self-worth the dark ones do not have.
The largest dysfunctional areas or addiction of the
dark ones are SEXUAL ABUSE in all its many forms
and an inability to think for them selves, they follow the
leader or the biggest bully or what feels good. They do
not respect themselves or any property that they or oth-
ers have. They cannot be trusted with anything or any-
one they are dangerous to all.
As of May 21, 2011 souls or any entity or fetus with
more DARK than light are unable to incarnate on
earth, parents with less than 36% light will have soul-
less infants. Dark ancestors can no longer incarnate into
biology or hang in the emotional body around Gaia. The
dark is being restricted and contained by the light. This is
the level of compassion that dark ones are able to notice
and receive on this planet of free will. To honor the law
of allowing the dark are being restricted, sequester, iso-
lated and contained to allow them another opportunity
to choose again.
Punishment never alters behavior and teaches the
offender it is wise to operate covertly. The punisher’s
vibration is lowered and the victim predator cycle
is maintained with energy feeding cords, especially
between parent and child. Crime and punishment binds
your essence to a low vibration. As Jesus said “Forgive
them, for they know not what they do.” The law of
ATTRACTION or RETURN brings to you what you
have given others. When something you consider bad,
Awareness Heals Me | 327
happens to you it is never a punishment it is always a
WAK UP call you chose to listen to or ignore.
5
HALF CONSCIOUS
When you reach for lighter thoughts and awareness
little by little you go in and out of awareness and are con-
sidered HALF CONSCIOUS. This is when you become
curious and ask WHY and want to know more about you
and what your feelings and thoughts are all about and is
this all there is?
Level 1: carries 30 to 50% light. To increase under-
standing or clarity I’ll refer to this group as 40%ers.
They operate by being oppositional, angry, in pain and
hating mostly the self. They are self-absorbed with their
suffering and unethical behavior; they are gossipy, fear-
ful and frequently abandon their biology by dissociat-
ing and living in past or future time. They are limited
by their fears and beliefs that are irrational much of the
time and they have rather limited vision. They twist
facts to defend their dark and distorted reality, parent,
leader or organization they follow or belong to.
40%ers allow the clan, bully, religion or leader to do
their thinking for them. That way there is always some-
one else to blame, vent on and create drama around. They
each suffer more than anyone else does. Their LOVE is
very conditional, its “care taking” and I OWN you and
you need to do this for me or there will be consequences.
40%ers considers them selves to be smarter and bet-
ter than you. That justifies their forcing others to do
things their way. They try to make you feel worthless so
you are easier to manipulate, like so many adults do to
328 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
children. Blame renders you powerless and provides you
with an excuse to do nothing. You stay stuck and deliver
your energy to the one you blame. 40%ers fear pain,
punishment or rejection especially when expressed
personally in their family, religion or national beliefs.
Historically and spiritually 40%ers have made many
“dark contracts” and they siphon energy from each other
to stay alive. The little human or ego runs the show or
is in control. Many dark ones hear their soul aspect and
always have. Typical of dark truths and behavior, the
human argues with, refuses to believe and seldom acts
on what information the soul aspect shares with him or
her. They are most likely to listen when there is a crisis,
possible death or serious injury to the human.
Dark ones blame god and their soul aspects and feel
they are always being victimized. Most of the time they
are actually the predator. Again dark is confused and
can’t really discern when they are being helped or hurt.
Level 2: carries 50 to 60% light. I refer to this group
as 60%ers. They operate by being conventional, tradi-
tional and cautious they are more conscious than not con-
scious. They upset themselves when others do not follow
the rules and are very proud when they follow the rules.
They DO tend to squelch the enthusiasm and inventive-
ness of others. They are followers, not adventurers and
want to be entertained and distracted. They are cautious
and strive to be average and fit in to all situations.
Historically and spiritually when you carry more light
than dark you emanate grayish light because there is always
a hidden agenda with their light so it is not pure. There
is codependency or dark contracts made with each other
along with energy feeding cords to each other. Contracts
and cords like; “I will always love you” or “I will always be
there for you” or “If you don’t love me I will die” or “I will
give you anything.” Relationships are based on conditional
Awareness Heals Me | 329
love and care taking. The 60%ers is NOW able to show
some compassion for the SELF. They start realizing they;
have never been a victim. They understand how they cre-
ated victim predator confused innocent experiences to
increase their wisdom about dark truths. The dark presents
endless moral dilemmas to mold, develop and create our
moral character and choices.
When the human consistently carries 65 to 69% light
they can tap into the “universal sources of informa-
tion” them self without an entity as a go between like a
guide, angel, ascended master, alien or demon. Notice
the names we use are based on the amount of light the
messenger carries.
Level 3: carries 60 to 70% light. They are thriving,
inquisitive, seeking and mostly conscious. They func-
tion in awareness, interest, eagerness and creativity.
Carrying 70% light or more an entity or demon cannot
posses your biology because you won’t let it. You need
to stop allowing energy feeding from you or to you and
break dark contracts from all your concurrent realities
to increase the amount of light you can carry. The law of
entrainment decreases your light when you share space
with dark ones having biology or not.
Level 4: carries 70 to 80% light. They are eager,
cheerful and enthusiastic. To move to the top of this
band of light you would need to work yourself UP to
JOY and passion as you merge with your soul to view life
from the soul’s point of perception instead of viewing
life from the little human or ego’s point of perception.
Consciousness determines your DESTINY not technol-
ogy. Change is not a WHEN and WHERE event. Change
or awareness is the vibration you choose to THINK and
resonate at or the amount of light you carry.
Our biology is transforming from carbon base to crys-
talline base. DNA strands are reconnecting into loops
330 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
and there is a third strand. Your immune system has
worked by fighting invaders now the THYMUS absorbs
and transmute invaders. Theta brainwaves are 5th to
6th dimensional vibration or calibrations and the real-
ity you experience is your “inside world” and increased
awareness of your biology. With more light and higher
brain wave activity your senses increase you have more
knowingness or intuitive thought and have a higher IQ
or intelligence quotient.
Photons gather thoughts, memories, THINK and
EVOLVE because they are sentient. Photon energy
comes into the pineal gland portal to be distributed
through out our biology when you carry 80% light or
more. The prophet Elijah, Jesus, Buddha and many
more had DNA that worked at 90 to 100 percent ours is
working around 35 to 40% in 2013.
5 thought patterns are falling into place. You are creating
ONENESS
80%ers or those that carry 80% light or more, most of
the time are conscious and working with their soul’s point
of perception and universal law instead of with the little
human or ego. At 80% light you are vibrating high enough
for your soul to enter the space around your biology.
Your guides, angels, higher self and imaginary friends
say good-by one way or another. Notice them as they
leave and thank them for their service to you. You are not
being abandoned but you may feel that way. The old falls
away and there is a time lag or void until the new kicks
in or gets down loaded. Have faith during the time lag or
void you are at zero point energy. You are releasing the
old and putting in closer alignment with universal law.
Awareness Heals Me | 331
At 80% light you have had your half dark / half light
ascension and you have committed to being compas-
sionate with your self and your biology all the time. You
are integrating any parts or pieces of you that you split
off for one reason or another. Parts of you that you gave
away or had taken from you or left laying around in all
your concurrent experiences need to be reintegrated to
make you more solid and complete. Your alternate and
parallel realities are melding together now.
Your service to others now is more pure and help-
ful with few strings or agendas by the insecure needy
ego or little human. With more light there is sharing not
care taking and there is DETACHMENT not an agenda
of one sort or another. You move into the void frequently
as old survival truths fall away this is a time of calm and
rebalance. It is wise to release and grieve for what you
were and what you had experienced. Higher truths or
with detachment, joy and compassion.
Level 5: carries 80 to 90% light and is called IN and
OUT because 50% of the little human or ego has merged
with their soul aspect.
Level 6: carries 90 to 95% light and is called
BALANCING your biology and DNA inside and outside
the biology.
Level 7: carries 95 to 100% light and is called
SOARING the little human emotions, drama and con-
cerns are mostly a thing of the past and your biology still
needs to be lovingly cared for. Before moving to level 8
you MARRY your higher self or soul aspect.
Level 8: carries ONENESS and infinity the human
functioning as one unit with the higher self or soul and
you are out of duality spiritually, mentally and emotionally.
Your biology is a vehicle from earth. The loneliness is gone
now.
332 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
Level 9: is the COMPLETION of an era, a cycle, or
level for you personally and it is not physical death or loss
of your biology. It is the silence and calm of completion.
5 see past, present and future as present time in no par-
Consider always incorporating the following concepts
to raise your vibration or increase your light. As with
the universal laws and principles there is no particular
order that anything needs to be done in.
1. Relate to all others compassionately without blame,
judgment or drama.
2. Know the little human or ego or soul aspect is
experiencing duality in cooperation with the biology in
a reality of darkness to build their spiritual wisdom and
understanding about dark truths and experiences.
3. Knowing comes first and then there is action and
creating.
4. Connect and continually commune with your soul
aspects. Stand in your belief’s loud and proud. Fall into
harmony with your biology and soul aspect to align with
universal law.
7. Trust yourself and what you know inside, your
senses.
8. Compassion or love yourself unconditionally first.
Everything flows from your thoughts about you.
5 the 70% represent? Which personality was interacting
QUESTIONING
Questioning the invisible realm or your soul aspects
can be a bit tricky. A clear, simple question is best.
Understanding their point of perception is even more
Awareness Heals Me | 333
helpful. Remember that we chose to live in this illusion
or matrix so we could develop our wisdom and morality.
1. The invisible realm is always in present time, which
is NEVER static; it is always changing and flowing. They
ticular order. They see LOOPS of SIMILAR behavior
patterns bundled together.
2. Invisible realm likes and uses probabilities, ratios
and potentials all the time. You can get the percentage
of light that anyone or thing or country or event carries,
but you need to be specific. Do you want to know the
amount of light at this moment, ten years ago or most
of the time. And in a moment, with changing informa-
tion, the percentage may change. Ask what might make
it change and how likely a particular thing is to happen.
You can get another percentage and decide what you
want to think about that.
For example: When you ask, how light Molly is and
you get, 70%, 30% and 40% your soul is probably telling
you that she has three separate personalities carrying
three different amounts of light and she probably has
dissociative identity disorder also. Ask does she have
dissociative identity disorder or is she a multiple? You
will get a yes or no, if the answer is no. You can construct
the next question in different ways using your intuition
as to which direction you want to go. I might ask, what
does the 30% mean in relationship to Molly? What does
with me yesterday?
3. Questions need to be simple to avoid confusion.
Ask only one question at a time. Broad questions gen-
erally get no answer or vague meaningless answers you
might not understand or like. If you were to ask some-
thing broad like, “Are my religious practices right and
good”? Your answer might be YES. Meaning that your
334 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
religious practices are right for YOU, because that is
what you are doing now. BUT that is probably not what
you really wanted to know. So ask differently. You might
ask what percent of my religious practices are aligned
with universal law?
If you asked what percent of the time am I follow-
ing the law of allowing, you might get “20% of the time.”
Even that question could be too broad and you may
want to narrow it some. When I interact with Jon what
percent of the time am I following the law of allowing?
The invisible realm gives honest information unless a
dark soul aspect of yours is sending you disinformation.
Don’t trust the answer if its not compassionate. You can
use the information you get as a tool for growth or to
upset yourself if the truth bothers you.
4. When you usually hear answers and SUDDENLY
you don’t, that generally means you heard or know the
answer and do not like it. You go into denial and hear
nothing. Many people get pictures that they need to
interpret or they get a packet of feeling with possibly
some words.
5. Sometimes you get a YES and a NO. Then ask, what
is the NO part about? What does the YES part mean?
6. The spiritual synchronicities our light soul aspect
structure and orchestrates for us are planned free of
time and space. They always know the probabilities of
what has or could happen. Synchronicities are struc-
tured like a 3D net or field or spider web with all of the
possible potentials for you, plus the potentials for those
around you. NOW what the little human or ego does or
fails to do and think at that meeting or synchronicity
is a whole different matter. You can lead a human to a
wisdom gathering experience but you can’t make her or
him gather the wisdom.
Awareness Heals Me | 335
Synchronicities and fluidity happen generally with-
out our awareness of the larger picture. Waiting for them
to happen is not wise. Synchronicities never happen the
WAY the little human or ego wanted or anticipated they
would. Trust your FIRST instinct or intuition as it is
generally from your soul aspects. Synchronicities work
piecemeal and humans are required to connect all the
pieces together. When humans hear an intuition spoken
to them in their voice they think they thought of it. They
probably did not.
You can speak to most any soul aspect by asking for
them by name or giving a “shout out.” Speak aloud and
their awareness is with you immediately.
5
GOING LIGHTER
As time goes on we are getting lighter. It is not pos-
sible to give precise dates or times as the rest of the uni-
verse functions in the now moment. This illusion and
its apparent time-line and linearity are always subject to
the law of fluidity. The dark is destabilized and dissipat-
ing kicking and screaming as they go, but roughly:
1914 to 2100 Gaia as a planet started her 6th ascen-
sion. Around 1945 humanity made a course correction
from following others and leaders to trusting more in
the self.
When a higher vibrating soul group wants to give the
earth population an infusion of light they incarnate in
large groups, coming in as infants. En mass the Indigo
babies arrived around 1975 to 1995. The Crystal children
came in 1980s to 2000, the Rainbow child arrived in the
336 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
1990s thru 2010 and the “Integrated child” is starting
to arrive. They do not experience or understand duality
and survival truths. They are one with Gaia.
In the 1980s our biology started preparing itself to
accept higher frequencies of light arriving on earth from
the sun and photon belt.
August 16-17, 1987 the harmonic convergence
marked the first time the earth carried EQUAL amounts
of light and dark energy and a vibration of spiritual and
moral neutrality.
1987 to 2012 marked the 25-year Millennium Shift.
We were invited to reject our karmic set ups of dark
truths and contracts. We could move to greater light
individually by aligning with universal law.
May 1998 the earth entrained with the photon belt
and the first of its twelve gigantic homogenizing vortexes
of electromagnetically charged energy to rebalance all
that enter. It takes 2,000 years to pass through all the
vortexes and rebalance the entire earth completely to
the vibration of the 5th dimension. 2001 the earth, many
humans, animals, plants and minerals moved to the 4th
dimension. In 2007 in an effort to speed up the ascension
process for the little human, our soul aspects grouped
many of our SIMILAR dark patterns in a bundle for us
to heal at one time.
By 2009 the vibration of earth is high enough to allow
the entire population to communicate with pictures or
telepathically when they believe they can. The higher
vibrations have also disrupted our ability to deny what
is true, personally and in the group consciousness.
March 2011 the lower 4th dimension stopped exist-
ing with all the lost gray souls it held locked in dark pat-
terns of victim predator and confused innocent roles.
They were moved to another location, a sort of waiting
room. May 21, 2011 souls or any entity or fetus with more
Awareness Heals Me | 337
DARK than light are unable to incarnate on earth, par-
ents with less than 36% light will have soulless infants.
Dark ancestors can no longer incarnate into biology or
hang around in Gaia’s emotional body.
November 11, 2011 we moved from human law into
UNIVERSAL LAW being the law of the land and uni-
verse. “Give and receive only compassion” we are 100%
responsible for all we create or fail to create. December
10-12, 2011 was the tipping point on earth from dark to
light. Dark was displaced from their state of stable equi-
librium into unbalance and chaos.
The collective consciousness is not trapped any lon-
ger in fear. January 26, 2012 a portal was opened for all
the dark pieces, aspects and demons left on earth of those
souls that have been relocated to join their creators.
February 27, 2012 a portal was opened to support
humans in having increased compassion for the self.
April 16, 2012 the “70,000 enlightened people”
needed to shift the entire planet into a higher state of
consciousness was reached. Their enlightened aware-
ness was put into the mass consciousness and trans-
ferred to the whole group. Many shifted from the 4th
dimension into the 5th dimension.
May 20, 2012 is the start of “booting up” a new
program for the entire Milky Way Galaxy. The solar
eclipse marked the start of a new orbit or cycle around
ALCYONE our Central Sun.
Portal evolution in 2012 Portals are sentient and
when your consciousness resonates or vibrates high
enough to match and recognize a portal it will open
when asked. They decide for themselves to open or
close.
November 13, 2012 the total solar eclipse is to help
align and adjust the little human misdirection’s on their
path to alignment with universal law.
338 | Bonnie Baumgar tner
December 12 and 21, 2012 or 12/12/12 marks the
recalibration of the sacred calendar and the beginning
and the end of multiple cycles. The history of mankind
up through 2012 will be measured as old and dark.
2013 signals a change in direction from time is money
and keep the biology alive to equality, creativity and
compassion.
May 2013 Gaia is at 81% light but the human’s light
varies. SUMMER of 2013 is one of INTENSE energy
fields of HEAT to burn out pockets of density and be a
catalyst for transmutation and transition.
August 2013 the Elementals are creating a world-
wide SERVER, a centralized resource to connect those
that want to communicate or interact on the fifth to sev-
enth dimension or vibration.
The end of 2013 the Crystals from Atlantis are rising
and coming on line. January 2014 they will be in full
operation helping to rebalance and raise the vibration of
Gaia along with all the life forms on Her. Physical fatigue
in the biology or upset in your equilibrium or sense of
well-being could be a result of you entraining with all
that is happening. We are all under construction.
By 2016 most people carrying less than 60% light will
be gone from earth
5 replacing those unbalanced beliefs with the peace and
The READER and I
Time has run out literally and figuratively. The earth
construct or illusion of duality is morphing into no time
or present time. Theorizing is entertaining and fun to
play with mentally, but now your theorizing is manifest-
ing as you noodle it. Many have painted a picture of this
transition as being easy and don’t worry about a thing.
But the catch is that you must THINK in alignment with
universal law or be left in time and duality. Do the work
to align your thinking with receive and give only com-
passion or you will be too heavy to morph. Do the work
or be left behind. I think that most of us have to work
hard and change many thought patterns to be able to be
compassionate with the self. This is a total remodel from
what we learned as children. Our dark fearful patterns
of thought and complaining were based on thinking that
hard work and suffering were noble. They aren’t.
Matter on the quantum level starts forming around
our thoughts to create what we think about. We are
joy of living in harmony and self-compassion. This tran-
sition takes focused aware and awake thinking, are you
up to the challenge?
Your elementals and soul aspects are waiting for you
to commune with them. Ask one simple question at a
time and allow the answer to come to you even if it needs
to come in a dream or from a child’s mouth.
5
339
340 | Bonnie Baumgar tner Awareness Heals Me | 341

About ME and Administrators. Have designed, developed and imple-

mented curriculum, for at-risk, multicultural students
in inner cities. Facilitated group processing. Helped to
I was raised in a dysfunctional dark family, neigh- transition students into the mainstream, Student advocate
borhood, country and planet and have never stopped for student’s and families rights. Peace Officer for Harris
asking why? None of it made and sense. I have been an County Texas, Member of the Biltmore Who’s Who
educational therapist for the past few decades and have
done private therapy with children, adults and families. 5
I understand the devastation of child abuse and how
darkens is absolutely soul crushing. It is the dark gift
that keeps giving more darkness. In all concurrent life-
times and realities. For the past 50 years I have taught
emotionally challenged and severely learning disabled
students and adults from grades 3-12 in public schools
and my private school, these experiences have showed
me what heals wounds and what does not heal.
Psychology and sociology have always fascinated me
in many more lifetimes than just this one. The Illuminati
programmed slaves have showed up at my door and I
wanted to help the ones that wanted to break free so I
have studied and researched even more about the way
the Illuminati program all their children, a third of all
children on earth, and how to crash the programming so
they can take back their thinking.

CERTIFICATIONS as an Educational Therapists (AET),

Principal, Special Educator of Emotionally Disabled and
Learning Disabled, Reading Specialist, Art Instructor and
Supervisor
EXPERIENCE: Spiritual Therapist, Acting Principal,
Program Director and Community Coordinator for the
Severely Emotionally Disabled, grades 7-12 Designed,
developed and implemented a therapeutic approach.
Collaborated with psychologists, peace officers, parents